Class 9

Haryana State Board HBSE 9th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 ऊतक Important Questions and Answers.

Haryana Board 9th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 ऊतक

अति लघूत्तरात्मक प्रश्न

प्रश्न 1.
क्या पौधों और जन्तुओं में एक ही प्रकार के ऊतक होते हैं?
उत्तर:
नहीं अलग-अलग प्रकार के।

प्रश्न 2.
नई कोशिकाएँ कैसे बनती हैं?
उत्तर:
कोशिका विभाजन प्रक्रिया से।

प्रश्न 3.
एककोशी जीव किसे कहते हैं?
उत्तर:
जिन जीवों में सभी जैव प्रक्रियाएँ एक ही कोशिका के द्वारा संपन्न हों, उन्हें एककोशी जीव कहते हैं।

प्रश्न 4.
श्रम-विभाजन किन जीवों में मिलता है?
उत्तर:
बहुकोशी जीवों में।

प्रश्न 5.
पौधों में कितने प्रकार के ऊतक पाए जाते हैं?
उत्तर:
दो प्रकार के-

• विभज्योतक तथा
• स्थायी ऊतक।

प्रश्न 6.
विभज्योतक कहाँ पाए जाते हैं?
उत्तर:
पौधे के वृद्धि वाले भागों; जैसे प्ररोह की चोटी तथा जड़ की चोटी पर विभज्योतक पाए जाते हैं।

प्रश्न 7.
विभज्योतक का प्रमुख कार्य क्या है?
उत्तर:
नई कोशिकाओं का निर्माण करना।

प्रश्न 8.
क्या स्थायी ऊतकों में भी विभाजन की क्षमता पाई जाती है?
उत्तर:
नहीं।

प्रश्न 9.
पादप स्थायी ऊतक कितने प्रकार के होते हैं?
उत्तर:
दो प्रकार के-

• सरल ऊतक और
• जटिल ऊतक।

प्रश्न 10.
मृदु ऊतक क्या हैं?
उत्तर:
मृदु ऊतक कोशिकाएँ सजीव तथा अंडाकार, गोल, लंबी या बहुपृष्ठीय हो सकती हैं। इनकी कोशिका भित्ति पतली और कोशिकाएँ समव्यासी होती हैं।

प्रश्न 11.
स्थूलकोणक ऊतक क्या है?
उत्तर:
इन ऊतकों के कोने सैल्यूलोज और पेक्टिन जमा होने के कारण मोटे हो जाते हैं। इन ऊतकों में अंतर कोशिकीय स्थान नहीं होता।

प्रश्न 12.
दृढ़ोत्तक किसे कहते हैं?
उत्तर:
ये कोशिकाएँ मृत होती हैं। इन कोशिकाओं के बीच भी अंतर्कोशिकीय स्थान नहीं होता। ये पादप अंगों को दृढ़ता प्रदान करते हैं।

प्रश्न 13.
सरल स्थायी ऊतक क्या हैं?
उत्तर:
ये ऊतक मृदु ऊतक कोशिकाओं के बने होते हैं। इनकी उत्पत्ति, संरचना और कार्य एक-समान होते हैं।

प्रश्न 14.
मृदु ऊतक पौधे के किस भाग में पाए जाते हैं?
उत्तर:
पौधे के हरे भाग में।

प्रश्न 15.
रक्षी ऊतक कितने ऊतकों से बनते हैं?
उत्तर:
दृढ़ोत्तकों से।

प्रश्न 16.
रक्षी ऊतक पौधे के किन भागों में पाए जाते हैं?
उत्तर:
पत्तियों, फूलों, तनों व जड़ों में।

प्रश्न 17.
स्केलेरीडस का दूसरा नाम क्या है?
उत्तर:
पाषाण कोशिकाएँ।

प्रश्न 18.
जटिल ऊतक किसे कहते हैं?
उत्तर:
विभिन्न आकार व माप की कोशिकाएँ मिलकर एक ऐसा समूह बनाती हैं जो एक विशेष कार्य करता है, उसे जटिल ऊतक कहते हैं।

प्रश्न 19.
जटिल ऊतक कितने प्रकार के होते हैं?
उत्तर:
दो-

• फ़्लोएम व
• ज़ाइलम।

प्रश्न 20.
उस ऊतक का नाम बताएँ जो पौधों में भोजन का संवहन करता है।
उत्तर:
फ्लोएम (पोषवाह)।

प्रश्न 21.
जंतु ऊतक कितने प्रकार के होते हैं? नाम लिखो।
उत्तर:
चार प्रकार के-

• एपिथीलियमी ऊतक
• संयोजी ऊतक
• पेशीय ऊतक
• तंत्रिका ऊतक।

प्रश्न 22.
एपीथीलियमी ऊतक कहाँ पर पाए जाते हैं?
उत्तर:
जंतुओं के बाहरी तथा आंतरिक सतहों पर।

प्रश्न 23.
जंतुओं में ‘रक्षी अस्तर’ किस ऊतक को कहते हैं?
उत्तर:
एपीथीलियमी ऊतक।

प्रश्न 24.
प्राणियों में शुक्राणु और अंडाणु किस ऊतक के द्वारा बनाए जाते हैं?
उत्तर:
एपीथीलियमी ऊतक द्वारा।

प्रश्न 25.
पेशीय ऊतक कितने प्रकार के होते हैं?
उत्तर:
तीन प्रकार के-

• रेखित
• अरेखित व
• हृदय पेशी।

प्रश्न 26.
हमारी इच्छानुसार कौन-सी पेशियाँ कार्य करती हैं?
उत्तर:
ऐच्छिक पेशियाँ (रखित पेशियाँ)।

प्रश्न 27.
हृदय की पेशियाँ किस प्रकार की पेशियाँ होती हैं?
उत्तर:
अनैच्छिक पेशियाँ।

प्रश्न 28.
संयोजी ऊतक कितने प्रकार के होते हैं?
उत्तर:
तीन।

प्रश्न 29.
संयोजी ऊतकों के दो मुख्य कार्य लिखो।
उत्तर:
विभिन्न अंगों को जोड़ना व सुरक्षा प्रदान करना।

प्रश्न 30.
कंकाल संयोजी ऊतक कितने प्रकार के होते हैं?
उत्तर:
दो-

• अस्थि और
• उपास्थि।

प्रश्न 31.
अस्थि को अस्थि से जोड़ने का कार्य कौन-सा ऊतक करता है?
उत्तर:
स्नायु।

प्रश्न 32.
कंडरा ऊतक किसको जोड़ते हैं?
उत्तर:
पेशी को अस्थि से।

प्रश्न 33.
शरीर में पाए जाने वाले तरल ऊतक का नाम लिखो।
उत्तर:
रुधिर।

प्रश्न 34.
रुधिर में कितने प्रकार की कणिकाएँ पाई जाती हैं?
उत्तर:
तीन-

• लाल रुधिर कणिका
• श्वेत रुधिर कणिका तथा
• प्लेटलैटस।

प्रश्न 35.
रुधिर के तरल भाग को क्या कहते हैं?
उत्तर:
प्लाज्मा।

प्रश्न 36.
रुधिर में कितने प्रतिशत जल होता है?
उत्तर:
90%।

प्रश्न 37.
मस्तिष्क, मेरुरज्जु तथा तंत्रिकाएँ किस ऊतक से बनी होती हैं?
उत्तर:
तंत्रिका ऊतक से।

प्रश्न 38.
तंत्रिका ऊतक की कोशिका को क्या कहते हैं?
उत्तर:
न्यूरॉन।

प्रश्न 39.
न्यूरॉन का प्रमुख कार्य क्या है?
उत्तर:
संदेशवाहक का।

लघूत्तरात्मक प्रश्न

प्रश्न 1.
एककोशी जीव की तुलना में बहुकोशी जीव श्रेष्ठ हैं, क्यों?
उत्तर:
एककोशी जीव कुछ ही कार्यों को संपन्न कर सकते हैं और उन कार्यों को करने में बहुकोशी जीवों की तुलना में ये इतने दक्ष भी नहीं होते। बहुकोशी जीवों में लाखों कोशिकाएँ समूह बनाकर न केवल उन्हीं कार्यों को, बल्कि और अधिक कार्यों को पूरी दक्षता के साथ कर सकते हैं क्योंकि इनमें श्रम विभाजन का गुण पाया जाता है।

प्रश्न 2.
क्या पौधों और जंतुओं के ऊतकों में कुछ अंतर हैं?
उत्तर:
पौधों के ऊतक सहारा देने का कार्य करते हैं। पौधों के अधिकांश ऊतक मृत होते हैं। मृत ऊतक जीवित ऊतक की तरह ही यांत्रिक मजबूती प्रदान करते हैं। इन्हें कम रख-रखाव की आवश्यकता होती है। जबकि जंतु साथी भोजन और आश्रय की खोज में इधर-उधर घूमते रहते हैं। ये पौधों की अपेक्षा ऊर्जा की अधिक खपत करते हैं। इनके अधिकांश ऊतक जीवित होते हैं। पौधों की वृद्धि कुछ भागों में ही सीमित रहती है जबकि जंतुओं में ऐसा नहीं होता।

प्रश्न 3.
पौधों में पाए जाने वाले विभिन्न प्रकार के ऊतक कौन-से हैं?
उत्तर:
पौधों में दो प्रकार के ऊतक पाए जाते हैं-
पादप ऊतक-

• विभज्योतक (Meristematic Tissue)
• स्थायी ऊतक (Permanent Tissue)

प्रश्न 4.
विभज्योतक की विशेषताएँ लिखें।
उत्तर:
विभज्योतक की विशेषताएँ निम्नलिखित हैं-

• विभज्योतक की कोशिकाएँ समान संरचना वाली हैं और इनकी कोशिका भित्ति पतली होती है।
• कोशिकाओं का आकार गोल, अंडाकार या बहुपृष्ठीय होता है।
• ये आपस में सघनता से जुड़ी रहती हैं और इसलिए इनके बीच में अंतर्कोशिकीय स्थान नहीं होता।
• इन कोशिकाओं में सघन अथवा पर्याप्त कोशिका द्रव्य (साइटोप्लाज्म) और एक बड़ा केंद्रक होता है।
• इनमें अपेक्षाकृत कम रिक्तिकाएँ होती हैं अथवा कोई रिक्तिका नहीं होती।

प्रश्न 5.
पौधों में विभज्योतक कहाँ-कहाँ होता है?
उत्तर:
विभज्योतक पौधों में केवल वृद्धि करने वाले भागों; जैसे प्ररोह की चोटी और कैंबियम (ऐसा क्षेत्र जो मोटाई में वृद्धि करता है) में पाए जाते हैं।

प्रश्न 6.
स्थायी ऊतकों की विशेषताएँ लिखें।
उत्तर:
स्थायी ऊतकों की विशेषताएँ निम्नलिखित हैं

• स्थायी ऊतक विभज्योतक से बनते हैं।
• इनकी कोशिकाओं में विभाजन की क्षमता नहीं होती।
• इनका आकार निश्चित होता है।
• इनकी भित्ति मृत, पतली या फिर मोटी हो सकती है।
• इनकी कोशिकाएँ बड़ी होती हैं तथा रिक्तिकामय कोशिका द्रव्य होता है।

प्रश्न 7.
विभज्योतक और स्थायी ऊतक में अंतर स्पष्ट करें।
उत्तर:
विभज्योतक और स्थायी ऊतक में निम्नलिखित अंतर हैं-

प्रश्न 8.
स्थायी ऊतक किन्हें कहते हैं?
उत्तर:
स्थायी ऊतक-स्थायी ऊतक विभज्योतकों से बनते हैं। इन ऊतकों में विभाजन क्षमता नहीं होती। इनका आकार व परिमाण निश्चित होता है। स्थायी ऊतक दो प्रकार के होते हैं-

• सरल ऊतक
• जटिल ऊतक।

प्रश्न 9.
पैरेन्काइमा (मृदु ऊतक) व कॉलेन्काइमा (स्थूलकोणक ऊतक) में अंतर स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर:
पैरेन्काइमा (मृदु ऊतक) और कॉलेन्काइमा (स्थूलकोणक ऊतक) में निम्नलिखित अंतर हैं-

मृदु ऊतक [Parenchyma]	स्थूलकोणक ऊतक [Collenchyma]
1. ये जड़, तने व पत्तों में पाए जाते हैं।	1. ये तने व पत्ती की मध्य शिरा में पाए जाते हैं।
2. इनकी भित्तियों पर स्थूलन नहीं होता।	2. इनकी भित्तियों पर स्थूतन होता है।
3. ये गोल व महीन कोशिका भित्ति वाली कोशिकाओं से बने होते हैं।	3. इनकी कोशिका भित्ति मोटी ब लंबी होती है।
4. इनकी कोशिका भित्ति पेक्टिन व सैल्यूलोज की बनी होती है।	4. इनकी कोशिका भित्ति पर पेक्टिन के स्थूलक पाए जाते हैं।
5. ये खाद्य भंडारण व यांत्रिक सहारा देने का कार्य करते हैं।	5. ये केवल यांत्रिक सहारा देने का कार्य करते हैं।
6. इनके बीच अंतर्कोशिकीय स्थान पाया जाता है।	6. इनमें यह अनुपस्थित होता है।

प्रश्न 10.
सरल स्थायी ऊतक के विभिन्न प्रकार बताइए और प्रत्येक का कार्य लिखिए।
उत्तर-
सरल स्थायी ऊतक तीन प्रकार के होते हैं-(क) पैरेन्काइमा (ख) कॉलेन्काइमा (ग) स्क्लेरेन्काइमा।
(क) पैरेन्काइमा के कार्य-

• भोजन का संचय और स्वांगीकरण करना।
• पादप भागों को दृढ़ता प्रदान करना।
• रेजिन, टैनिन, गोंद कण, अकार्बनिक व्यर्थ पदार्थों के रेजिन को संचित करना।
• इनमें पर्णहरिम पाए जाने पर ये भोजन बनाते हैं।

(ख) कॉलेन्काइमा के कार्य-

• यह पौधों को लचीलापन व दृढ़ता प्रदान करता है।
• पर्णहरिम पाए जाने पर ये शर्करा व मंड बनाते हैं।

(ग) स्क्लेरेन्काइमा के कार्य-

• ये कार्टेक्स, पिथ, कठोर बीजों को अधिक दृढ़ता प्रदान करता है।
• ये रक्षी ऊतकों में रूपांतरित होकर भीतरी अंगों की रक्षा करते हैं।

प्रश्न 11.
मूदु ऊतक, स्थूलकोणक ऊतक, दृढ़ोत्तक में अंतर स्पष्ट करें।
अथवा
कोशिका भित्ति के आधार पर पैरेन्काइमा, कॉलेन्काइमा और स्क्लेरेन्काइमा के बीच भेद स्पष्ट करें।
उत्तर
मृदु ऊतक, स्थूलकोणक ऊतक तथा दृढ़ोत्तक में निम्नलिखित अंतर हैं-

प्रश्न 12.
स्क्लेरेनकाइमेटस ऊतक का वर्णन कीजिए।
उत्तर
स्क्लेरेनकाइमेटस (Sclerenchyma) ऊतक पौधे को कठोर एवं मजबूत बनाता है। हमने नारियल के रेशेयुक्त छिलके को देखा है। यह स्क्लेरेनकाइमेटस ऊतक से बना होता है। इस ऊतक की कोशिकाएँ मृत होती हैं। ये लम्बी और पतली होती हैं, क्योंकि इस ऊतक की भित्ति लिग्निन के कारण मोटी होती है।

ये भित्तियाँ प्रायः इतनी मोटी होती हैं कि कोशिका के भीतर कोई आन्तरिक स्थान नहीं होता। यह ऊतक तने में संबहन बण्डल के समीप, पत्तों की शिराओं में तथा बीजों और फलों के कठोर छिलके में उपस्थित होता है। यह पौधों के भागों को मजबूती प्रदान करता है।

प्रश्न 13.
ज़ाइलम (दारू ऊतक) में पाए जाने वाले विभिन्न अवयवों के नाम लिखिए।
उत्तर
ज़ाइलम (Xylem) में पाए जाने वाले निम्नलिखित चार प्रकार के अवयव हैं-

• वाहिनीकाएँ (Trachieds)
• वाहिकाएँ (Vessels)
• दारू या काष्ठ मृदु ऊतक (Xylem or Wood Parenchyma)
• काष्ठ तंतु (Wood or Xylem Fibres)।

प्रश्न 14.
फ्लोएम (पोषवाह) की पौधे के लिए उपयोगिता बताइए।
उत्तर:
फ्लोएम की उपयोगिता-यह पादप संवहन ऊतक है। यह पौधे की पत्तियों में निर्मित मंड (भोजन) को पौधे के विभिन्न भागों तक पहुँचाने का कार्य करता है।

प्रश्न 15.
जाइलम (दारू ऊतक) के कार्य लिखिए।
उत्तर:
ज़ाइलम के कार्य-यह भी पादप संवहन ऊतक है। पौधे की जड़ों द्वारा अवशोषित जल व घुलित खनिज लवणों को जड़ से लेकर पौधे के पत्तों और शीर्ष तक पहुंचाने का कार्य करता है। यह पौधे को यांत्रिक शक्ति भी प्रदान करता है।

प्रश्न 16.
रक्षी ऊतक पर संक्षिप्त नोट लिखें।
उत्तर:
रक्षी ऊतक-पौधे के बाह्य भागों में पाए जाने वाले स्क्लेरेन्काइमा रक्षी ऊतकों में रूपांतरित हो जाते हैं। ये ऊतक पत्तों, तनों तथा जड़ों की बाह्य परत पर स्थित होते हैं। ये ऊतक पौधों के भीतरी ऊतकों की रक्षा करते हैं। ये ऊतक क्यूटिन द्वारा ढके होते हैं। कॉर्क की कोशिकाएँ मृत होती हैं। कॉर्क एक हल्का और सुरक्षात्मक ऊतक है, यह अधिक दाब वाला होता है और आग जल्दी नहीं पकड़ता।

प्रश्न 17.
स्टोमेटा क्या है? इसके कार्य लिखें।
उत्तर:
स्टोमेटा (Stomata)-पौधों की पत्तियों की निचली सतह पर बाह्य त्वचीय कोशिकाएँ (Epidermal Cells) पाई जाती हैं जिन्हें रंध्र छिद्र कहते हैं। रंध्र दो गार्ड कोशिकाओं के द्वारा सुरक्षित रहते हैं।

कार्य-

• स्टोमेटा पौधों के नाक होते हैं।
• स्टोमेटा पौधों के लिए गैसों का आदान-प्रदान करते हैं और इनके द्वारा पौधों में स्थित जल का ह्रास होता है।

प्रश्न 18.
जंतुओं में पाए जाने वाले विभिन्न ऊतकों के नाम लिखिए।
उत्तर:
जंतुओं के ऊतक-जंतुओं में निम्नलिखित चार प्रकार के ऊतक पाए जाते हैं-

• उपकला या एपिथीलियमी ऊतक (Epithelial Tissue)
• संयोजी ऊतक (Connective Tissue)
• पेशी ऊतक (Muscular Tissue)
• तंत्रिका ऊतक (Nervous Tissue)

प्रश्न 19.
जंतु ऊतकों के नाम और उनके प्रमुख कार्य लिखें।
उत्तर:
जंतु ऊतक (Animal Tissue)-

• एपीथीलियम ऊतक कार्य : ये अवशोषण, स्रावण, सुरक्षा, उत्सर्जन आदि कार्य करते हैं।
• संयोजी ऊतक कार्य : इस ऊतक का कार्य शरीर के विभिन्न अंगों को एक-दूसरे से जोड़ना, सहारा देना, बांधना, भंडारण, सुरक्षा और परिवहन हैं।
• पेशीय ऊतक-कार्य : पेशीय ऊतक गति, प्रचलन, संकुचन, संचलन आदि का कार्य करते हैं।
• तंत्रिका ऊतक-कार्य : ये ऊतक नियंत्रण और संचालन के प्रमुख कार्य करते हैं।

प्रश्न 20.
एपिथीलियम ऊतक पर टिप्पणी लिखें।
उत्तर:
यह जंतु के शरीर को ढांपने या बाहरी रक्षा करने वाला ऊतक है। शरीर के अंदर भी बहुत से अंगों और गुहिकाओं को ढांपने का काम करता है। त्वचा, मुँह, आहारनली, रक्तवाहिनी नली का अस्तर, फेफड़ों की कूपिका, वृक्क नली आदि सभी इसी ऊतक से बने होते हैं। इन कोशिकाओं के बीच बहुत कम जगह होती है अर्थात् कोशिकाएँ सटी हुई होती हैं।

प्रश्न 21.
एपिथीलियम ऊतक का वर्गीकरण करें।
उत्तर:
एपिथीलियम ऊतक की कोशिकाओं की आकृति एवं कार्य के आधार पर ये निम्नलिखित प्रकार की होती हैं-

• शल्की एपिथीलियम-ये चौड़ी व चपटी कोशिकाएँ शरीर के अंगों को ढकने व सुरक्षा प्रदान करने का कार्य करती हैं।
• घनाकार एपिथीलियम-ये घनाकार कोशिकाएँ लार ग्रंथि व वृक्क नलिकाओं में पाई जाती हैं।
• स्तंभाकार एपिथीलियम-आमाश्य व आंत की परत में स्तंभ के आकार व चौड़ाई वाली कोशिकाएँ पाई जाती हैं।
• सिलियरी एपिथीलियम-स्तंभाकार व घनाकार कोशिकाओं के सिरों से बाल जैसी संरचनाएँ रोम या सिलिया निकलती हैं।
• ग्रंथि एपिथीलियम ये कोशिकाएँ स्रावी ग्रंथियों में पाई जाती हैं।

प्रश्न 22.
एपिथीलियम ऊतक के कार्य लिखो।
उत्तर:
एपिथीलियम ऊतक के कार्य-

• यह अंगों की रक्षा व ढकने का कार्य करता है।
• यह स्रावण का कार्य करता है। (आमाशय व लार ग्रंथियों में)
• यह संवेदना उत्पन्न करता है। (आँख के रेटीना की कोशिकाएँ)
• यह शुक्राणु व अंडाणु का निर्माण करता है।
• ये पानी व अन्य लवणों को अवशोषित करती हैं।
• ये उत्सर्जन का कार्य भी करती हैं।

प्रश्न 23.
संयोजी ऊतकों के कार्य लिखें।
उत्तर:
संयोजी ऊतकों के कार्य-

• ये ऊतक शरीर के विभिन्न अंगों को एक-दूसरे से जोड़ने का कार्य करते हैं।
• ये ऊतकों को बांधने का कार्य करते हैं।
• ये ऊतक शरीर के अंगों को सहारा देते हैं।
• अस्थि और उपास्थि शरीर का कंकाल बनाते हैं जो शरीर के कोमल अंगों का सुरक्षा कवच होता है।
• वसा ऊतक वसा का भंडारण करते हैं।
• रुधिर परिवहन का कार्य करता है।
• रुधिर की श्वेत-कणिकाएँ रोगाणुओं से लड़ती हैं।
  

प्रश्न 24.
रुधिर क्या है?
उत्तर:
रुधिर (Blood)-रुधिर एक संयोजी तरल ऊतक है। इसके तरल भाग को प्लाज्मा कहते हैं। इस ऊतक की कोशिकाएँ तरल प्लाज्मा (मैट्रिक्स) में तैरती रहती हैं। रुधिर कोशिकाओं को रुधिर कणिकाएँ कहते हैं। ये तीन प्रकार की होती हैं-

• लाल रुधिर कणिकाएँ
• श्वेत रुधिर कणिकाएँ तथा
• प्लेटलैटस। रुधिर शरीर के प्रत्येक भाग में दौड़ता है और इस प्रकार यह सभी भागों को जोड़ता है।

प्रश्न 25.
रुधिर के क्या कार्य हैं? वर्णन करें।
उत्तर:
रुधिर के कार्य-

• रक्त की लाल कणिकाएँ फेफड़ों से ऑक्सीजन लेकर शरीर के विभिन्न भागों में पहुंचाती हैं।
• रक्त हार्मोंस ग्रंथियों से हार्मोन लेकर शरीर के विभिन्न भागों में पहुंचाता है।
• अपशिष्ट पदार्थों को शरीर से बाहर निकालने में सहायक है।
• रक्त की श्वेत कणिकाएँ रोगाणुओं से रक्षा करती हैं।
• रक्त शरीर के तापमान को नियंत्रित करता है।
• रक्त की प्लेटलैटस कणिकाएँ रक्त को जमाकर, अधिक रक्त निकलने से रोक देती हैं।

प्रश्न 26.
अस्थि क्या है? यह कितने प्रकार की होती है?
उत्तर:
अस्थि (Bone)-अस्थि ऊतक एक संयोजी ऊतक है। इस ऊतक में 1/3 भाग कार्बनिक पदार्थ तथा 2/3 भाग अकार्बनिक पदार्थ पाया जाता है। इसकी आधात्री में विशेष प्रकार की प्रोटीन ‘ओसीन’ होती है जो कोलेजन तंतुओं के रूप में होती है। अस्थि में आधात्री ओसटिओ, साइटस, तंतुओं तथा आधात्री पदार्थ में कैल्शियम फास्फेट, कैल्शियम कार्बोनेट व कैल्शियम फ्लोराइड पाया जाता है। यह अस्थि को मज़बूती प्रदान करते हैं।

प्रश्न 27.
संहत अस्थि क्या है?
उत्तर:
संहत अस्थि (Compact Bone) यह अस्थि सख्त और कठोर होती है। अस्थि के मैट्रिक्स में कैल्शियम लवण अस्थि को कठोरता प्रदान करता है। संहत अस्थि गोल तथा अनियमित अस्थियों की सघन परतों से बनी होती है। संहत अस्थि लंबी अस्थियों की शाफ्ट जैसे फीमर में पाई जाती है। इसमें हेवरसियन नलिकाएँ पाई जाती हैं।

प्रश्न 28.
अस्थि और उपास्थि में दो-दो अंतर लिखिए।
उत्तर:
अस्थि और उपास्थि में निम्नलिखित अंतर हैं-

प्रश्न 29.
कंडरा और स्नायु में अंतर लिखिए।
उत्तर:
कंडरा (Tendon) तथा स्नायु (Ligament) में निम्नलिखित अंतर हैं-

प्रश्न 30.
अस्थि, उपास्थि, कंडरा तथा स्नायु के कार्य लिखिए।
उत्तर:

• अस्थि-यह शरीर का ढाँचा बनाती है तथा कोमल अंगों की रक्षा करती है।
• उपास्थि यह कार्टेलेजिनश मछलियों का अंतः कंकाल बनाती है। हमारे शरीर में नाक की चोटी और बाह्य कान इसी का बना होता है।
• कंडरा-यह पेशी को अस्थि से जोड़ता है।
• स्नायु–यह अस्थि को अस्थि से जोड़ता है।

प्रश्न 31.
अस्थि ऊतक के कार्य लिखो।
उत्तर:
अस्थि ऊतक-अस्थि ऊतक दृढ़ होता है, अस्थि के मैट्रिक्स में प्रचुर मात्रा में कैल्शियम लवण पाए जाते हैं। अस्थि ऊतक के निम्नलिखित प्रमख कार्य हैं

• अस्थि ऊतक शरीर को आकृति प्रदान करता है।
• अस्थि ऊतक शरीर के कोमल अंगों की रक्षा करता है।
• अस्थि ऊतक पेशियों को जोड़ने में सहायता प्रदान करता है।
• यह ऊतक शरीर को गति प्रदान करता है।
• अस्थि ऊतक के केंद्रीय भाग में लाल रुधिर कणिकाओं का निर्माण होता है।
• यह पेशियों को संधि स्थान प्रदान करता है।

प्रश्न 32.
अंतरालिक ऊतक क्या है?
उत्तर:
अंतरालिक ऊतक (Areolar Tissue) यह ऊतक त्वचा के नीचे, पेशियों के बीच तथा रक्त वाहिकाओं के बीच व तंत्रिका ऊतक के चारों ओर पाया जाता है। इन कोशिकाओं में जैलीनुमा पारदर्शक तथा चिपचिपा आधात्री पाया जाता है। यह संयोजी ऊतक है। यह ऊतक शरीर गुहिका तथा अन्य अंगों को आपस में जोड़ता है।

प्रश्न 33.
पेशीय ऊतक क्या है? ये कितने प्रकार के होते हैं?
उत्तर:
पेशीय ऊतक-इन ऊतकों की कोशिकाएँ लंबी, बेलनाकार तथा अशाखित होती हैं। हृदय पेशियाँ शाखित होती हैं। पेशीय ऊतक विभिन्न मापों के होते हैं। पेशीय ऊतक शरीर के विभिन्न अंगों व भागों को गति प्रदान करते हैं। पेशीय ऊतक तीन प्रकार के होते हैं

• रेखित पेशी (कंकाल या ऐच्छिक पेशी)।
• अरेखित पेशी (चिकनी पेशी या अनैच्छिक पेशी)।
• हृदय पेशी।

प्रश्न 34.
रेखित पेशी और हृदय पेशी में अंतर स्पष्ट करो।
उत्तर:
रेखित पेशी और हृदय पेशी में निम्नलिखित अंतर है-

प्रश्न 35.
रेखित तथा अरेखित पेशी में अंतर स्पष्ट कीजिए।
उत्तर:

निबंधात्मक प्रश्न

प्रश्न 1.
ऊतक किसे कहते हैं? पादप ऊतक कितने प्रकार के होते हैं? विभज्योतक का वर्णन करो।
उत्तर:
ऊतक-एक समान उत्पत्ति, संरचना तथा कार्य करने वाली कोशिकाओं के समूह को ऊतक कहते हैं। पौधों में ऊतक दो प्रकार के होते हैं-
(1) विभज्योतक
(2) स्थायी ऊतक

विभज्योतक (Meristematic Tissue)-इन ऊतकों में कोशिकाओं का निरंतर विभाजन होता रहता है तथा विभाजन की क्षमता वाली ये कोशिकाएँ, नई कोशिकाओं को उत्पन्न करती रहती हैं। विभज्योतक, केवल वृद्धि करने वाले भागों; जैसे प्ररोह का शीर्ष और जड़ की चोटी और कैंबियम में ही पाया जाता है। इन ऊतकों के कारण ही पौधों की लंबाई और मोटाई बढ़ती है।

उत्पत्ति के आधार पर विभज्योतक दो प्रकार के होते हैं-

• प्राथमिक विभज्योतक
• द्वितीय विभज्योतक

स्थिति के आधार पर विभज्योतक तीन प्रकार के होते हैं-
(क) शीर्षस्थ विभज्योतक ये जड़, तना व शाखाओं के शीर्ष पर पाए जाते हैं। ये भी तीन प्रकार के होते हैं-

• त्वचाजन-ये ऊतक पौधे की बाह्य त्वचा बनाते हैं।
• बल्कुटजन-ये ऊतक भरण तंत्र का निर्माण करते हैं।
• रंभजन ये ऊतक संवहन ऊतकों, फ़्लोएम व जाइलम को बनाते हैं।

(ख) अंतर्वेशी विभज्योतक-यह ऊतक एक बीज पत्री तनों में पाया जाता है। इसकी सक्रियता के कारण लंबाई में वृद्धि होती है।

(ग) पार्श्व विभज्योतक-यह ऊतक द्विबीज पत्री, तनों व जड़ के पार्श्व भागों में पाया जाता है।

प्रश्न 2.
पौधे के साधारण ऊतक कितने प्रकार के हैं? उनका वर्णन करो।
उत्तर:
साधारण ऊतक (Simple Tissue)-जब विभज्योतकों में विभाजन की क्षमता नष्ट हो जाती है तो वे स्थायी ऊतकों में बदल जाते हैं। स्थायी ऊतक दो प्रकार के होते हैं-साधारण ऊतक व जटिल ऊतक।

साधारण ऊतक एक ही प्रकार की समान संरचना वाली कोशिकाओं से मिलकर बने होते हैं। इनका कार्य भी एक-समान होता है। संरचना के आधार पर ये ऊतक तीन प्रकार के होते हैं-
(1) मूदु ऊतक (Parenchyma)-ये ऊतक पौधों के प्ररोह तंत्र (तना, पत्तियां तथा फूल) तथा जड़ों में पाए जाते हैं। पौधे के हरे भाग में इनकी संख्या अधिक होती है। ये कोशिकाएँ गोल, लंबी या बहुपृष्ठीय आकार की हो सकती हैं। ये जीवित कोशिकाएँ होती हैं। इनकी कोशिका भित्ति महीन व सैल्यूलोज की बनी होती है। इन कोशिकाओं में जीवद्रव्य सघन होता है।

इन ऊतकों का प्रमुख कार्य भोजन का संचय, स्वांगीकरण करना, दृढ़ता प्रदान करना, रेजिन, टैनिन, गोंद का संचय करना और कई बार भोजन बनाना भी होता है।

(2) स्थूलकोणक (Collenchyma)-ये कोशिकाएँ भी जीवित होती हैं। ये बहुभुजी अंडाकार तथा गोल आकार की होती हैं। इनकी कोशिका भित्ति पतली होती है, परंतु कोशिका के कोनों पर सैल्यूलोज व पेक्टिन जमा होने के कारण स्थूल हो जाती हैं। इन कोशिकाओं में प्रायः कुछ क्लोरोप्लास्ट होते हैं।

यह ऊतक पौधों में लचीलापन व दृढ़ता प्रदान करता है तथा क्लोरोप्लास्ट पाए जाने पर स्टार्च व मंड बनाता है।

(3) दृढ़ोत्तक (Sclerenchyma)-ये कोशिकाएँ आकार में लंबी व पतली परंतु लिग्निनयुक्त होती हैं। ये कोशिकाएँ मृत होती हैं और ये एक-दूसरी से सटी होती हैं।

ये कोशिकाएँ दोनों सिरों पर नुकीली होती हैं। दो निकटवर्ती कोशिकाओं के बीच सुस्पष्ट मध्य पट्टिका होती है। कोशिकाओं में तिरछे क्षेत्र पाए जाते हैं जिन्हें गर्त कहते हैं। ये कोशिकाएँ पौधों के भागों को दृढ़ता प्रदान करती हैं।

प्रश्न 3.
जटिल ऊतक किसे कहते हैं? पौधों में ये कितने प्रकार के होते हैं? प्रत्येक का वर्णन करें।
उत्तर:
जटिल ऊतक (Complex Tissue)-जटिल ऊतक एक-से-अधिक प्रकार की कोशिकाओं का कांच प्लेट ऐसा समूह होता है जो एक विशेष कार्य करता है। जटिल ऊतक दो प्रकार के होते हैं-

1. दारू या जाइलम (Xylem)-ज़ाइलम एक संवहन ऊतक है। यह जल तथा उसमें घुले लवणों को जड़ से प्ररोह तंत्र के भाग पत्ते तक पहुँचाता है। इस ऊतक की सभी कोशिकाएँ मृत, मोटी भित्ति वाली तथा लिग्निन किरण युक्त होती हैं। यह ऊतक चार प्रकार की कोशिकाओं से कोशिका मिलकर बना होता है-

• वाहिनीकाएँ (Trachieds)
• वाहिकाएँ (Vessels)
• दारू या काष्ठ मृदु ऊतक (Xylem or Wood Parenchyma) तथा
• काष्ठ तंतु (Xylem Fibers)

2. पोषवाह या फ्लोएम (Phloem)-यह एक जीवित संवहन ऊतक है। प्रकाश-संश्लेषण क्रिया से तैयार मंड (स्टार्च) को यह पौधे के विभिन्न भागों तक पहुँचाता है। यह ऊतक भी चार प्रकार के अवयवों से मिलकर बना होता है-

• चालनी नलिकाएँ (Sieve Tube)
• सखी कोशिकाएँ (Companion Cells)
• फ़्लोएम मृदु ऊतक (Phloem Parenchyma) एवं
• फ़्लोएम तंतु (Phloem Fibers)

इनमें से सबसे प्रमुख चालनी नलिका है। इन चालनी नलिकाओं में छिद्रित भित्ति होती है जो पत्तियों से भोजन को पौधे के विभिन्न भागों तक पहुँचाती है।

प्रश्न 4.
तंत्रिका ऊतक किसे कहते हैं? यह कितने प्रकार की होती है?
अथवा
तंत्रिका ऊतक का सचित्र वर्णन करें।
उत्तर:
तंत्रिका कोशिका-यह विशेष रूप से लंबी कोशिका है जो संदेशों के संवहन की मूल इकाई है।

इस कोशिका में जीवद्रव्य से घिरा एक केंद्रक होता है। जीवद्रव्य से बहुत-सी छोटी-छोटी शाखाएँ निकलती हैं, जिन्हें डेंड्राइट कहते हैं। इनमें से एक शाखा बहुत लंबी होती है जिसे एक्सॉन कहते हैं। एक्सॉन संदेशों को कोशिका से दूर ले जाता है।

एक तन्त्रिका कोशिका सीधे ही दूसरे तंत्रिका कोशिका से नहीं जुड़ी होती। इनके बीच में कुछ खाली स्थान होता है जिसमें बहुत ही समीप का एक्सॉन संवहन होता है। इसे अंतर्ग्रथन (सिनेप्स) कहते हैं। यदि हमें हाथ में दर्द है तो यह सूचना हाथ में स्थित संवेदी तंत्रिका कोशिका के डेंड्राइट ग्रहण करते एक्साप्लाज्म हैं।

तंत्रिका कोशिका इसे विद्युत् सिग्नल (संकेत) में बदल देती है। यह संकेत तंत्रिकाक्ष द्वारा प्रवाहित होता है तथा अंतर्ग्रथन में होता हुआ मस्तिष्क तक पहुँचता है। मस्तिष्क संदेश को ग्रहण करके उस पर अनुक्रिया करता है। प्रेरक तंत्रिका इस अनुक्रिया को हाथ की पेशियों तक पहुँचाती है तथा हाथ की पेशियाँ उचित अनुक्रिया करती हैं।

इस प्रकार तंत्रिका कोशिका तीन प्रकार की होती हैं-

• संवेदी तंत्रिका कोशिका-यह शरीर के विभिन्न भागों में संवेदनाएँ मस्तिष्क की ओर ले जाती हैं।
• प्रेरक तंत्रिका कोशिका-यह मस्तिष्क से आदेश लेकर पेशियों तक पहुँचाती है।
• बहुध्रुवी तंत्रिका कोशिका-यह संवेदनाओं को मस्तिष्क की ओर तथा मस्तिष्क के आदेशों को पेशियों की ओर ले जाने के दोनों कार्य करती है।

प्रश्न 5.
रुधिर (मानव रुधिर) क्या है? इसके घटकों का वर्णन करो।
उत्तर:
रुधिर (Blood)-रुधिर लाल रंग का तरल संयोजी ऊतक है। रुधिर शरीर के भागों में दौड़ता है, इसलिए कह सकते हैं कि यह शरीर के सभी भागों को आपस में जोड़ता है। मानव रक्त के प्रमुख दो घटक हैं-
(क) प्लाज्मा-यह रुधिर का हल्के पीले (धानी) रंग का पदार्थ होता है। इसमें 90% जल होता है, शेष लवण, ग्लूकोज एमीनो अम्ल, प्रोटीन, हार्मोन, ऑक्सीजन, कार्बन-डाइऑक्साइड गैस तथा कुछ पचे-अनपचे पदार्थ होते हैं।

कार्य-इसमें फाइब्रोजीन नामक प्रोटीन होता है जो रुधिर को जमाने में काम आता है। इसमें प्रतिरक्षी (प्रतिजन) भी पाए जाते हैं जो बाह्य पदार्थों-जीवाण आदि को निष्क्रिय कर देते हैं।

(ख) रुधिर कणिकाएँ-रुधिर में तीन प्रकार की कणिकाएँ पाई जाती हैं जिनका वर्णन निम्नलिखित प्रकार से है
1. लाल रुधिर कणिकाएँ-ये गोलाकार होती हैं। प्रत्येक लाल कणिका का जीवन लगभग चार महीने का होता है। इनके अंदर हीमोग्लोबिन नामक एक पदार्थ होता है जो रुधिर को लाल रंग प्रदान करता है। ये आकार में गोल, चपटी तथा छोटी लाल कणिका होती हैं। इनमें केंद्रक नहीं होता। इनकी संख्या सबसे अधिक होती है (50 लाख प्रति घन मिलीलीटर)।

कार्य-

• लाल रुधिर कणिकाएँ रक्त को लाल रंग प्रदान करती हैं।
• इनका हीमोग्लोबिन सारे शरीर में ऑक्सीजन का वितरण करता है। ऑक्सीजन पाकर ये कणिकाएँ ऑक्सी हीमोग्लोबिन बन जाती हैं।

2. श्वेत रुधिर कणिकाएँ-श्वेत रुधिर कणिकाओं की संख्या लाल रुधिर कणिकाओं से कम होती है, परंतु माप में उनसे बड़ी होती हैं। इनका रंग सफेद होता है, क्योंकि इनमें हीमोग्लोबिन नहीं होता। अतः इनका आकार भी निश्चित नहीं होता। इनमें केंद्रक भी होता है। ये पाँच प्रकार की होती हैं।

कार्य-ये शरीर को नुकसान पहुंचाने वाले रोगाणुओं को मार देती हैं और उन्हें निगल जाती हैं। इस प्रकार ये रोगों से हमारी रक्षा करती हैं।

(ग) पट्टिकाणु या थ्रोम्बोसाइट या प्लेटलैटस-ये बीच में से मोटी और किनारे पर से पतली होती हैं। ये बहुत छोटी होती हैं। इनमें भी केंद्रक होता है।

कार्य-ये रक्त को जमने में सहायता करती हैं। चोट लगने पर जब रक्त बाहर निकलता है, तो ये कणिकाएँ चोट लगे हुए स्थान पर इकट्ठी हो जाती हैं और एक रासायनिक क्रिया द्वारा वहाँ जम जाती हैं, ताकि और अधिक रक्त न बह सके।

प्रश्न 6.
कंकाल और हृदय पेशियों की संरचना का वर्णन कीजिए।
उत्तर:
कंकाल पेशी (ऐच्छिक पेशी)-कुछ पेशियों की हम इच्छानुसार गति करा सकते हैं। हाथ और पैर में विद्यमान पेशियों को हम अपनी इच्छानुसार आवश्यकता पड़ने पर गति करा सकते हैं या उनकी गति को रोक सकते हैं। इस तरह की पेशियों को ऐच्छिक पेशी कहा जाता है।

इन पेशियों को कंकाल पेशी भी कहा जाता है क्योंकि ये अधिकतर हड्डियों से जुड़ी होती हैं तथा शारीरिक गति में सहायक होती हैं। सूक्ष्मदर्शी से देखने पर ये पेशियाँ हलके तथा गहरे रंगों में एक के बाद एक रेखाओं या धारियों की तरह प्रतीत होती हैं। इसी कारण इसे रेखित पेशी भी कहते हैं। इस ऊत्तक की कोशिकाएँ लम्बी, बेलनाकार, शाखा-रहित और बहुनाभीय होती हैं।

हृदय पेशी-हृदय की पेशियाँ जीवनभर लयबद्ध होकर प्रसार एवं संकुचन करती रहती हैं। इन अनैच्छिक पेशियों को कार्डिक (हृदयक) पेशी कहा जाता है जैसाकि चित्र में दर्शाया गया है। हृदय की पेशी कोशिकाएँ बेलनाकार, शाखाओं वाली और एक केन्द्रकीय होती हैं। ये हृदय की दीवारों में पाई जाती हैं।

प्रयोगात्मक कार्य

क्रियाकलाप 1.
तने की संरचना को एक अनुप्रस्थ काट के द्वारा देखना।
कार्य-विधि-
(1) एक पौधे के पतले व नर्म तने का पतला अनुप्रस्थ काटकर सेफेनिन घोल में डाल दो।

(2) एक अनुप्रस्थ काट को स्लाइड पर सावधानीपूर्वक रखो और उस पर ग्लिसरीन की एक बूंद डालकर कवर स्लिप से ढक दो।

(3) तैयार स्लाइड का सूक्ष्मदर्शी से निरीक्षण करो तथा दिखाई देने वाली कोशिकाओं के विन्यास का रेखाचित्र बनाओ।

अध्याय का तीव्र अध्ययन

1. रक्त का वहन करता है-
(A) ऑक्सीजन
(B) भोजन
(C) हार्मोन व अपशिष्ट पदार्थ
(D) उपर्युक्त सभी
उत्तर:
(D) उपर्युक्त सभी

2. ………………….. के अधिकांश ऊतक मृत होते हैं।
(A) पौधों
(B) प्राणियों
(C) (A) और (B) दोनों
(D) मृतोपजीवियों
उत्तर:
(A) पौधों

3. पौधों में नई कोशिकाएँ ………………….. द्वारा बनती हैं।
(A) मृदु उतक
(B) स्थूलकोणक ऊतक
(C) विभज्योतक
(D) दृढ़ोतक
उत्तर:
(C) विभज्योतक

4. विभज्योतक का गुण नहीं है-
(A) अत्यधिक क्रियाशील
(B) अधिक कोशिका द्रव्य
(C) रसधानी विद्यमान
(D) स्पष्ट केंद्रक
उत्तर:
(C) रसधानी विद्यमान

5. जड़ व तने के अग्र भाग पर स्थित ऊतक है।
(A) पैरेन्काइमा
(B) विभज्योतक
(C) स्क्लेरेन्काइमा
(D) कॉलेन्काइमा
उत्तर:
(B) विभज्योतक

6. प्रकाश संश्लेषण में सहायक ऊतक है-
(A) पैरेन्काइमा
(B) कॉलेन्काइमा
(C) स्क्लेरेन्काइमा
(D) उपर्युक्त सभी
उत्तर:
(A) पैरेन्काइमा

7. ………………….. भंडारण का कार्य करने वाला ऊतक है।
(A) कॉलेन्काइमा
(B) पैरेन्काइमा
(C) स्क्लेरेन्काइमा
(D) विभज्योतक
उत्तर:
(B) पैरेन्काइमा

8. पौधे को कठोर व मजबूत बनाने वाला ऊतक होता है-
(A) क्लोरेन्काइमा
(B) स्क्लेरेन्काइमा
(C) पैरेन्काइमा
(D) दारू
उत्तर:
(B) स्क्लेरेन्काइमा

9. नारियल के रेशेयुक्त छिलके किस ऊतक से बने होते हैं?
(A) स्क्लेरेन्काइमा
(B) कॉलेन्काइमा
(C) पैरेन्काइमा
(D) पोषवाह
उत्तर:
(A) स्क्लेरेन्काइमा

10. स्क्लेरेन्काइमा पौधे के किस भाग में पाया जाता है?
(A) तने में
(B) संवहन बंडल के समीप
(C) पत्तों की शिराओं में व बीजों में
(D) उपर्युक्त सभी
उत्तर:
(D) उपर्युक्त सभी

11. छिद्र पाए जाते हैं-
(A) पत्ती की सतह पर
(B) वाहिकाओं में
(C) जाइलम में
(D) फ्लोएम में
उत्तर:
(A) पत्ती की सतह पर

12. एपीडर्मिस का कार्य नहीं है-
(A) जल की हानि कम करती है
(B) जल हानि के विरुद्ध यांत्रिक आघात से रक्षा करती है
(C) परजीवी कवक के प्रवेश में सहायक है।
(D) उपर्युक्त सभी
उत्तर:
(C) परजीवी कवक के प्रवेश में सहायक है

13. स्टोमेटा में रक्षी कोशिकाओं की आकृति होती है-
(A) यकृत जैसी
(B) वृक्क जैसी
(C) सेम के बीज जैसी
(D) चने के बीज जैसी
उत्तर:
(B) वृक्क जैसी

14. स्टोमेटा का कार्य है-
(A) वाष्पोत्सर्जन
(B) ऑक्सीजन ग्रहण करना व निष्कासन
(C) कार्बन डाइऑक्साइड का ग्रहण व निष्कासन
(D) उपर्युक्त सभी
उत्तर:
(D) उपर्युक्त सभी

15. जड़ों में जल अवशोषण की क्षमता बढ़ती है-
(A) जड़ का आकार बढ़ने से
(B) जड़ की लंबाई बढ़ने से
(C) जड़ पर स्थित मूल रोमों के कारण
(D) उपर्युक्त सभी
उत्तर:
(C) जड़ पर स्थित मूल रोमों के कारण

16. छाल को हवा व पानी के लिए अभेद्य बनाता है-
(A) मोमी आवरण
(B) छाल की मोटी सतह
(C) सुबरिन नामक रसायन
(D) उपर्युक्त सभी
उत्तर:
(C) सुबरिन नामक रसायन

17. जटिल ऊतक का उदाहरण है-
(A) जाइलम
(B) विभज्योतक
(C) फ्लोएम
(D) (A) और (C) दोनों
उत्तर:
(D) (A) और (C) दोनों

18. निम्नलिखित में से संवहन ऊतक है-
(A) जाइलम
(B) फ्लोएम
(C) (A) और (B) दोनों
(D) (A) और (B) दोनों ही नहीं
उत्तर:
(C) (A) और (B) दोनों

19. जाइलम के भाग हैं-
(A) वाहिनिका
(B) वाहिका
(C) जाइलम पैरेन्काइमा व फाइबर
(D) उपर्युक्त सभी
उत्तर:
(D) उपर्युक्त सभी

20. फ्लोएम के भाग हैं-
(A) चालनी नलिका
(B) साथी कोशिकाएँ
(C) फ्लोएम पैरेन्काइमा व रेशे
(D) उपर्युक्त सभी
उत्तर:
(D) उपर्युक्त सभी

21. खनिज व जल वाहित किए जाते हैं-
(A) फ्लोएम से
(B) जाइलम से
(C) चालनी नलिका से
(D) साथी कोशिकाओं से
उत्तर:
(B) जाइलम से

22. फ्लोएम संवाहित करता है-
(A) संश्लेषित खाद्य
(B) खनिज लवण
(C) जल
(D) उपर्युक्त सभी
उत्तर:
(A) संश्लेषित खाद्य

23. कौन-सा ऊतक सरल ऊतक नहीं है?
(A) स्क्लेरेन्काइमा
(B) फ्लोएम
(C) पैरेन्काइमा
(D) कॉलेन्काइमा
उत्तर:
(B) फ्लोएम

24. कौन-सा ऊतक जंतु ऊतक नहीं है?
(A) एपीथिलियल
(B) एपीडर्मल
(C) संयोजी
(D) पेशीय
उत्तर:
(B) एपीडर्मल

25. शरीर को ढकने व शरीर के अंदर विभिन्न अंगों के आवरण बनाने का कार्य कौन-सा ऊतक करता है?
(A) एपिथीलियमी
(B) संयोजी
(C) तंत्रिका
(D) पेशीय
उत्तर:
(A) एपिथीलियमी

26. एपिथीलियमी ऊतक का प्रकार नहीं है-
(A) शल्की
(B) घनाकार
(C) गोलाकार
(D) स्तंभाकार व स्तरित शल्की
उत्तर:
(C) गोलाकार

27. आहारनली तथा मुँह का अंतर किस एपिथीलियमी ऊतक से बना होता है?
(A) ग्रंथिल
(B) शल्की
(C) स्तंभाकार
(D) घनाकार
उत्तर:
(B) शल्की

28. रक्त किस प्रकार का ऊतक है?
(A) एपिथीलियमी
(B) संयोजी
(C) पेशीय
(D) तंत्रिका
उत्तर:
(B) संयोजी

29. रक्त की कौन-सी कोशिकाएँ ऑक्सीजन ग्रहण करने का कार्य करती हैं?
(A) RBC
(B) WBC
(C) प्लेटलेट्स
(D) उपर्युक्त सभी
उत्तर:
(A) RBC

30. अस्थि किस प्रकार के ऊतक का उदाहरण है?
(A) एपिथीलियमी
(B) संयोजी
(C) पेशीय
(D) तंत्रिका
उत्तर:
(B) संयोजी

31. शरीर को गति प्रदान करने वाला ऊतक होता है-
(A) एपिथीलियमी
(B) संयोजी
(C) पेशीय
(D) उपर्युक्त सभी
उत्तर:
(C) पेशीय

32. ऐच्छिक पेशी का गुण है-
(A) आकार में लंबी
(B) बेलनाकार
(C) शाखारहित
(D) उपर्युक्त सभी
उत्तर:
(D) उपर्युक्त सभी

33. अनैच्छिक पेशियाँ नहीं पाई जाती-
(A) अस्थियों में
(B) आँख की पलक में
(C) मूत्रवाहिनी में
(D) फेफड़ों की श्वसनी में
उत्तर:
(A) अस्थियों में

34. कौन-सी कोशिका सबसे लंबी हो सकती है?
(A) एपिथीलियमी
(B) तंत्रिका
(C) संयोजी
(D) पेशीय
उत्तर:
(B) तंत्रिका

35. हृदय में कौन-सा ऊतक होता है?
(A) पेशीय
(B) तंत्रिका
(C) एपिथीलियमी
(D) संयोजी
उत्तर:
(A) पेशीय

Haryana State Board HBSE 9th Class Maths Important Questions Chapter 15 Probability Important Questions and Answers.

Haryana Board 9th Class Maths Important Questions Chapter 15 Probability

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Two coins are tossed simultaneously. What is the probability of getting at least one head?
Solution:
When two coins are tossed simultaneously all possible outcomes are HH, HT, TH, TT.
∴ Total number of possible outcomes = 4
Let E be the event of getting at least one head, then the favourable outcomes are HH, HT, TH.
Number of favourable outcomes = 3
∴ P(E) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Total number of possible outcomes }}\)
= \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Hence,
∴ P(E) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 2.
Three unbaised coins are tossed simultaneously. Find the probability of getting exactly (i) 2 tails, (ii) atmost 2 tails.
Solution:
When 3 coins are tossed simultaneously all possible outcomes are HHH, HHT, THH, HTH, THT, HTT, TTH, TTT
∴ Total number of possible outcomes = 8
(i) Let E₁ be the event of getting 2 tails, then favourable outcomes are
THT, HTT, TTH
∴ Number of favourable outcomes = 3
∴ P(E₁) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Total number of possible outcomes }}\)
= \(\frac{3}{8}\)

(ii) Let E₂ be the event of getting at most 2 tails, then E₂ = event of getting 0 or 1 or 2 tails
So, the favourable outcomes are HHH, HHT, THH, HTH, THT, HTT, TTH
∴ Number of favourable outcomes = 7
∴ P(E₂) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Total number of possible outcomes }}\)
= \(\frac{7}{8}\)
Hence, (i) P(E₁) = \(\frac{3}{8}\), (ii) P(E₂) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 3.
A dice is thrown once. What is probability that shows as:
(i) 3,
(ii) an even number,
(iii) greater than 4.
Solution:
When a dice thrown once, all possible outcomes are : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
∴ total number of possible outcomes = 6
(i) Let E₁ be event of getting 3, then
∴ P(E₁) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Total number of possible outcomes }}\)
= \(\frac{1}{6}\)

(ii) Let E₂ be the event of getting an even number, then favourable outcomes are: 2, 4, 6.
∴ Number of favourable outcomes = 3
∴ P(E₂) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Total number of possible outcomes }}\)
= \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

(iii) Let E₃ be the event of getting a number greater than 4, then favourable outcomes are : 5,6.
∴ Number of favourable outcomes = 2
∴ P(E₃) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Total number of possible outcomes }}\)
= \(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Hence, (i) P(E₁) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)
(ii) P(E₂) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
(ii) P(E₃) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Over the past 200 working days, the number of defective parts produced by a machine is given in the following table :

Determine the probability that tomorrow’s output will have
(i) no defective part
(ii) at least one defective part
(iii) not more than 5 defective parts
(iv) more than 13 defective parts.
Solution:
Total number of days = 200
∴ Total number of possible outcomes = 200
(i) Number of days having no defective parts = 50
∴ Favourable outcomes = 50
Let E₁ be the event of number of days having no defective part. Then
∴ P(E₁) = \(\frac{\text { Favourable outcomes }}{\text { Total number of possible outcomes }}\)
= \(\frac{50}{200}\) = 0.25

(ii) Number of days having at least one defective part
= 32 + 22 + 18 + 12 + 12 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 8 + 6 + 6 + 2 + 2
= 150
∴ Favourable outcomes = 150
Let E₂ be the event of number of days having at least one defective part. Then
∴ P(E₂) = \(\frac{\text { Favourable outcomes }}{\text { Total number of possible outcomes }}\)
= \(\frac{150}{200}\) = 0.75

(iii) Number of days having not more than 5 defective parts
= 50 + 32 + 22 + 18 + 12 + 12 = 146
∴ Favourable outcomes = 146.
Let E₃ be the event of number of days having not more than 5 defective parts. Then
∴ P(E₃) = \(\frac{\text { Favourable outcomes }}{\text { Total number of possible outcomes }}\)
= \(\frac{146}{200}\) = 0.73

(iv) Number of days having more than 13 defective parts = 0
∴ favourable outcomes = 0
Let E₄ be the event of number of days having more than 13 defective parts. Then
∴ P(E₄) = \(\frac{\text { Favourable outcomes }}{\text { Total number of possible outcomes }}\)
= \(\frac{0}{200}\) = 0.
Hence, (i) p(E₁) = 0·25 (ii) p(E₂) = 0.25 (iii) p(E₃) = 0.73 (iv) p(E₄) = 0.

Question 2.
Find the probability that a number selected at random from the numbers 1, 2, 3, …, 39, 40 is :
(i) a prime number less than 30.
(ii) a number which is a perfect square.
(iii) multiple of 2 or 5.
Solution:
Total number of possible outcomes = 40
(i) Out of the given numbers, prime numbers less than 30 are
2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29
∴ Number of favourable outcomes = 10
Let E₁ be the event of getting a prime number. Then,
∴ P(E₁) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Total number of possible outcomes }}\)
= \(\frac{10}{40}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

(ii) Out of the given numbers, perfect square numbers are 1, 4, 9, 16, 25, 36,
∴ Number of favourable outcomes = 6
Let E₂ be the event of getting a perfect square number. Then,
∴ P(E₂) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Total number of possible outcomes }}\)
= \(\frac{6}{40}\) = \(\frac{3}{20}\)

(iii) Out of the given numbers, multiple of 2 are :
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40
Multiple of 5 are: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40
Multiple of 2 and 5 both are: 10, 20, 30, 40.
∴ Number of favourable outcomes = 20 + 8 – 4 = 24
Let E₃ be the event of getting a multiple of 2 or 5, then
∴ P(E₃) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Total number of possible outcomes }}\)
= \(\frac{24}{40}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Hence, (i) P(E₁) = \(\frac{1}{4}\) (ii) P(E₂) = \(\frac{3}{20}\) (ii) P(E₃) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 3.
A bag contains 4 white balls and some blue balls. If the probability of drawing a blue ball from the bag is thrice that a white ball. Find the number of blue balls in the bag.
Solution:
Let the number of blue balls be x, then
total number of balls = 4 + x
∴ Total number of possible outcomes = 4 + x
Number of white balls = 4
∴ Number of fovourable outcomes = 4
Let E₁ be event of getting a white ball,
∴ P(E₁) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Total number of possible outcomes }}\)
= \(\frac{4}{4+x}\)
Number of blue balls = x
∴ Number of favourable outcomes = x
Let E₂ be the event of getting a blue ball, then
∴ P(E₂) = \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable outcomes }}{\text { Total number of possible outcomes }}\)
= \(\frac{x}{4+x}\)
According to the question
P(E₂) = 3 × P(E₁)
⇒ \(\frac{x}{4+x}=3 \times \frac{4}{4+x}\)
⇒ \(\frac{x}{4+x}=\frac{12}{4+x}\)
⇒ x = \(\frac{12(4+x)}{(4+x)}\)
⇒ x = 12
Hence, number of white balls = 12.

Multiple Choice Questions

Choose the correct answer in each of the following:

Question 1.
Which one of the following cannot be probability of an event?
(a) \(\frac{1}{3}\)
(b) 0.5
(c) \(\frac{-2}{3}\)
(d) \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:
(c) \(\frac{-2}{3}\)

Question 2.
Which one of the following cannot be probability of an event?
(a) \(\frac{4}{3}\)
(b) 0
(d) 0.75
(d) \(\frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:
(a) \(\frac{4}{3}\)

Question 3.
The sum of all the elementary events of an experiment is :
(a) 0
(b) 13
(c) -1
(d) \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
(b) 13

Question 4.
It is given that probability of winning a game is 0.3, then probability of losing the game is :
(a) 0.03
(b) 0.3
(c) -0.3
(d) 0.7
Answer:
(d) 0.7

Question 5.
Sum of probability of happening and not happening of an event is :
(a) 0
(b) -1
(c) 1
(d) \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
(c) 1

Question 6.
A coin is tossed 40 times and the head appears 15 times, then probability of getting a tail is :
(a) \(\frac{3}{8}\)
(b) \(\frac{1}{2}\)
(c) \(\frac{5}{8}\)
(d) \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:
(c) \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 7.
Two coins are tossed simultaneously, Probability of getting atmost one tail is :
(a) \(\frac{1}{4}\)
(b) \(\frac{1}{2}\)
(c) \(\frac{3}{4}\)
(d) 1
Answer:
(c) \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 8.
In 60 throws of a dice, the outcomes were noted as given below :

A dice is thrown at random. Probability of getting a not even number is :
(a) \(\frac{17}{30}\)
(b) \(\frac{13}{30}\)
(c) \(\frac{1}{5}\)
(d) \(\frac{4}{5}\)
Answer:
(a) \(\frac{17}{30}\)

Question 9.
In a family of two children, probability of at least one girl is :
(a) \(\frac{1}{4}\)
(b) \(\frac{3}{4}\)
(c) \(\frac{1}{2}\)
(d) none of these
Answer:
(b) \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 10.
A lot of 20 bulbs contain 4 defective ones. One bulb is drawn at random from the lot. Probability that this bulb defective is :
(a) \(\frac{1}{5}\)
(b) \(\frac{1}{4}\)
(c) \(\frac{4}{5}\)
(d) \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:
(a) \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Haryana State Board HBSE 9th Class English Solutions Beehive Chapter 10 Kathmandu Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Haryana Board 9th Class English Solutions Beehive Chapter 10 Kathmandu

HBSE 9th Class English Kathmandu Textbook Questions and Answers

Thinking About The Text

Activity

Kathmandu Question Answers HBSE 9th Class Question 1.
On the following map mark out the route, which the author thought of but did not take, to Delhi.

Kathmandu Question Answer HBSE 9th Class Question 2.
Find out the possible routes (by rail, road or air) from Kathmandu to New Delhi/Mumbai/ Kolkata/Chennal.
Answer:
For self attempt.

I. Answer these questions in one or two words or in short phrases.

Class 9th Beehive Chapter 10 Question Answer HBSE Question 1.
Name the two temples the author visited in Kathmandu.
(लेखक ने काठमांडु में जिन दो मंदिरों की सैर की उनके नाम बताइए।)
Answer:
The Pashupatinath temple and the Baudhnath Stupa

(पशुपतिनाथ मंदिर और बौद्धनाथ स्तूप।)

Question 2.
The writer says, “All this I wash down with Coca Cola.” What does all this refer to?
(लेखक कहता है, “मैं इस सबको कोका-कोला के साथ निगल जाता हूँ।” यह ‘सब कुछ’ क्या है?)
Answer:
All this refers to com on the cob, and a bar of marzipan.

(इसका अभिप्राय भुने हुए मुट्टे तथा मिठाइयों से था।).

Question 3.
What does Vikram Seth compare to the quills of a porcupine?
(विक्रम सेठ साही के तकवों (कांटो) की तुलना किस चीज से करता है?)
Answer:
He compares the quills of a porcupine to the flutes tied on the top of the flute seller’s pole.

(वह साही के तकवों (कांटों) की तुलना बांसुरी बेचने वाले के इंडे के ऊपर लगी बांसुरियों से करता है।)

Question 4.
Name five kinds of flute.
(पांच प्रकार की बांसुरियों के नाम लिखिए।)
Answer:
Five different kinds of flutes are: the reed neh, the recorder, the Japanese Shakuhachi, the deep Bansuri and the cross flute.

(पांच प्रकार की भिन्न-भिन्न बांसुरियौं हैं : सरकडे की नेह, रिकार्डर, जापान की शकुहाची, गहरी बांसुरी और क्रॉस बांसुरी।)

II. Answer each question in a short paragraph.

Question 1.
What difference does the author note between the fute seller and the other hawkers?
(लेखक बांसुरी बेचने वाले तथा अन्य फेरी वालों में क्या अंतर पाता है।)
Answer:
The other hawkers were selling their wares crying loudly. But the flute-seller does not shout out his wares. He was standing in a comer of the square. He was playing upon a flute slowly, meditatively, and without excessive display.

(अन्य फेरीवाले अपनी चीजों को जोर-जोर से आवाजें लगाकर बेच रहे थे। लेकिन बांसुरी बेचने वाला इसके बारे में जरा भी परवाह नहीं करता। वह चौराहे पर एक कोने में खड़ा था। वह धीमे स्वर में, विचारमग्न और बिना अधिक शोर मचाए बांसुरी बजा रहा था।)

Question 2.
What is the belief at Pashupatinath about the end of Kaliyug?
(कलयुग के अंत के बारे में पशुपतिनाथ में क्या विश्वास है?)
Answer:
The river Bagmati flows near the Pashupatinath temple. There is a small shrine on the river bank. It is half in the water of the river. The Nepalese believe that when the whole shrine comes out, the goddess of the shrine will appear and end the evil period of Kaliyug on earth.

(बागमती नदी पशुपतिनाथ मंदिर के निकट बहती है। नदी के किनारे पर एक छोटा-सा मंदिर है। यह आधा नदी के पानी के अंदर है। नेपाली लोगों का विश्वास है कि जब पूरा मंदिर पानी से बाहर आ जाएगा, तो मंदिर की देवी प्रकट हो जाएगी और कलयुग का बुरा समय समाप्त हो जाएगा।)

Question 3.
The author has drawn powerful images and pictures, Pick out three examples each of:
(लेखक ने शक्तिशाली कल्पनाओं और चित्रों का चित्रण किया है। प्रत्येक के तीन उदाहरण दीजिए।)

(i) the atmosphere of febrile confusion’ outside the temple of Pashupatinath (For example: some people trying to get priest’s attention are elbowed aside…….)
(पशुपतिनाथ मंदिर के बाहर अव्यवस्था का माहौल है (उदाहरणस्वरूप : कुछ लोग पुजारी जी का ध्यान आकर्षित करने के लिए कोहनियाँ मारकर………….)

(ii) the things he sees
(वह जो चीजें देखता है।)

(iii) the sounds he hears
(वह जो आवाजें सुनता है।)
Answer:
(i) There is a great rush of worshippers in the temple. Priests, hawkers, devotees, tourists, cows, monkeys and dogs roam through the grounds of the temple. The devotees are in a hurry. So there is an atmosphere of complete confusion outside the temple of Pashupatinath.

(मंदिर में पूजा करने वाले लोगों की बहुत भीड़ है। मंदिर के बाहर मैदानों में पुजारी, फेरीवाले, श्रद्धालु, पर्यटक, गाएं, बंदर और कुत्ते मंदिर के मैदानों में इधर-उधर घूम रहे हैं। श्रद्धालु जल्दबाजी में हैं। इसलिए पशुपतिनाथ मंदिर के बाहर अव्यवस्था का माहौल है।)

(ii) The author sees the confusion at the Pashupatinath temple. He finds people pushing one another He sees monkeys fighting with each other. He also sees people dropping flowers and leaves into the Bagmati River.

(लेखक ने पशुपतिनाथ मंदिर में अव्यवस्था का माहौल देखा। उसने लोगों को एक-दूसरे को धक्के मारते हुए देखा। उसने बंदरों को आपस में लड़ते हुए देखा। उसने लोगों को बागमती नदी में फल और पत्ते गिराते हुए भी देखा।)

(iii) The author hears the blaring of film songs. He hears the vendors shouting their wares. He also hears the sweet music of a flute seller.

(लेखक ने फिल्मी गानों की धुनें सुनीं। उसने फेरीवालों को अपनी चीजें बेचते हुए सुना। वह बांसुरी बेचने वाले व्यक्ति द्वारा बजाई गई बांसुरी की मधुर धुनों को भी सुनता है।)

III. Answer the following questions in not more than 100-150 words each.

Question 1.
Compare and contrast the atmosphere in and around the Baudhnath shrine with the Pashupatinath temple.
(बौद्धनाथ मंदिर के अंदर और आसपास के वातावरण की पशुपतिनाथ मंदिर के वातावरण के साथ तुलना और विरोधाभास का वर्णन कीजिए।)
Answer:
The author describes two temples of Kathmandu. One is the Pashupatinath temple of the Hindus, The other is the Baudhnath Stupa which is a shrine of the Buddhists. There is a contrast in the atmosphere at these two shrines. At Pashupatinath, the author finds a lot of noise and confusion.

The author finds priests, hawkers, devotees, tourists, cows, monkeys, pigeons and dogs roaming there. There is a crowd of devotees and people push one another to make their way to the Lord. Only Hindus are allowed to enter this temple. A group of Westerners struggle for permission to enter. But the policeman at the gate does not allow them to go in. Two monkeys fight each other and one of them runs screaming around the temple.

The Bagmati river flows below the temple. People drop flowers and leaves into the river. On the other hand, the atmosphere at the Baudhnath Stupa is calm. The Stupa has a big white dome. The author does not find any crowd there.

(लेखक काठमांडु के दो मंदिरों का वर्णन करता है। एक हिंदुओं का मंदिर पशुपतिनाथ है। दूसरा बौद्धनाथ स्तूप है जो बौद्ध लोगों का मंदिर है। इन दोनों मंदिरों के वातावरणों में अंतर है। पशुपतिनाथ मंदिर में लेखक को बहुत शोर एवं अव्यवस्था नज़र आती है। लेखक को पुजारी, फेरीवाले, भक्त, पर्यटक, गाएं, कबूतर, बंदर और कुत्ते वहाँ घूमते नजर आते हैं।

भक्तों की भीड़ है जो भगवान तक पहुँचने के लिए एक-दूसरे को धकेलते हैं। इस मंदिर में केवल हिंदओं को प्रवेश की अनुमति है। पश्चिमी लोगों का एक दल मंदिर में प्रवेश पाने के लिए संघर्ष करता है। मगर गेट पर खड़ा सिपाही उन्हें अंदर नहीं जाने देता। दो बंदर आपस में लड़ पड़ते हैं और उनमें से एक चीखता हुआ मंदिर के आस-पास भागता है। मंदिर से नीचे में बागमती नदी बहती है। लोग नदी में फूल और पत्ते गिराते हैं। दूसरी ओर बौद्धनाथ स्तूप का वातावरण शांतिमय है। स्तूप का एक बड़ा सफेद गुंबद है। लेखक को वहाँ कोई भीड़ नज़र नहीं आती।)

Question 2.
How does the author describe Kathmandu’s busiest streets?
(लेखक काठमांडु की व्यस्त गलियों का वर्णन कैसे करता है?)
Or
How does the author describe Kathmandu’s bazaar?
(लेखक काठमांडु के बाज़ार का वर्णन कैसे करता है?)
Answer:
The author describes the bazaar of Kathmandu in detail. He notices everything. The bazaar is full of life. There are fruit sellers, flute sellers, hawkers of postcards and shops selling western cosmetics. He also finds shops selling film rolls, chocolates, copper utensils and Nepalese antiques.

There is a lot of noise in the bazaar. The author hears radios playing film songs loudly. There are also sounds of car horns, bicycle bells, lowing by stray cows. Vendors are shouting loudly to sell their wares.

The author wanders in the bazaar aimlessly. He buys a bar of marzipan. He finds a vendor selling com roasted inacharcoal brazier. He buysacorn-on-the cob. Itis rubbed with salt, chilli powder and lemon. He also enjoys Coca Cola and an orange drink. He buys two magazines also. Thus the bazaar of Kathmandu is full of life and vigour.

(लेखक काठमांडु के बाज़ार का वर्णन विस्तार से करता है। वह प्रत्येक चीज देखता है। बाज़ार जीवन से भरा हुआ है। वहाँ फल बेचने वाले, बांसुरियाँ बेचने वाले, पोस्टकार्डों के फेरीवाले और पश्चिमी सौंदर्य प्रसाधन बेचने वाली दुकानें हैं। उसे फिल्म की रीलें, चॉकलेट, तांबे के बर्तन और नेपाली पुरातन वस्तुएँ बेचने वाली दुकानें भी नज़र आती हैं।

बाज़ार में बहुत शोर है। लेखक को फिल्मी गानों को जोर से बजाते हुए रेडियो सुनाई देते हैं। इसके अतिरिक्त वहाँ कार के हॉर्न, साइकिलों की घटियों और आवारा गायों के रंभाने की आवाजें भी हैं। फेरीवाले अपना सामान बेचने के लिए जोर-जोर से चिल्ला रहे हैं।

लेखक बाज़ार में लक्ष्यहीन होकर घूमता है। वह मिठाई का एक टुकड़ा खरीदता है। वह एक फेरीवाले को कोयले की अंगीठी पर भूने हए भुट्टे बेचता देखता है। वह मक्के का भट्टा भी खरीदता है। इस पर नमक-मिर्च पाउडर और नींबू रगड़ा हुआ है। वह कोका-कोला और एक संतरे के पेय का आनंद भी उठाता है। वह दो पत्रिकाएँ भी खरीदता है। इस प्रकार काठमांडु का बाज़ार जीवन एवं जोश से भरा हुआ है।)

Question 3.
“To hear any flute is to be drawn into the commonality of all mankind.” Why does the author say that?
(“बांसुरी को सुनना पूरी मानवता का जन-साधारण की ओर आकर्षित होना है।” लेखक ऐसा क्यों कहता है ।)
Answer:
The author says that there are five kinds of flutes. They are the reed neh, the recorder, the Japanese Shakuhachi, the deep bansuri and the cross flute. Each flute has its specific fingering and compass. It weaves its own association.

The flute is found in each culture in one form or the other. To hear any flute draws one very close to that culture. The author says that he can be so affected by a few familiar phrases on the bansuri, surprises him at first. Thus the sound of the flute draws a person into the commonality of all mankind.

(लेखक कहता है कि बांसुरियों पाँच प्रकार की होती हैं। वे बांसुरियां हैं : सरकंडे के नेह, रिकॉर्डर, जापान की शकुहाची, गहरी बांसुरी और क्रॉस बांसुरी। प्रत्येक प्रकार की बांसुरी को बजाने के लिए उंगलियों का अपना अलग ढंग और दायरा है। प्रत्येक बांसुरी अपना अलग संबंध प्रस्तुत करती है। प्रत्येक संस्कृति में एक या दूसरे प्रकार की बांसुरी पाई जाती है। किसी भी प्रकार की बांसुरी को सुनना मनुष्य को उस संस्कृति के बहुत निकट ले जाती है। लेखक कहता है कि वह बांसुरी पर कुछ धुनों को सुनकर इतना प्रभावित हो सकता है, यह बात उसे हैरान करती है। इस प्रकार से बांसुरी की धुन व्यक्ति को मानवता जन-साधारण की ओर आकर्षित करती है।)

Thinking about language

I. Read the following sentences carefully to understand’the meaning of the italicised phrases. Then match the phrasal verbs in Column A with their meanings in Column B.

1. A communal war broke out when the princess was abducted by the neighbouring prince.
2. The cockpit broke off from the plane during the plane crash.
3. The car broke down on the way and we were left stranded in the jungle.
4. The dacoit broke away from the police as they took him to court.
5. The brothers broke up after the death of the father.
6. The thief broke into our house when we were away.

Answer:

II.

Question 1.
Use the suffixes -ion or -don to form nouns from the following verbs. Make the necessary changes in the spellings of the words.
Example : proclaim – proclamation

Answer:

Question 2.
Now fill in the blanks with suitable words from the ones that you have formed.
(i) Mass literacy was possible only after the _________ the of printing machine.
(ii) Ramesh is unable to tackle the situation as he lacks _________ .
(iii) I could not resist the _________ to open the letter.
(iv) Hardwork and _________ are the main keys to success.
(v) The children were almost fainting with _________ after being made to stand in the sun.
Answer:
(i) Mass literacy was possible only after the invention of printing machine.
(ii) Ramesh is unable to tackle the situation as he lacks dedication.
(iii) I could resist the temptation to open the letter.
(iv) Hardwork and action are the main boys to success.
(v) The children were almost fainting with exhaustion after being made to stand in the sun.

III. Punctuation

Use capital letters, full stops, question marks, commas and inverted commas wherever necessary in the following paragraph :
an arrogant lion was wandering through the jungle one day he asked the tiger who is stronger than you you O lion replied the tiger who is more fierce than a leopard asked the lion you sir replied the leopard he marched upto an elephant and asked the same question the elephant picked him up in his trunk swung him in the air and threw him down look said the lion there is no need to get mad just because you don’t know the answer
Answer:
An arrogant lion was wandering through the jungle. One day he asked the tiger, “Who is stronger than you?” “You, O lion,” replied the tiger. “Who is more fierce than a leopard?” asked the lion. “You, sir,” replied the leopard. He marched upto an elephant and asked the same question. The elephant picked him up in his trunk, swung him in the air and threw him down. “Look!”, said the lion. “There is no need to get mad just because you don’t know the answer.”

IV. Simple Present Tense

Study these sentences from the lesson

• A fight breaks out between two monkeys.
• Film songs blare out from the radios.
• I wash it down with coca-cola.

The italicised verbs are in the simple present tense. The writer is here describing what he saw and heard but he uses the present tense instead of the past tense. A narration or a story can be made more dramatic or immediate by using the present tense in this way.
Now look at the following sentences.

• A small shrine half protrudes from the stone platform on the riverbank.
• Small shops stand on the outer edge of the Stupa.

We use the simple present tense to speak about what is usually or generally true. The sentences above describe facts. We also use the simple present tense in sentences depicting ‘universal truths’.
For example :

• The sun rises in the east.
• The earth revolves round the sun.

We can also refer to habitual actions using the simple present tense.

• He usually takes a train instead of a bus to work.
  We often get fine drizzles in winter.

In these sentences words like-everyday, often, seldom, never, every month, generally, usually, etc. may be used.

Question 1.
Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the verb in brackets.
(i) The heart is a pump that _________ (send) the blood circulating through our body. The pumping action _________ (take place) when the left ventricle of the heart _________ (contract). This _________ (force) the blood out into the arteries, which _________ (expand) to receive the oncoming blood.
Answer:
The heart is a pump that sends the blood circulating through our body. The pumping action takes place when the left ventricle of the heart contracts. This forces the blood out into the arteries, which expand to receive the oncoming blood.

(ii) The African lungfish can live without water for up to four years. During a drought it _________ (dig) a pit and _________ (enclose) itself in a capsule of slime and earth, leaving a tiny opening for air. The capsule (dry) and _________ (harden), but when rain _________ (come), the mud _________ (dissolve) and the lungfish _________ (swim) away.
Answer:
The African lungfish can live without water for up to four years. During a drought it jg a pit and enclo itself in a capsule of slime and earth, leaving a tiny opening for air. The capsule the and hardens but when rain cornes, the mud dissolves and the lungfish yjms away.

(iii) Mahesh : We have to organise a class party for our teacher. __________ (Do) anyone play an instrument?
Vipul : Rohit __________ (play) the flute.
Mahesh : __________ (Do) he also act?
Vipul : No, he _________ (compose) music.
Mahesh : That’s wonderful!
Answer:
Mahesh : We have to organise a class party for our teacher. Does anyone play an instrument?
Vipul : Rohit plays the flute.
Mahesh : Does he also act?
Vipul : No, he composes music.
Mahesh : That’s wonderful!

Speaking

1. Discuss in class the shrines you have visited or know about. Speak about one of them.
2. Imagine you are giving an eyewitness account or a running commentary of one of the following:
(i) a game of football, cricket or hockey or some sports event
(ii) a parade (e.g. Republic day) or some other national event

Speak a few sentences narrating what you see and hear. Use the simple present and the present continuous tenses. For example :

• He passes the ball but Ben gets in the way
• These brave soldiers guard our frontiers. They display their skills here

Answer:
1. Last year I had a chance to visit the holy shrine of Vaishno Devi Mata. I went there with my parents. We reached Katra by bus. From Katra to holy shrine of Mata Vaishno Devi we went on foot. The path to the shrine was very tiring but the devotees were full of enthusiasm and they were shouting slogan ‘Jai Mata Di’ loudly. When we reached the holy shrine, I found that there was an atmosphere of divine beauty and calmness. Everything was in proper order.

They are around the shrine. Shrine was crowded but everybody felt far away from this materialistic world. We went inside the holy shrine, offered our prayer and found ourselves blessed by Mata Vaishno Devi. We were very happy and were considering ourselves very lucky to have that chance in our life.

2. Running commentry on cricket match.
(a) Sehwag prepares himself to face the first’ball of the match.
(b) Sohaib Akhtar is ready to bowl.
(c) He starts from the Pavillion End and bowls a full toss ball.
(d) Sehwag hits the ball hard and it crosses the boundry line.
(f) Empire Billy Bowden signals four in a very special way. It makes all the viewers break into laughter.

Running commentary on Republic Day parade.
(a) Today India is celebrating the 69th anniversary of her Independence.
(b) This day makes all the Indians full of pride.
(c) OUT soldiers are standing in the parade ground to salute the National Flag.
(d) These soldiers guard our frontiers.
(e) They display their skills here, how they perform their duties on the snowy lands and deserts.
(f) These soldiers salute the National Flag and the nation is saluting them.

Writing

Diary entry for a travelogue
I. The text you read is a travelogue where the author, Vikram Seth, talks about his visit to two sacred places in Kathmandu.
Imagine that you were with Vikram Seth on his visit to Pashupatinath temple, and you were noting down all that you saw and did there, so that you could write a travelogue later.

Record in point form

• what you see when you reach the Pashupatinath temple
• what you see happening inside the temple
• what you do when inside the temple
• what you see outside the temple
• what your impressions are about the place

Answer:
When I reached the Pashupatinath temple in Kathmandu, I noticed that there was a big crowd at the entry gate of the temple. The security guards were letting only the Hindus go inside the temple. I had to stand in a queue to go inside the temple. When I reached the holy image of Lord Pashupatinath. I offered my prayers. I found myself blessed. I realized the flow of a divine strength in myself. When I came out of the temple I was surrounded by various beggars to give them ‘Prashad’ and other treats. I was very much impressed by the atmosphere at the Pashupatinath temple. I always desire to visit that temple again and again.

II. Here is your diary entry when you visited Agra. Read the points and try to write a travelogue describing your visit to Agra and the Taj Mahal You may add more details.

January 2003 – rise before dawn – take the Shatabdi Express at 6.15 am from Delhi – meet a newly married couple on train – talk about Himachal Pradesh-get off the train – enter the once-grand city, Agra – twisted alleys-traffic dense-rickshaws, cars, people – vendors selling religious artifacts, plastic toys, spices and sweets – go to the Taj Mahal – constructed entirely of white marble – magical quality – colour changes with varying of light and shadow – marble with gemstones inside – reflection of the Taj Mahal in the pond – school¬children, tourists – tourist guides following people.
Answer:
It was 2nd January, 2003.1 myself and two of my friend Rakesh and Rajnish decided to visit Agra and see the Taj Mahal. I rose at 4 o’clock. I took my bath and got ready. My bag was already packed. I reached Delhi railway station. I took the Shatabdi Express at 6.15 a.m. In the train I met a newly married couple. From their talking and dress it was clear that they were from Himachal Pradesh. At 8 a.m. the train reached populated city. There was a dense traffic on the road. I took a taxi to the Taj Mahal.

After taking breakfast in a restaurant in the Taj Mahal market, I bought a ticket and entered the Taj Mahal premises through a huge gate. I was stunned to see the white beauty of the Taj Mahal. It is made of white marble with beautiful decorations on its walls. I saw the tombs of Shahjahan and Mumtaj Mahal made side by side in the main tomb of the Taj. These graves are very beautiful. There was a great rush of school and college students, who had come to see the Taj with their teachers. There were a lot of foreign tourists. People were enjoying having photographs with the foreign tourists. I had also got my snaps with a group of Spanish tourists. It was an exciting visit for me.

HBSE 9th Class English Kathmandu Important Questions and Answers

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Which two temples did the author visit in Kathmandu?
Answer:
The author visited Pashupatinath temple and Baudhnatb Stupa in Kathmandu.

Question 2.
What signboard is there outside Pashupatinath temple?
Answer:
The signboard outside Pashupatinath temple is ‘Entrance for Hindus only’.

Question 3.
What does everyone do to the Nepalese Princess in the temple?
Answer:
Everyone bows to the princess and makes way for her.

Question 4.
Which river flows through Kathmandu?
Answer:
The Bagmati river flows through Kathmandu.

Question 5.
How is the atmosphere at the Pashupatinath temple?
Answer:
The atmosphere at the Pashupatinath temple is full of confusion.

Question 6.
How is the atmosphere at the Baudhnath Stupa?
Answer:
At Baudhnath Stupa there is an atmosphere of stillness.

Question 7.
Who owned most of the shops in Kathmandu?
Answer:
Tibetan immigrants owned most of the shops in Kathmandu.

Question 8.
How does the author decide to take his return journey to Delhi?
Answer:
He decides to come back by plane of Nepal Airlines.

Question 9.
Who does the writer see in at square of Kathmandu?
Answer:
He sees a flute seller.

Question 10.
Who is the writer of the lesson Kathmandu?
Answer:
The author of the lesson Kathmandu is Vikram Seth.

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What did the saffron-clad Westerners want?
(भगवा रंग के वस्त्र पहने पाश्चात्य लोग क्या चाहते थे?)
Answer:
The saffron-clad Westerners wanted to go inside the temple of Pashupatinath. But the policeman stopped them. He did not let them go inside the temple because they were not Hindus. The entrance was only for the Hindus in the temple.

(भगवा वस्त्र धारण किए हुए पाश्चात्य लोग पशुपतिनाथ मंदिर में प्रवेश करना चाहते थे। लेकिन सिपाही ने उन्हें रोक दिया। उसने उन्हें मंदिर में प्रवेश नहीं करने दिया क्योंकि वे हिंदू नहीं थे। मंदिर में प्रवेश केवल हिंदुओं के लिए था।)

Question 2.
How did the author want to return to Delhi? What made him change his mind?
(लेखक दिल्ली कैसे वापिस आना चाहता था? उसका मन क्यों बदला?)
Answer:
From Kathmandu the author wanted to go to Patna by bus or train. Then he would sail the Ganga through Benaras to Allahabad. Then he would sail the Yamuna through Agra to Delhi. But the author was already very much tired. So he decided to return to Delhi by air.

(लेखक काठमांडु से पटना तक बस से या रेल से यात्रा करना चाहता था। तब उसकी इच्छा गंगा नदी मार्ग से बनारस होकर इलाहाबाद तक जाने की थी। तब वह जमुना नदी से आगरा होकर दिल्ली जाना चाहता था। लेकिन लेखक पहले ही बहुत अधिक थक चुका था। इसलिए उसने वायुमार्ग से दिल्ली लौटने का निर्णय किया।)

Question 3.
Describe how the flute seller sells his wares?
(वर्णन कीजिए कि बांसुरी विक्रेता किस प्रकार से अपनी बांसुरियाँ बेचता है?)
Answer:
The flute seller had tied fifty or sixty flutes on a pole. He does not shout out his wares. From time to time, he selects a flute and plays on it. He plays slowly and thoughtfully. Sometime, he makes a sale. But his attitude is carefree.

(बांसुरी बेचने वाले ने अपने डंडे पर पचास या साठ बांसुरियों बांध रखी थीं। वह अपने सामान को बेचने के लिए आवाजें नहीं लगाता है। थोड़ी-थोड़ी देर बाद वह एक बांसुरी बाहर निकालता है और उसे बजाता है। वह धीरे-धीरे और ध्यानमग्न होकर बजाता है। कई बार वह बांसुरी बेच देता है। लेकिन उसका रुख लापरवाही वाला है।)

Question 4.
To hear any flute is to be drawn into the commonality of all mankind. Explain.
(बांसुरी का सुनना ‘पूरी मानवता का जन-साधारण की ओर आकर्षित होना है।’ वर्णन कीजिए।)
Answer:
The flute is found in each culture in one form or the other. Thus the sound of the flute draws a person into the commonality of mankind.

(प्रत्येक संस्कृति में एक प्रकार की या दूसरी प्रकार की बांसुरी पाई जाती है। इस प्रकार से बांसुरी की आवाज पूरी मानवता को जन-साधारण की ओर आकर्षित करती है।)

Essay Type Question

Question 1.
How does the author describe the nute seller? What does he say about the flute music?
(लेखक बांसुरी बेचने वाले का वर्णन कैसे करता है? वह बांसुरी के संगीत को क्या कहता है?)
Answer:
The author finds a flute seller in a comer of the square near his hotel. There is a pole in his hand. There is an attachment at the top of the pole. Fifty or sixty flutes are stuck on it. These flutes protrude in all directions. The author compares these flutes to the quills of a porcupine. These flutes are made of bamboo. From time to time, he stands the pole on the ground. Then he selects a flute and plays on it for a few minutes.

The sound rises clearly above the noise of the traffic and the hawkers’ cries. He plays the flute slowly and thoughtfully. He does not shout out his wares. Occasionally someone buys a flute from him. But the flute seller’s attitude is carefree.

The author likes his attitude. He imagines that this has been his pattern of life for years. The author finds it difficult to come away from there. He has always been attracted by the flute music. He says that the flate is a very common musical instrument. It is found in almost all cultures. It is the common link of all mankind.

(लेखक को अपने होटल के पास के चौंक के एक कोने में खड़ा हुआ एक बांसुरी बेचने वाला नज़र आता है। उसके हाथ में एक इंडे के उच्च भाग पर कुछ और लगा हुआ है। उसके ऊपर पचास या साठ बांसरियों लगी हुई हैं। ये बांसरियाँ हर दिशा में बाहर निकली हुई हैं। लेखक इन बांसुरियों की तुलना साही के कांटों से करता है। ये बांसुरियाँ बांस की बनी हुई हैं।

समय-समय पर वह डंडे को जमीन पर टिकाता है। तब वह एक बांसुरी चुनता है और उसे कुछ समय के लिए बजाता है। यह आवाज़ स्पष्ट रूप से ट्रैफिक की आवाज़ और फेरी वालों की चिल्लाहटों से ऊपर उठती है। वह बांसुरी को धीरे एवं विचारमग्न होकर बजाता है। वह अपना सामान चिल्ला-चिल्लाकर नहीं बेचता। कभी-कभी कोई व्यक्ति उससे बांसुरी खरीद लेता है।

मगर बांसुरी विक्रेता का दृष्टिकोण लापरवाह है। लेखक को उसका दृष्टिकोण अच्छा लगता है। वह कल्पना करता है वर्षों से उसके जीवन का ढंग ऐसा ही है। लेखक को वहाँ से चले आना कठिन प्रतीत होता है। वह सदा ही बांसुरी के संगीत की ओर आकर्षित हुआ है। वह कहता है कि बांसुरी बहुत आम संगीत का यंत्र है। यह लगभग हर संस्कृति में पाई जाती है। यह पूरी मानवता की साझी कड़ी है।)

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1.
Kathmandu is the capital city of:
(A) China
(B) Nepal
(C) Bhutan
(D) Bangladesh
Answer:
(B) Nepal

Question 2.
Who is the author of the lesson ‘Kathmandu’?
(A) Vikram Seth
(B) A.P.J. Abdul Kalam
(C) Kanneth Anderson
(D) Jerome K. Jerome
Answer:
(A) Vikram Seth

Question 3.
Which famous Hindu temple is situated in Kathmandu?
(A) Jagannath
(B) Kedamath
(C) Pashupatinath
(D) Deenanath
Answer:
(C) Pashupatinath

Question 4.
Entrance in Pashupatinath temple is allowed only for
(A) Hindus
(B) Baudhs
(C) Foreigners
(D) Nepalese
Answer:
(A) Hindus

Question 5.
What atmosphere is there near the Pashupatinath temple?
(A) discipline
(B) peaceful
(C) religious
(D) febrile confusion
Answer:
(D) febrile confusion

Question 6.
Which river flows through Kathmandu?
(A) Kosi
(B) Bagmati
(C) Gandak
(D) Ghagra
Answer:
(B) Bagmati

Question 7.
What will happen when the small shrine on the Bagmati river bank will emerge fully?
(A) the evil period of the Kaliyug will end
(B) the new era will start
(C) a new god will appear
(D) Bagmati river will dry out
Answer:
(A) the evil period of the Kaliyug will end

Question 8.
Which of the following is situated in Kathmandu?
(A) Pashupatinath temple
(B) Baudhnath Stupa
(G) both (A) and (B)
(D) none of the above
Answer:
(C) both (A) and (B)

Question 9.
What atmosphere is there around the Baudhnath Stupa?
(A) a sense of stillness
(B) febrile confusion
(C) excitement and noises
(D) all of the above
Answer:
( A) a sense of stillness

Question 10.
Who do you find in the streets of Kathmandu?
(A) fruit sellers
(B) flute sellers
(C) hawkers of postcards
(D) all of the above
Answer:
(D) all of the above

Question 11.
The streets of Kathmandu are :
(A) narrowest
(B) busiest
(C) both (A) and (B)
(D) none of the above
Answer:
(C) both (A) and (B)

Question 12.
How did the author return to Delhi from Nepal?
(A) by bus
(B) by train
(C) by water route
(D) by plane
Answer:
(D) by plane

Question 13.
The flutes on the pole of the fruit seller are compared to :
(A) a beehive
(B) a bunch of oranges
(C) quills of a porcupine
(D) none of the above
Answer:
(C) quills of a porcupine

Question 14.
Which flute was he selling?
(A) the reed neh
(B) the recorder
(C) the Japanese Shakuhachi
(D) all of the above
Answer:
(D) all of the above

Question 15.
Why does the author find himself unable to tear away from the square?
(A) the flute music was very sweet
(B) there were many things to eat
(C) he was watching a magic show
(D) he was buying flutes
Answer:
(A) the flute music was very sweet

Kathmandu Important Passages for Comprehension

Read the following passages and answer the questions given at the end of each :

Passage – 1

At Pashupatinath (outside which a sign proclaims ‘Entrance for the Hindus only’) there is an atmosphere of ‘febrile confusion’. Priests, hawkers, devotees, tourists, cows, monkeys, pigeons and dogs roam through the grounds. We offer a few flowers. There are so many worshippers that some people trying to gfet the priest’s attention are elbowed aside by others pushing their way to the front. A princess of the Nepalese royal house appears; everyone bows and makes way. By the main gate, a party of saffron-clad Westerners struggle for permission to enter. The policeman is not convinced that they are ‘the Hindus’.
Questions :
(i) Who is the writer of this passage?
(ii) What is the sign outside the Pashupatinath temple?
(iii) What do the worshippers do?
(iv) Why does the policeman not allow a group of Westerners to enter the temple?
(v) Find a word from the passage which means the same as ‘feverish’.
Answers :
(i) Vikram Seth is the writer of this passage.
(ii) The sign outside the temple declares that only Hindus are allowed to enter the temple.
(iii) The worshippers push one another to reach near the Lord.
(iv) He does not allow them to enter because they are not Hindus.
(v) Febrile.

Passage – 2

A fight breaks out between two monkeys. One chases the other, who jumps onto a shivalinga, then runs screaming around the temples and down to the river, the holy Bagmati, that flows below. A corpse is being cremated on its banks; washerwomen are at their work and children bathe. From a balcony a basket of flowers and leaves, old offerings now wilted, is dropped into the river. A small shrine half protrudes from the stone platform on the river bank. When it emerges fully, the goddess inside will escape and the evil period of the Kaliyug will end on earth.
Questions :
(i) What do the two monkeys do?
(ii) Which river flows by the Pashupatinath temple?
(iii) What activities are going on the banks of the river?
(iv) What is the people’s belief about the half submerged temple?
(v) Find a word from the passage which means the same as ‘burning of a dead body’.
Answers :
(i) The two monkeys fight each other and one monkey chases the other.
(ii) The Bagmati river flows by the temple.
(iii) A dead body is being cremated; washerwomen are washing clothes, children are taking bath.
(iv) People believe that when the whole temple comes out of the water, the goddess inside will escape and the period of Kaliyug on earth will come to an end.
(v) Cremated.

Passage- 3

From time to time he stands the pole on the ground, selects a flute and plays for a few minutes. The sound rises clearly above the noise of the traffic and the hawkers’ cries. He plays slowly, meditatively, without excessive display. He does not shout out his wares. Occasionally he makes a sale, but in a curiously offhanded way as if this were incidental to his enterprise. Sometimes he breaks off playing to talk to the fruit seller. I imagine that this has been the pattern of his life for years.
Questions :
(i) Who is the writer of this passage?
(ii) Who is being referred to in this passage?
(iii) How does he play on the flutes?
(iv) What does the writer say about his attitude?
(v) Find a word from the passage which means ‘too much’.
Answers :
(i) Vikram Seth is the writer of this passage.
(ii) A flute seller is being referred to in this passage.
(iii) He plays bn the flutes slowly and meditatively.
(iv) The writer says that his behaviour is casual and careless.
(v) Excessive.

Kathmandu Summary

Kathmandu Introduction in English

Kathmandu is the capital of Nepal. In this chapter, Vikram Seth recalls the memories of his visit to Kathmandu. He visits the famous Pashupatinath temple of the Hindus and the Baudhnath Stupa of the Buddhists. He notices that there is noise and confusion around the temple but the Buddhist shrine is full of peace. He also describes the scene around many small shrines of Kathmandu. He notices even the small details like the monkeys in the temple fighting with each other.

Kathmandu Summary in English

In this chapter, Vikram Seth recalls his memories of his visit to Kathmandu, the capital of Nepal. He describes two famous temples of that city. The first is the Pashupatinath temple of the Hindus and the other is the Baudhnath Stupa of the Buddhists.

At the Pashupatinath temple, there is an atmosphere of confusion. He finds priests, hawkers, devotees, tourists, cows, monkeys, pigeons and dogs roaming there. There is a crowd of devotees and people push one another to make their way to the Lord.

Only Hindus are allowed to enter this temple. A group of Westerners struggle for permission to enter. But the policeman at the gate does not allow them to go in. The author finds monkeys fighting each other. The holy river Bagmati flows by the side of the temple. He sees washerwomen at its banks. A corpse is being cremated on its banks.

From the balcony, devotees drop flowers and other offerings into the river. There is a small shrine also on the river bank. Half of the shrine is submerged into the river. It is believed that when the whole of the shrine comes out of the river, the goddess inside will come out. Then the evil period of Kaliyug will end on earth.

In contrast to the Pashupatinath temple, there is a sense of stillness at the Baudhnath stupa of the Buddhists. The author does not find crowds here. It has a big white dome. The shrine is surrounded by a road. There are small shops on its outer edge. Many of these shops are owned by Tibetan immigrants.

Kathmandu is a crowded place. Apart from the two famous shrines, there are a number of small shrines in the narrow and busy streets. The author finds fruit sellers, flute sellers, hawkers of postcards, shops selling western cosmetics, films, chocolates, etc. He roams about in the market aimlessly. Then the author makes up his mind to return home. He enters a Nepal Airlines office and buys a ticket for Delhi. He comes back to his hotel. In a comer of the square near the hotel, he finds a man selling flutes.

These flutes are made of bamboo. From time to time, the flute seller plays on a flute. The author likes his carefree style. He finds it difficult to come away from there. In fact, the flute music always attracts him. The flute is a common musical organ. It is found in almost every culture. The flute reminds him of the common link between all humanity.

Kathmandu Introduction in Hindi

(काठमांडु नेपाल की राजधानी है। इस पाठ में विक्रम सेठ अपनी काठमांड की यात्रा की यादों को ताजा करता है। वह हिंदुओं के प्रसिद्ध पशुपतिनाथ मंदिर एवं बौद्धों के बौद्धनाथ स्तूप को देखने जाता है। वह देखता है कि मंदिर के आस-पास शोर एवं भीड़ है मगर बौद्ध धार्मिक स्थल शांतिपूर्ण है। वह काठमांडु के अनेक छोटे धार्मिक स्थलों के आस-पास के दृश्यों का वर्णन भी करता है। वह छोटी-छोटी बातें भी ध्यान में रखता है, जैसे कि मंदिर में एक-दूसरे से लड़ते हुए बंदर।

Kathmandu Summary in Hindi

इस पाठ में विक्रम सेठ नेपाल की राजधानी काठमांडु की अपनी यात्रा की यादों को तरोताजा करता है। वह उस शहर के दो प्रसिद्ध मंदिरों का वर्णन करता है। पहला हिंदुओं का पशुपतिनाथ मंदिर है और दूसरा बौद्धों का बौद्धनाथ स्तूप है। पशुपतिनाथ मंदिर में अव्यवस्था का वातावरण है। वह वहाँ पर घूमते हुए पंडित, फेरीवाले, भक्त, पर्यटक, गाएँ, बंदर, कबूतर और कुत्ते देखता है। वहीं भक्तों की भीड़ है और लोग भगवान की प्रतिमा तक जाने के लिए एक-दूसरे को धक्के मारते हैं।

इस मंदिर में केवल हिंदुओं को प्रवेश की अनुमति है। पश्चिमी देशों के लोगों का एक समूह अंदर आने की अनुमति के लिए संघर्ष करता है। मगर गेट पर खड़ा सिपाही उन्हें अंदर नहीं जाने देता। लेखक बंदरों को आपस में लड़ता देखता है। मंदिर के साथ पवित्र नदी बागमती बहती है। वह इसके किनारों पर धोबिनों को देखता है।

इसके किनारे पर एक लाश का दाह-संस्कार हो रहा है। छज्जे से भक्तगण नदी में फूल एवं अन्य भेंट की वस्तुएं गिराते हैं। नदी के किनारे एक छोटा-सा मंदिर भी है। आधा मंदिर नदी में इबा हआ है। ऐसा माना जाता है कि जब सारा मंदिर नदी में से बाहर आ जाएगा तो अंदर की देवी बाहर आ जाएगी। तब धरती पर कलयुग का पापी समय समाप्त हो जाएगा।

पशपतिनाथ मंदिर के विपरीत बौद्धों के बौद्धनाथ स्तूप पर खामोशी है। लेखक को वहाँ कोई भीड़ नज़र नहीं आती है। इसका बहुत बड़ा सफेद गुंबद है। मंदिर के चारों तरफ एक सड़क है। इसके बाहरी किनारे पर छोटी-छोटी दुकानें हैं। इनमें से बहुत-सी दुकानें तिब्बती प्रवासियों द्वारा चलाई जा रही हैं।

काठमांडू भीड़भाड़ वाला स्थान है। इन दो प्रसिद्ध मंदिरों के अतिरिक्त तंग एवं व्यस्त गलियों में बहत-से मंदिर हैं। लेखक को वहाँ फल बेचने वाले, बांसुरियाँ बेचने वाले, पोस्टकार्ड बेचने वाले, पश्चिमी सौंदर्य प्रसाधन, फिल्में, चॉकलेट आदि बेचने वाली दुकानें नज़र आती हैं। वह लक्ष्यहीन रूप से बाज़ार में घूमता है। तब लेखक घर लौटने का मन बनाता है। वह नेपाल एयरलाइज़ के एक कार्यालय में जाता है और दिल्ली के लिए एक टिकट खरीदता है। वह वापिस अपने होटल आता है।

होटल के नजदीक के चौराहे के एक कोने में वह एक बांसुरी बेचने वाला देखता है। ये बांसुरियाँ बांस की बनी हैं। समय-समय पर बांसुरी वाला एक बांसुरी बजाता है। लेखक को उसका मस्त तरीका अच्छा लगता है। उसे वहाँ से चले आना कठिन प्रतीत होता है। वास्तव में, बांसुरी का संगीत उसे सदा आकर्षित करता है। बांसुरी एक सामान्य वाद्य यंत्र है। यह लगभग हर संस्कृति में पाई जाती है। बांसुरी उसे सारी मानवता की साझी कड़ी की याद दिलाती है।

Kathmandu Word-Meanings

(PAGE 127) :
Enjoy = take pleasure in = आनंद उठाना; cheap = not costly = सस्ता; nephew = a relative – भतीजा signs notice, sign-board = साइनबोर्ड; proclaims = announces = घोषणा करना; entrance – place for entry, प्रवेश द्वार; atmosphere = environment = वातावरण; febrile = feverish = बीमारी-पूर्ण: confusion = disorder = अव्यवस्था; roam – wander- घूमना: priest a clergyman = पूजारी; devotees = worshippers = भक्त; pigeonsa bird = कबूतर, worshipper = one who worships = पुजारी; royal =kingly = शाही; saffron = ochre = केसरिया; clad = dressed inसुसज्जित: convinced – sure – विश्वस्त; breaks out = starts = आरंभ होना; chase follow = पीछा करना; screamingcrying = चीखना, चिल्लाना; holy = sacred = पवित्र।

(PAGE 128) :
Corpse = dead body = लाश: cremated = burnt = दाह-संस्कार; offerings = gifts = भेंट; wilted – dry up = सूखे: shrine-religious place – धार्मिक स्थान: protrude %Dcome out = बाहर निकलना: emergencome out -बाहर आना; escape = become free = मुक्त होना; evil = sinful = बुरा: kaliyug = period of evil and sin- कलयुग।

(PAGE 129) :
Contrast = opposition – विरोध; stillness = peace = शाति; immense = big = बड़ा: dome. round roof – गुंबद; edge- brink-किनारा; owned %Dpossessed = रखना; immigrantse migrants – प्रवासी; felt (noun)= arough coarse cloth = मोया कपड़ा; haven = refuge = आश्रयस्थल; quietness-peace = शाति; vivid = clear: स्पष्ट; mercenary = business minded – व्यापारी प्रवृत्ति का; adorned = decorated = सज्जित; deities-gods and goddesses= देवी-देवता fluten pipe = बांसुरी; cosmetics items of make up = सौंदर्य प्रसाधन: utensils pots – वर्तन: antiques. relics – प्राचीन वस्तुएं blare out = sing loudly = जोर-जोर से गाना; stray = wandering = आवारा: low2 (verb) = sound made byacow = गाय का रंभाना; vendors – hawkers = फेरीवाले; wares = things for sale = बेचने का सामान: indulgen enjoy = आनंद उठाना।

(PAGE 130) :
Bar = piece = टुकड़ा: marzipan sasweet dish = मिठाई; corn on the cob = maize – भा roasted – baked- भुना हुआ;charcoal scoal made from wood = लकड़ी का कोयला; brazier – open grill to hold fire -अंगीठी; pavement = side of the road = पटरी; rubbed = buffed = रगड़ा: lemonaa small citric fruit = नींव: comics a story books with cartoons – कॉमिक्स; nauseating = sickly = जी मितलाने वाली; consider = think = सोचना: route way = रास्ता: propelled. inspired- प्रेरित करना; enthusiasm-zeal = जोश: per sen by itself – अपने-आप में exhausted – tired = थका हुआ; homesick = yearning for home – घर के लिए तड़पना; polesa long stick – इंडा; protrude a jut out = बाहर निकलना: quills a long thorms = लंबे काट: poreupinean animal = साही; bamboora plant = बांस; meditatively = thoughtfully – ध्यानमग्न होकर; excessive = much = अधिक; display-show- दिखाना; occasionally a from time to time = समय-समय पर; curiously = strangely = अजीब ढंग से; ofhanded = carefree. लापरवाही से; incidental = by chance = संयोग से; enterprise = work = कार्य; pattern = style = शैली; tear away. come away – चले आना; universal = cosmic = सार्वभौमिक; reed-atype of wood – सरकंडा;

(PAGE 131) :
Fingering = use of fingers – उंगलियों का प्रयोग; drawn – attracted = आकर्षित होना; specific, special = विशेष, commonality = common points = साझी दाते; mankind = humanity = मानवता; motive force = the power behind -प्रेरणा; pause = stop = रुकना; affected = influenced = प्रभावित किया; previous-former, early = पहले के; abroad = out of the country = विदेश; invest = endow = प्रदान करना; significance = importance = महत्त्वपूर्ण।

Kathmandu Translation in Hindi

(Page 127)
पढ़ने से पहले-
क्या आप यात्रा करना पसंद करते हो । लेखक विक्रम सेठ इसका बहुत आनंद लेता है। अपनी पुस्तक ‘हेवन लेक’ में वह तिब्बत और नेपाल के रास्ते चीन से भारत तक की एक लंबी यात्रा का वर्णन करता है।
.क्या आपने अजमेर शरीफ, मदुरई, सांची, वाराणसी, सारनाथ या हेलीबीड़ स्थानों की सैर की है। क्या आप इनके जैसे कुछ और शहरों के नाम बता सकते हो।
.आपके शहर में एक पवित्र स्थल के इर्द-गिर्द किस प्रकार का माहौल होता है? विक्रम सेठ के द्वारा काठमाडु के वर्णन को पढ़ते हुए इसके बारे में सोचिए।

1. मैं शहर के मध्य में एक सस्ता कमरा (किराए पर) लेता हूँ और घंटों तक सोता हूँ। अगली प्रातः मैं श्री शाह के बेटे एवं भतीजे के साथ काठमांडु के दो मंदिरों को देखने जाता हूँ जो हिंदुओं और बौद्धों के लिए बहुत पवित्र हैं।

2. पशुपतिनाथ (जिसके बाहर लगा बोर्ड घोषणा करता है, ‘प्रवेश केवल हिंदुओं के लिए”) के आस-पास ‘तीव्र अव्यवस्था’ का माहौल है। पुजारी, फेरीवाले, भक्त, पर्यटक, गाय, बंदर, कबूतर और कुत्ते मैदान में घूमते हैं। हम कुछ फूल अर्पित करते हैं।

वहीं इतने भक्त हैं कि कुछ लोग जो पुजारी जी का ध्यान आकर्षित करना चाहते हैं, उन्हें अन्य लोग कोहनियों मारकर दूर धकेल देते हैं। नेपाल के शाही घराने की एक राजकुमारी आती है। हर व्यक्ति झुकता है और उसके लिए रास्ता बनाता है।

मुख्य द्वार के पास केसरिया कपड़े पहने हुए पाश्चात्य लोगों का एक दल प्रवेश करने की अनुमति के लिए संघर्ष करता है। मगर सिपाही को यकीन नहीं होता कि ये ‘हिंदू’ हैं। (मंदिर में केवल हिंदुओं को आने की अनुमति है।) दो बंदरों के बीच में लड़ाई हो जाती है। एक बंदर दूसरे का पीछा करता है, जो शिवलिंग के ऊपर कूदता है और चीखता हुआ सारे मंदिर में घूमता है और फिर पवित्र बागमती नदी की तरफ चला जाता है जो नीचे बह रही है।

(Page 128)
इसके किनारे पर एक लाश का दाह-संस्कार हो रहा है; घोबिनें अपना काम कर रहीं हैं और बच्चे नहा रहे हैं। एक छज्जे से फूलों और पत्तों भरी एक टोकरी, जो कि अब मुरझाई हुई पुरानी भेंट है, नदी में गिराई जा रही है। नदी के किनारे पत्थर के चबूतरे में बाहर को आधा निकला एक मंदिर नज़र आता है। जब यह पूरी तरह निकल आएगा, अंदर की देवी बाहर आ जाएगी और धरती पर कलयुग का बुरा समय समाप्त हो जाएगा।

(Page 129)
3. इसके विपरीत, काठमांडु के बौद्ध मंदिर बौद्धनाथ स्तूप में शांति की भावना है। इसके विशाल सफेद गुंबद के चारों तरफ एक सड़क है। बाहरी किनारे पर छोटी-छोटी दुकानें हैं : इनमें से बहुत-सी दुकानें तिव्यती प्रवासी लोग चलाते हैं। यहाँ मोटे कपड़े के बैग, तिब्बती छपाई का कपड़ा और चांदी के आभूषण खरीदे जा सकते हैं। यहाँ कोई भीड़ नहीं है। यह आस-पास की व्यस्त गलियों के बीच में शांति का स्थान है।

4. काठमांडु जीवन भरा, व्यापारिक, धार्मिक स्थान है जिसकी तंग एवं व्यस्त गलियों में छोटे-छोटे मंदिर हैं जो फूलों से सजे देवी-देवताओं को समर्पित हैं। इन गलियों में फल-विक्रेता, बांसुरी बेचने वाले, पोस्टकार्डों के विक्रेता, पश्चिमी सौंदर्य प्रसाधन बेचने वाली दुकानें, फिल्म की रीलें और चॉकलेट बेचने की दुकानें या तांबे के बर्तन एवं नेपाली पुरातत्वकालीन सामान बेचने की दुकानें हैं।

रेडियो से फिल्मी गाने जोर-जोर से बजते हैं, कार के हॉर्न आवाज करते हैं, साइकिलों की घटियों बजती हैं। आवारा गाएँ प्रश्न करती हुई मोटर साइकिलों की तरफ रंभाती हैं; फेरीवाले चिल्ला-चिल्लाकर अपना सामान बेचते हैं।

(Page 130)
में लक्ष्यहीन रूप से बाज़ार का मजा उठाता हूँ. कुछ मिठाई खरीदता हूँ, कोयले की अंगीठी पर भुना हुआ और नमक, मिर्च और नींबू लगा मक्के का भुट्टा खरीदता हूँ। प्रेम कथा वाले दो कॉमिक्स खरीदता हूँ और रीडर्स डाईजेस्ट (एक पत्रिका) भी खरीदता हूँ। मैं यह सब कुछ कोका-कोला एवं एक अजीब गंध वाले संतरी पेय के साथ नीचे करता हूँ और मुझे काफी आराम महसूस होता है।

5. में विचार करता हूँ कि मुझे वापिस घर किस रास्ते से जाना है। अगर मैं यात्रा के लिए उत्साह से प्रेरित होता तो मैं बस और गाड़ी से पटना जाता। तब गंगा में नाव से जाता और बनारस के पास होता हुआ इलाहाबाद जाता तथा जमुना में आगरा से होता हुआ दिल्ली जाता। मगर मैं बहुत थक गया हूँ और घर की याद सता रही है। आज अगस्त का अंतिम दिन है। पर चलो, मैं स्वयं को कहता है सीधे घर की ओर चलो। मैं नेपाल एयरलाइंज के एक कार्यालय में जाता हूँ और कल की उड़ान का टिकट खरीदता हूँ।

6. मैं होटल के पास के चौराहे के एक कोने में खड़े एक बांसुरी वाले को देखता हूँ। उसके हाथ में एक बांस है जिसके ऊपर वाले भाग पर पचास या साठ बांसरियों साही के कांटों की तरह हर तरफ बाहर को निकली हुई हैं। ये बांसरियों बांस की हैं। उसके यो और रिकॉर्डज भी हैं।

थोड़ी-थोड़ी देर बाद वह डंडे को धरती पर टिकाता है. बांसरी चुनता है और कुछ मिनटों तक उसे बजाता है। आवाज स्पष्ट रूप से ट्रैफिक के शोर एवं रेहड़ी वालों की चिल्लाहटों से ऊपर उठती है। वह धीरे-धीरे विचारशील ढंग से और अधिक दिखावे के बिना गाता है। वह अपना सामान चिल्लाकर नहीं बेचता।

कभी-कभी वह विक्री करता है, मगर एक अजीब, लापरवाह ढंग से, मानो कि यह उसके उद्योग का केवल संयोग हो। कई बार वह बजाना छोड़कर फल विक्रेता से बात करने लगता है। मैं कल्पना करता हूँ कि वर्षों से उसके जीवन का यही तरीका रहा है।

7. मैं स्वयं को चौराहे से दूर करना कठिन पाता हूँ। मेरे पर बांसुरी के संगीत का सदा ऐसा प्रभाव होता है । यह आवाज सबसे अधिक सार्वभौमिक एवं सब से अधिक विशेष है। ऐसी कोई संस्कृति नहीं है, जिसमें बांसुरी न हो। सरकडे की बनी नेह, रिकार्डर, जापान की शकुहाची; भारतीय शास्त्रीय संगीत की गहरी बांसुरी; दक्षिणी अमेरिका की स्पष्ट एवं सांस वाली बांसुरिया; तीखी आवाज़ वाली चीनी बांसुरियों।

(Page 131)
प्रत्येक बांसुरी का अपना उंगलियों का अलग अंदाज एवं दायरा होता है। प्रत्येक बांसुरी अपना अलग संबंध ब्यान करती है। फिर भी, मेरे विचार से किसी भी बांसुरी को सुनने का अभिप्राय है पूरी मानवता के सर्वसाधारण रूप की तरफ आकर्षित होना; संगीत द्वारा मानवीय आवाज़ के शब्द-समूहों एवं वाक्यों के निकटतम पहुँचना। इसकी प्रेरणा शक्ति भी जीवित सांस है। आगे चलने से पहले इसे भी रुकना एवं सांस लेना पड़ता है।

8. पहले तो मुझे इस बात से हैरानी होती है कि बांसुरी के कुछ परिचित शब्द-समूहों से में इतना अधिक प्रभावित हो जाऊँगा, क्योंकि पहले अवसरों पर जब मैं विदेशों में लंबी अनुपस्थितियों के बाद घर लौटता था तो मैं शायद ही ऐसी बातों की तरफ ध्यान देता था और निःसंदेह मैं उन्हें इतना अधिक महत्त्व नहीं देता या जितना मैं अब देता हूँ।

Haryana State Board HBSE 9th Class English Solutions Beehive Chapter 8 Reach for the Top Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Haryana Board 9th Class English Solutions Beehive Chapter 8 Reach for the Top

HBSE 9th Class English Reach for the Top Textbook Questions and Answers

Part I : Santosh Yadav

Thinking about the Text

I. Answer these questions in one or two sentences each.

Reach for the Top Class 9 Solutions HBSE Question 1.
Why was the holy man’ who gave Santosh’s mother his blessings surprised
(वह ‘पवित्र व्यक्ति’ जिसने संतोष की माता को वरदान दिया था, हैरान क्यों था ?)
Answer:
The holy man blessed Santosh’s mother with a son. But Santosh’s grandmother was standing near by. She said that they did not want a son but a daughter. It surprised the holy man.

(पवित्र व्यक्ति ने संतोष की माता को पुत्र रत्न की प्राप्ति का वरदान दे दिया। लेकिन संतोष की दादी पास में ही खड़ी थी। उसने पवित्र व्यक्ति को बताया कि उन्हें पत्र नहीं बल्कि पत्री चाहिए। इससे पवित्र व्यक्ति हैरान हो गया।)

HBSE 9th Class English Chapter 8 Reach for the Top Question 2.
Give an example to show that even as a young girl Santosh was not ready to accept anything unreasonable.
(इस बात को स्पष्ट करने के लिए एक उदाहरण दीजिए कि एक युवा लड़की होने के बावजूद भी संतोष कोई अतर्कसंगत को स्वीकार करने को तैयार नहीं थी।)
Answer:
Santosh began to live life on her own terms from the start. At that time other girls wore traditional Indian dresses but she preferred to wear shorts. She found nothing wrong in it.

(ने शरू से ही अपनी मर्जी के अनुसार जीवन जीने का निर्णय कर लिया था। उस समय जब अन्य लड़कियों परम्परागत भारतीय परिधान पहनती थीं लेकिन वह निक्कर पसंद करती थी। इसमें उसे कुछ भी गलत नजर नहीं आता था।)

Question 3.
Why was Santosh sent to the local school?
(संतोष को स्थानीय स्कूल में ही क्यों भेजा गया ?)
Answer:
Santosh’s parents were affluent landowners. They could afford to send their children to the best schools in Delhi. But they sent Santosh to the local village school. They did so to follow the prevailing custom in the family.

(संतोष के माता-पिता संपन्न भूमिपति थे। वे अपने बच्चों को दिल्ली में सबसे अच्छे स्कूल में भेजने का खर्चा भी उठा सकते थे। लेकिन उन्होंने संतोष को गाँव के स्थानीय स्कूल में ही भेजा। उन्होंने ऐसा परिवार में प्रचलित रिवाज़ को निभाने के लिए किया।)

Question 4.
When did she leave home for Delhi, and why?
(उसने दिल्ली जाने के लिए कब और क्यों घर छोड़ दिया?)
Answer:
When she became sixteen, her parents put pressure on her to get married. But she wanted to study. So she left home and got herself enrolled in a school in Delhi.

(जब वह 16 वर्ष की हो गई, तो उसके माता-पिता ने उस पर शादी करने का दबाव बनाया। लेकिन वह पढ़ाई करना चाहती थी। इसीलिए उसने घर छोड़ दिया और दिल्ली के एक स्कूल में अपना दाखिला करा लिया।)

Question 5.
Why did Santosh’s parents agree to pay for her schooling in Delhi? What mental qualities of Santosh are brought into light by this incident?
(संतोष के माता-पिता दिल्ली में संतोष के स्कूल की फीस भरने पर क्यों सहमत हो गए ? इस घटना के माध्यम से संतोष की मानसिक चरित्र की कौन-सी बातें प्रकट होती हैं ?)
Answer:
Santosh’s parents had refused to pay for her education in Delhi. Santosh politely informed them of her plans to earn money by working part time to pay for her school fees. Then they agreed to pay for her schooling. This incident shows that Santosh was a girl of iron determination

(संतोष के माता-पिता ने दिल्ली में उसकी पढ़ाई का खर्चा भरने से मना कर दिया। संतोष ने उन्हें विनम्रतापूर्वक अपनी योजनाओं के बारे में बता दिया कि वह अपनी स्कूल की फीस भरने के लिए स्कूल समय के बाद नौकरी करेगी। तब वे उसकी स्कूल की फीस भरने पर सहमत हुए। यह घटना दर्शाती है कि संतोष एक फौलादी इरादों वाली लड़की थी।)

II. Answer each of these questions in a short paragraph (about 30 words.)

Question 1.
How did Santosh begin to climb mountains ?
(संतोष ने पहाड़ों पर चढ़ना कैसे शुरू किया ?)
Answer:
After passing high school in Delhi, Santosh joined Maharani College in Jaipur. She got a room in Kasturba Hostel which faced the Aravalli Hills. She used to watch people going up the hills. She met those people and asked them to make her a member of their group. After this she began to climb mountains

(दिल्ली से हाई स्कूल की परीक्षा पास करने के उपरान्त, संतोष ने जयपुर के महारानी कॉलेज में दाखिला ले लिया। उसे कस्तूरबा हॉस्टल में कमरा मिला जो कि अरावली की पहाड़ियों के सामने था। वह लोगों को पहाड़ियों के ऊपर चढ़ते हुए देखती थी। वह उन लोगों से मिली और उन्हें उसे भी अपने समुदाय का सदस्य बनाने के लिए कहा। इसके पश्चात उसने पर्वतों पर चढ़ना शुरू कर दिया।)

Question 2.
What incidents during the Everest expedition show Santosh’s concern for her team-mates?
(एवरेस्ट अभियान के दौरान कौन-सी घटनाएँ अपने साथियों के प्रति संतोष की चिंता को व्यक्त करती हैं ।)
Answer:
During the 1992 Everest expedition Santosh providedaspecial care toaclimber wholay dying there. But she could not save him. But she managed to save another climber, Mohan Singh, by sharing her oxygen with him.

(1902 के एवरेस्ट अभियान के दौरान संतोष ने एक पर्वतारोही जोकि मरने जा रहा था कि विशेष देखभाल की। परंतु वह उसे बचा नहीं सकी। परंतु वह एक अन्य पर्वतारोही, मोहन सिंह, को अपने पास से ऑक्सीजन देकर बचाने में सफल हो जाती है।)

Question 3.
What shows her concern for the environment?
(पर्यावरण के प्रति उसकी चिंता का किस बात से पता चलता है ?)
Answer:
Santosh has great concern for the environment. She collected and brought down 500 kilograms of garbage from the Himalayas.

(संतोष की पर्यावरण के प्रति बहुत अधिक चिंता है। वह हिमालय के ऊपर से 500 किलोग्राम कूड़ा-कर्कट इकट्ठा करके नीचे लाई थी।)

Question 4.
How does she describe her feelings at the summit of the Everest ?
(वह एवरेस्ट की चोटी के ऊपर पहुँचने के उपरांत अपनी भावनाओं का वर्णन कैसे करती है ?)
Answer:
She felt herself on the top of the world. It was for her a spiritual moment. She unfurled the tricolour. She held it aloft on the roof of the world. She was full of proud.

(वह स्वयं को पूरे विश्व के शिखर पर पाती है। यह उसके लिए एक आध्यात्मिक क्षण था। उसने तिरंगे को फहराया। उसने उसे संसार की छत के ऊपर सबसे ऊँचे उठाकर लहराया। वह अपने आपको गौरवपूर्ण महसूस कर रही थी।)

Question 5.
Santosh Yadav got into the record books both times she scaled Mt Everest. What were the reasons for this?
(संतोष यादव ने माऊंट एवरेस्ट की चोटी पर जाने के पश्चात रिकॉर्ड-पुस्तकों में दोनों बार अपना नाम दर्ज करा दिया। इसके क्या कारण वे ?)
Answer:
When Santosh conquered Mt Everest the first time, she was the youngest woman to conquer Mt Everest. When she conquered Mt Everest the second time, she was the only women to do it twice.

(जब संतोष ने माऊंट एवरेस्ट को प्रथम बार विजय किया, तो वह इसको विजय करने वाली सबसे कम आयु की पर्वतारोही थी। जब उसने माऊंट एवरेस्ट को दूसरी बार विजय किया, तो वह ऐसा करने वाली भी मात्र इकलौती महिला थी।)

III. Complete the following statements.

1. From her room in Kasturba Hostel, Santosh used to _________ .
2. When she finished college, Santosh had to write a letter of apology to her father because _________ .
3. During the Everest expedition, her seniors in the team admired her _________ while _________ endeared her to fellow climbers.
Answer:
1. _________ watch villagers going up the Ml and suddenly vanishing.
2. _________ she had got herself enrolled at Uttarkashi without his permission.
3. _________concern for others while climbing the mountains _________ .

IV. Pick out words from the text that mean the same as the following words or expressions. (Look in the paragraphs indicated.)

1. took to be true without proof (1) :_________
2. based on reason, sensible, reasonable (2) : _________
3. the usual way of doing things (3) : _________
4. a strong desire arising from within (5) : _________
5. to power to endure, without falling ill (7) : _________
Answer:
1. assumed
2. rational
3. prevailing
4. urge
5. endurance.

Part II : Maria Sharapova

Thinking about the Text

Working in small groups of 4-5 students, go back over the two passages on Santosh Yadav and Maria Sharapova and complete the table given below with relevant phrases or sentences.

Answer :

Thinking about language

Look at the following sentences. They each have two clauses, or two parts each with their own subject and verb or verb phrase. Often, one part (italicised) tells us when or why something happened.

• I reached the market when most of the shops had closed. (Tells us when I reached.)
• When Rahul Dravid walked back towards the pavilion, everyone stood up. (Tells us when everyone stood up.)
• The telephone rang and Ganga picked it up. (Tells us what happened next.)
• Gunjan has been with us ever since the school began. (Tells us for how long He has been with us.)

I. Identify the two parts in the sentences below by underlining the part that gives us the information in brackets, as shown above.

1. Where other girls wore traditional Indian dresses, Santosh preferred shorts. (Contrasts her dress with that of others)
2. She left home and got herself enrolled in a school in Delhi. (Tells us what happened after the first action.)
3. She decided to fight the system when the right moment arrived. (Tells us when she was going to fight the system.)
4. Little Maria had not yet celebrated her tenth birthday when she was packed off to train in the United States. (Tells us when Maria was sent to the U.S.)
Ans.
1. Where other girls wore traditional Indian dresses, Santosh preferred shorts. (Contrasts her dress with that of others)
2. She left home and got herself enrolled in a school in Delhi. (Tells us what happened after the first action.)
3. She decided to fight the system when the right moment arrived. (Tells us when she was going to fight the system.)
4. Little Maria had not vet celebrated her tenth birthday when she was packed off to train in the United States. (Tells us when Maria was sent to the U.S.)

II. Now rewrite the pairs of sentences given below as one sentence.

1. Grandfather told me about the old days. All books were printed on paper then.
2. What do you do after you finish the book ? Perhaps you just throw it away.
3. He gave the little girl an apple. He took the computer apart.
4. You have nothing. That makes you very determined.
5. I never thought of quitting. I knew what I wanted.
Answer:
1. Grandfather told me about the old days when all books were printed on paper.
2. What do you do after you finish the book except keeping it safe in your almirah.
3. He gave the little girl an apple and took the computer apart.
4. You have nothing that makes you very determined.
5. I never thought of quitting because I knew what I wanted.

Dictation

Read the passage once. Then close your books. Your teacher will dictate the story to you. Write it down with the correct punctuation and paragraphing.

The Raincoat

After four years of drought in a small town in the Northeast, the Vicar gathered everyone together for a pilgrimage to the mountain, where they would pray together and ask for the rain to return.
The priest noticed a boy in the group wearing a raincoat.
“Have you gone mad ?” he asked. “It hasn’t rained in this region for five years, the heat will kill you climbing the mountain.” ,
“I have a cold, father. If we are going to ask God for rain, can you imagine the way back from the mountain ? It’s going to be such a downpour that I need to be prepared.”

At that moment a great crash was heard in the sky and the first drops began to fall. A boy’s faith was enough to bring about a miracle that not even those most prepared truly believed in. translated by JAMES MULHOLLAND

Speaking

Imagine that you are Santosh Yadav, or Maria Sharapova. You have been invited to speak at an All India Girls’ Athletic Meet, as chief guest. Prepare a short speech to motivate the girls to think and dream big and . make an effort to fulfil their dreams, not allowing difficulties or defeat to discourage them. The following words and phrases may help you.

• self confident/confidence/sure of yourself
• self assured/assurance/belief in yourself
• morale/boost morale/raise morale
• giving somebody a boost/fillip/lift .
• demoralising/unsure of yourself/insecure/lack confidence

Writing

Working in pairs, go through the table below that gives you information about the top women tennis players since 1975. Write a short article for your school magazine comparing and contrasting the players in terms of their duration at the top. Mention some qualities that you think may be responsible for their brief or long stay at the top spot.

Top-Ranked Women Players

I. The roll of honour of women who enjoyed life at the summit since everybody’s favourite player, Chris Evert, took her place in 1975.

Which of these words would you use to describe Saritosh Yadov ? Find reasons in the text to support your choices, and write a couple of paragraphs describing Santosh’s character.

HBSE 9th Class English Reach for the Top Important Questions and Answers

Part I : Santosh Yadav

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is the special distinction of Santosh Yadav ?
Answer:
Santosh Yadav is the only woman in the world who has scaled Mt Everest twice.

Question 2.
Where was Santosh Yadav born ?
Answer:
She was bom in the small village of Joniyawas of Rewari District in Haryana.

Question 3.
What does ‘Santosh’ mean ?
Answer:
Santosh means contentment.

Question 4.
What did Santosh tell her parents about marriage ?
Answer:
She told her parents that she would never marry if she did not get proper education.

Question 5.
Why did Santosh leave home ?
Answer:
Santosh left home to get herself enrolled in a school in Delhi.

Question 6.
Where did Santosh take admission after passing high school ?
Answer:
After passing high school Santosh took admission in Maharani College, Jaipur.

Question 7.
Where did Santosh enroll herself for mountaineering training ?
Answer:
She enrolled herself at Uttarkashi’s Nehru Institute of Mountaineering.

Question 8.
What great honour was given to Santosh Yadav by the government of India ?
Answer:
The government of India honoured Santosh Yadav with one of the nation’s top honours, the Padmashri.

Question 9.
When did Santosh Yadav scale Mt Everest for the first time ?
Answer:
She scaled Mt Everest for the first time in 1992.

Question 10.
Why is Santosh Yadav mentioned as a fervent environmentalist ?
Answer:
She collected and brought down 500 kilograms of garbage from the Himalayas.

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is the special distinction of Santosh Yadav as a mountaineer?
(एक पर्वतारोही के रूप में संतोष यादव की विशिष्ट उपलब्धि क्या है?)
Answer:
Santosh Yadav is the only woman in the world who has conquered Mt Everest twice. She is a woman who got this distinction rising up from a rural background.

(संतोष यादव विश्व की केवल एक मात्र अकेली महिला है जिसने माऊंट एवरेस्ट पर दो बार विजय हासिल की है। उस महिला ने यह उपलब्धि एक ग्रामीण पृष्ठभूमि से ऊपर उठकर बनाई है।)

Question 2.
What type of a social system was there in the village when Santosh was born?
(जब संतोष का जन्म हुआ तो उस समय गाँव की सामाजिक व्यवस्था क्या थी?)
Answer:
In those days the birth of a son was regarded a blessing, but the birth of a daughter was not generally welcomed in the society.

(उन दिनों में लड़के के जन्म को एक वरदान के रूप में माना जाता था, लेकिन लड़की के जन्म होने का आमतौर पर स्वागत नहीं किया जाता था।)

Question 3.
Give a brief sketch of Santosh’s family.
(संतोष के परिवार का संक्षिप्त चित्रण कीजिए।)
Answer:
Santosh was born in the small village of Joniyawas in Haryana. Her parents were affluent landowners. She was the only sister of five Brothers.

(संतोष का जन्म हरियाणा के जोनिवावास नामक गाँव में हुआ था। उसके माता-पिता सम्पन्न जमींदार थे। वह पाँच भाइयों की केवल मात्र अकेली बहन थी।)

Question 4.
How did Santosh show contradiction to her name?
(संतोष ने अपने नाम के साथ विरोधाभास कैसे प्रदर्शित किया?)
Answer:
The girl was given the name Santosh, which means “contentment”. But Santosh was not always content with her place in traditional way of life. She began living life on her own terms from the start.

(लड़की को संतोष नाम दिया गया जिसका अर्थ होता है संतुष्टि । किंतु संतोष जीवन के परम्परावादी ढंग से अपने स्थान से संतुष्ट नहीं थी। उसने शुरू से अपने ही निर्णयों के अनुसार जीवन बिताना शुरू कर दिया।)

Question 5.
What did Santosh tell her parents regarding her marriage?
(संतोष ने अपने माता-पिता को अपनी शादी के विषय में क्या बताया?)
Answer:
Santosh was not in favour of early married life. She threatened her perents that she would never marry if she would not get a proper education.

(संतोष जल्दी शादी कर दिए जाने के पक्ष में नहीं थी। उसने अपने माता-पिता को चेतावनी दी थी कि यदि उसे उचित शिक्षा नहीं मिली तो वह कभी भी शादी नहीं करेगी।)

Essay Type Question

Question 1.
Write a brief character sketch of Santosh Yadav.
(संतोष यादव का संक्षिप्त चरित्र चित्रण कीजिए।)
Answer:
Santosh Yadav was born in a traditional family. She was born in the small village of Joniyawas in Haryana. The girl was given the name Santosh, which means ‘contentment. But Santosh was not always content with her place in a traditional way of life. She began living life on her own terms from the start. Where ever other girls wore traditional Indian dressess, Santosh preferred short.

Santosh did not yield to the traditions. In opposition to her family, she enrolled herself in a school in Delhi. When her parents refused to pay for her education, she politely informed them of her plans to earn money by working part time to pay her school fees. This shows that she was a determined child

She developed a love for mountaineering. She saved money and enrolled herself in a course of mountaineering. She scaled Mt. Everest twice. This is the achievement of her heroic character.

(संतोष यादव का जन्म एक रूढ़िवादी परिवार में हुआ था। उसका जन्म हरियाणा के एक छोटे से गाँव जोनियावास में हुआ था। उसका नाम संतोष रखा गया जिसका अर्थ होता है संतुष्टि’ । लेकिन संतोष जीवन जीने के रूढ़िवादी तरीके से हमेशा असन्तुष्ट रहती थी। उसने शुरू से ही अपनी मर्जी के अनुसार जीवन जीना शुरू कर दिया था। जबकि अन्य लड़कियों परम्परागत भारतीय पोशाकें पहनती थीं, वहीं संतोष को घुटनों तक की निक्कर पसन्द आती थी।

संतोष रूढ़ियों के सामने नहीं झुकी। अपने परिवार के विरोध के बावजूद भी उसने स्वयं ही दिल्ली के एक स्कूल में दाखिला से लिया। जब उसके माता-पिता ने उसकी पढ़ाई का खर्च उठाने से मना कर दिया तो उसने अपने माता-पिता को बड़ी विनम्रतापूर्वक सूचित किया कि वह कैसे अतिरिक्त समय में काम करके अपनी पढ़ाई का खर्च चलाएगी। इससे पता चलता है कि वह एक दृढ़ निश्चय वाली बच्ची है।

उसमें पर्वतारोहण का शौक पैदा हो गया। उसने पैसे बचाए और स्वयं को पर्वतारोहण के कोर्स में सूचीबद्ध करा लिया। उसने माऊंट एवरेस्ट पर दो बार फतह पाई। यह फतह उसके बहादुरीपूर्ण चरित्र की विशिष्ट उपलब्धि है।)

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1.
In which society was Santosh born ?
(A) where the birth of a son was a blessing
(B) where the birth of a daughter was a blessing
(C) both (A) and (B)
(D) none of the above
Answer:
(A) where the birth of a son was a blessing

Question 2.
What request did the unborn child’s grandmother make to the holyman ?
(A) blessing for a son
(B) blessing for money
(C) blessing for milk
(D) blessing for a daughter
Answer:
(D) blessing for a daughter

Question 3.
Santosh has scaled Mt Everest
(A) once
(B) twice
(C) thrice
(D) four times
Answer:
(B) twice

Question 4.
What is the name of Santosh Yadav’s village?
(A) Joniyawas
(B) Hariyawas
(C) Bariyawas
(D) Jonnawas
Answer:
(A) Joniyawas

Question 5.
Which district of Haryana does Santosh belong?
(A) Bhiwani
(B) Mahendragarb
(C) Rewari
(D) Thai jar
Answer:
(C) Rewari

Question 6.
What does ‘Santosh’ mean?
(A) contentment
(B) discontentment
(C) greed
(D) bravery
Answer:
(A) contentment

Question 7.
Santosh left home to get herself enrolled In a school in:
(A) Rewari
(B) Dethi
(C) Gurgaon
(D) Faridabad
Answer:
(B) Delhi

Question 8.
From where did Santosh do her graduation?
(A) Rewari
(B) Delhi
(C) Jaipur
(D) Mumbai
Answer:
(C) Jaipur

Question 9.
For what did Santosh train herself in Uttarkashi?
(A) mountaineering
(B) acting
(C) swimming
(D) skating
Answer:
(A) mountaineering

Question 10.
Santosh was fully equipped with:
(A) an iron will
(B) physical endurance
(C) mental toughness
(D) all of the above
Answer:
(D) all of the above

Question 11.
When did Santosh scale Mt Everest for the first time ?
(A) in 1992
(B) in 1993
(C) in 1994
(D) in 1995
Answer:
(A) in 1992

Question 12.
What shows her concern for the environment ?
(A) collecting 500 kilograms of garbage from the Himalayas
(B) climbing mountain
(C) helping other climbers
(D) all of the above
Answer:
(A) collecting 500 kilograms of garbage from the Himalayas

Question 13.
At what age did Santosh scale Mt Everest for the first time ?
(A) eighteen
(B) nineteen
(C) twenty
(D) twenty one
Answer:
(C) twenty

Question 14.
What is considered the roof of the world ?
(A) sky
(B) stars
(C) top of Mt Everest
(D) all of the above
Answer:
(C) top of Mt Everest

Santosh Yadav Important Passages For Comprehension

Read the following passages and answer the questions given at the end of each :

Passage – 1

The only woman in the world who has scaled Mt Everest twice was born in a society where the birth of a son was regarded as a blessing, and a daughter, though not considered a curse, was not generally welcome. When her mother was expecting Santosh, a travelling ‘holy man’, giving her his blessing, assumed that she wanted a son.

But, to everyone’s surprise, the unborn child’s grandmother, who was standing close by, told him that they did not want a son. The ‘holy man’ was also surprised! Nevertheless, he gave the requested blessing… and as destiny would have it, the blessing seemed to work. Santosh was bom the sixth child in a family with five sons, a sister to five brothers. She was bom in the small village of Joniyawas of Rewari District in Haryana.
Questions :
(i) Name the woman who had scaled Mt Everest twice.
(ii) In what sort of a society was she born?
(iii) What blessing did the holy man give?
(iv) How many brothers did Santosh have?
(v) Where was Santosh born?
Answers :
(i) Santosh Yadav.
(ii) She was bom in a society where the birth of a son was regarded as a blessing.
(iii) The holy man gave the blessing for the birth of a boy.
(iv) She had five brothers.
(v) She was bom at Joniyawas village in Haryana.

Passage – 2

Santosh’s parents were affluent landowners who could afford to send their children to the best schools, even to the country’s capital, New Delhi, which was quite close by. But, in line with the prevailing custom in the family, Santosh had to make do with the local village school. So, she decided to fight the system in her own quiet way when the right moment arrived. And the right moment came when she turned sixteen. At sixteen, most of the girls in her village used to get married. Santosh was also under pressure from her parents to do the same.
Questions :
(i) What was the profession of Santosh’s father?
(ii) Where did Santosh get her elementary education?
(iii) Why was she not sent to a good school?
(iv) When did the right time come for her to fight with the system?
(v) What pressure did her parents put on Santosh?
Answers :
(i) Her father was an affluent farmer.
(ii) She got her elementary education in the local school of the village.
(iii) She was not sent to a good school following the tradition of the family.
(iv) That time came when she turned sixteen.
(v) They put pressure on her to do the marriage.

Passage – 3

A marriage as early as that was the last thing on her mind. She threatened her parents that she would never marry if she did not get a proper education. She left home and got herself enrolled in a school in Delhi. When her parents refused to pay for her education, she politely informed them of her plans to earn money by working part time to pay her school fees. Her parents then agreed to pay for her education.
Questions :
(i) How did Santosh consider a marriage ?
(ii) What did she threat to her parents ?
(iii) Why did she leave home ?
(iv) Why did her parents refuse to pay for her education in Delhi?
(v) What was Santosh’s plan to make arrangement for her fee?
Answers :
(i) She considered a marriage the least important thing of her life.
(ii) She threatened her parents not to marry for ever if she did not get good education.
(iii) She left home to get education in Delhi.
(iv) Her parents refused to pay for her education in Delhi because they did not want that their daughter should live, away from home.
(v) She planned to do part time job to pay her school fee.

Passage – 4

Then there was no looking back for this determined young girl. She saved money and enrolled in a course at Uttarkashi’s Nehru Institute of Mountaineering. “My college semester in Jaipur was to end in April but it ended on the nineteenth of May. And I was supposed to be in Uttarkashi on the twenty-first. So, I did not go back home; instead, I headed straight for the training. I had to write a letter of apology to my father without whose permission I had got myself enrolled at Uttarkashi.”
Questions :
(i) Who is the girl mentioned in this passage ?
(ii) Where did she enroll herself for mountaineering training?
(iii) Where was she studying in college?
(iv) Why did she write an apology letter to her father?
(v) In which state of India is Uttarkashi?
Answers :
(i) Santosh Yadav.
(ii) In Uttarkashi’s Nehru Institute of Mountaineering.
(iii) She was studying in college in Jaipur.
(iv) She wrote an apology letter to her father because she had got herself enrolled in a mountaineering institute without his permission.
(v) Uttrakhand.

Part II : Maria Sharapova

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Which country does Maria Sharapova belong to ?
Answer:
Maria Sharapova belongs to Russia.

Question 2.
With what sport is Maria Sharapova attached to ?
Answer:
She is attached with lawn tennis.

Questions 3.
When did Sharapova attain the number one position for the first time ?
Answer:
She attained the number one position for the first time on 22 August 2005.

Question 4.
Where did Sharapova go for tennis coaching ?
Answer:
She went to Florida in the United States.

Question 5.
Who went to the U.S.A. with Sharapova ?
Answer:
Her father went with her to the U.S.A.

Question 6.
When did Sharapova win the Wimbledon’s Women Singles final ?
Answer:
She won this title in 2004.

Question 7.
What does Maria Sharapova love reading ?
Answer:
Maria Sharapova loves reading the novels of Arthur Conan Doyle.

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is something disarming about Maria Sharapova?
(मारिया शरापोवा के बारे में ऐसी कौन-सी बात है जो हमें निहत्या कर देती है?)
Answer:
Maria Sharapova is a girl with a smiling face and a glamorous attire. But she is a determined girl who worked excessively hard to win the world number one position in women tennis.

(मारिया शरापोवा एक मुस्कुराते हुए चेहरे तथा सुन्दर भड़कीली पोशाक वाली लड़की है। लेकिन यह एक मजबूत इरादों वाली लड़की है जिसने महिला टेनिस में विश्व में पहला स्थान हासिल करने के लिए अति कड़ी मेहनत की।)

Question 2.
Why did Sharapova leave Siberia for the U.S.A.?
(शरापोवा साईबेरिया छोड़कर संयुक्त राज्य अमेरिका क्यों गई?)
Answer:
At the age of nine years Maria Sharapova left Siberia for Florida in the U.S.A. She went there to attend the training camp for women tennis. She undertook hard training for two years. Her father Yuri also went with her.

(नौ वर्ष की आयु में मारिया शरापोवा साइबेरिया छोड़कर अमेरिका में फ्लोरिडा नामक स्थान पर चली गई। वह वहाँ महिला टेनिस के प्रशिक्षण शिविर में भाग लेने गई थी। उसने दो साल तक कठोर प्रशिक्षण लिया। उसका पिता यूरी भी उसके साथ गया था।)

Question 3.
At the age of nine years, what lesson had Sharapova learnt?
(मात्र नौ वर्ष की आयु में शरापोवा ने कौन-सा सबक सीख लिया था?)
Answer:
In the U.S.A. Maria Sharapova had to face a heart wrenching two years separation from her mother. This separation made her learn an important lesson that tennis excellence would come only at a price.

(संयुक्त राज्य अमेरिका में मारिया शरापोवा को अपनी माँ से दो साल के दिल को निचोड़ देने वाले अलगाव को सहन करना पड़ा। इस अलगाव ने उसे एक महत्त्वपूर्ण सबक सिखा दिया कि टेनिस में कुशलता एक कीमत अदा करने से ही हासिल हो सकती थी।)

Question 4.
How was Sharapova treated by the seniors in the training camp?
(प्रशिक्षण शिविर में वरिष्ठ लड़कियों के द्वारा उसके साथ कैसा बर्ताव किया जाता था?)
Answer:
Maria Sharapova was just nearly ten years old. The seniors in the training camp treated her badly They woke her up. They asked Maria to tidy up the room and clean it.

(मारिया शरापोवा केवल दस साल की थी। प्रशिक्षण शिविर में वरिष्ठ लड़कियों के द्वारा उसके साथ ‘ठीक व्यवहार नहीं किया जाता था। वे उसे नींद से जगा देती थीं। वे उससे कमरे की साफ-सफाई करवाती थीं।)

Question 5.
What does Maria Sharapova say about her Russian nationality?
(मारिया शरापोवा अपनी रूसी राष्ट्रीयता के बारे में क्या कहती है?)
Answer:
Maria Sharapovaspeaks with a pounced American accent. She proudly parades her Russian nationality Clearing all doubts, she tells that her blood is totally Russian. She is Russian citizen. She will play the Olympics for Russia.

(मारिया शरापोवा एक सुस्पष्ट अमेरिकी लहजे में बोलती है। वह गर्वपूर्ण अपनी रूसी राष्ट्रीयता को प्रदर्शित करती है। सभी संदेहों को दूर करते हुए वह कहती है कि उसका खून पूरी तरह से रूसी है। वह एक रूसी नागरिक है। वह ओलम्पिक में भी रूस की तरफ से ही खेलेगी।)

Essay Type Questions

Question 1.
Write in short Maria Sharapova’s Journey to the top.
(उच्च शिखर तक मारिया शरापोवा की यात्रा का वर्णन करो।)
Answer:
Maria Sharapova was born in Siberia, Russia. At the age of nine years she left Russia for Florida in the U.S.A. She went there with her father Yuri. She had to spend two hard years in tennis training camp. She did hard efforts in the training camp. It was a heart wrenching two-years separation from her mother.

Maria Sharapova learnt an important lesson in life that tennis excellence would only come at a price. Maria Sharapova was just nearly ten years old. The seniors in the training camp treated her badly. They woke her up. They asked Mariato tidy up the room and clean it.

Maria Sharapova bagged the ladies single crown at Wimbledon in 2004. She attained the world number one position on Monday, 22nd August 2005. Today she is a tennis sensation.

(मारिया शरापोवा का जन्म साइबेरिया, रूस में हुआ था। 9 वर्ष की आयु में वह फ्लोरिडा, अमेरिका चली गई। वह वहाँ अपने पिता यूरी के साथ गई। वहाँ उसे टेनिस प्रशिक्षण में दो साल कठोर मेहनत के साथ बिताने थे। उसने प्रशिक्षण शिविर में बहुत कड़ी मेहनत की। ये दो साल उसकी माँ की याद उसके दिल को निचोड़ देने वाली पीड़ा देने वाले थे।

मारिया शरापोवा ने जीवन में एक महत्त्वपूर्ण सबक सीख लिया कि टेनिस में श्रेष्ठता एक कीमत चुकाने से ही आ सकती है। मारिया शरापोवा केवल दस साल की थी। प्रशिक्षण शिविर में वरिष्ठ लड़कियों के द्वारा उसके साथ ठीक व्यवहार नहीं किया जाता था। वे उसे नींद से जगा देती थीं। वे उससे कमरे की साफ-सफाई करवाती थीं।

मारिया शरापोवा ने वर्ष 2004 में विम्बलडन में महिला एकल का खिताब जीता। 22 अगस्त 2005, दिन सोमवार को वह विश्व की नम्बर एक खिलाड़ी बन गई। आज वह टेनिस सनसनी के रूप में जानी जाती है।)

Question 2.
Draw a Comparison between Santosh Yadav and Maria Sharapova.
(संतोष यादव और मारिया शरापोवा की तुलना कीजिए।)
Answer:
Today both Santosh Yadav and Maria Sharapova enjoy the status of a celebrity. To attain this position they both had to work very hard in their life. Both of these girls were of strong and true determination. They had a clear vision of their life. They wanted to become something in life.

They wanted to rise themselves up from the common people around them. They sacrificed all comforts and pleasures of life to achieve their alm. Both of them were able to realise their aims. Santosh Yadav became the only women of the world to scale Mt Everest twice. Maria Sharapova got the number one position in the world in women tennis. They proved that nothing is impossible before true determination and iron will

(आज के समय में संतोष यादव और मारिया शरापोवा दोनों प्रसिद्ध व्यक्ति का दर्जा हासिल करने का आनंद ले रही हैं। इस दर्जे को हासिल करने के लिए उन दोनों को अपने जीवन में बहुत अधिक कठोर मेहनत करनी पड़ी। ये दोनों लड़कियाँ मजबूत और सच्चे निश्चय वाली थीं। उनके सामने जीवन का एक स्पष्ट लक्ष्य था। वे जीवन में कुछ बनना चाहती थीं।

वे स्वयं को अपने इर्द-गिर्द के आम लोगों से ऊपर उठाना चाहती थीं। उन्होंने अपने लक्ष्य को हासिल करने के लिए अपने जीवन के सभी आरामों और सुविधाओं का त्याग कर दिया। वे दोनों अपने लक्ष्यों को हासिल करने में सफल रहीं। संतोष यादव दुनिया की केवल एक मात्र महिला है जिसने माऊंट एवरेस्ट पर दो बार चढ़ाई की है। मारिया शरापोवा ने महिला टेनिस में विश्व में पहला स्थान हासिल कर लिया है। उन्होंने सिद्ध कर दिया है कि सच्चे निश्चय और लौह इच्छा शक्ति के सामने कुछ भी असंभव नहीं बच पाता है।)

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1.
Maria Sharapova belongs to:
(A) England
(B) Russia
(C) Germany
(D) America
Answer:
(B) Russia

Question 2.
Which game Is Maria Sluirapova attached to?
(A) tennis
(B) badminton
(C) hockey
(D) cricket
Answer:
(A) tennis

Question 3.
When did Maria Sharapova get the world number one position In women’s tennis?
(A) 22 August. 2004
(B) 22 August, 2005
(C) 22 August, 2006
(D) 22 August. 2007
Answer:
(B) 22 August, 2005

Question 4.
Where was Maria sent to learn tennis?
(A) the United States
(B) England
(C) India
(D) Germany
Answer:
(A) the United States

Question 5.
Who went to the United States with Maria?
(A) her mother
(B) her father
(C) her grandmother
(D) her teacher
Answer:
(B) her father

Question 6.
How did the senior tennis players in the United States training centre treat her?
(A) badly
(B) sympathetically
(C) lovingly
(D) encouragingly
Answer:
(A) badly

Question 7.
Depressing treatment In the US made Maria:
(A) weak
(B) nervous
(C) timid
(D) tough
Answer:
(D) tough

Question 8.
Which title did Maria win in 2004?
(A) Wimbledon
(B) Australian Open
(C) American Open
(D) all of the above
Answer:
(A) Wimbledon

Question 9.
Maria Is associated with:
(A) Serbia
(B) Siberia
(C) Moscow
(D) Paris
Answer:
(B) Siberia

Question 10.
Maria Sharapova expresses her desire to play for:
(A) America
(B) India
(C) England
(D) Russia
Answer:
(D) Russia

Question 11.
What was the most important thing for Maria?
(A) to earn money
(B) to do a good business
(C) to become number one in the world
(D) all of the above
Answer:
(C) to become number one in the world

Maria Sharapova Important Passages For Comprehension

Read the following passages and answer the questions given at the end of each :

Passage – 1

There is something disarming about Maria Sharapova, something at odds with her ready smile and glamorous attire. And that something in her lifted her on Monday, 22 August 2005 to the world number one position in women’s tennis. All this happened in almost no time. Poised beyond her years, the Siberian bom teenager took just four years as a professional to reach the pinnacle. [H.B.S.E. March, 2018]
Questions:
(i) Where was Maria Sharapova born ?
(ii) Which sport is she associated with ?
(iii) When did she become world’s number one women’s tennis player ?
(iv) How long did it take her to reach this position ?
(v) What is the meaning of ‘Pinnacle’ ?
Answers :
(i) Maria Sharapova was bom in Siberia, Russia.
(ii) She is associated with lawn tennis.
(iii) She became world’s number one women’s tennis Player on 22 August, 2005.
(iv) She took four years to reach this position.
(v) Top.

Passage – 2

However, the rapid ascent in a fiercely competitive world began nine years before with a level of sacrifice few children would be prepared to endure. Little Maria had not yet celebrated her tenth birthday when she was packed off to train in the United States. That trip to Florida with her father Yuri launched her on the path to success and stardom. But it also required a heart-wrenching two-year separation from her mother Yelena. The latter was compelled to stay back in Siberia because of visa restrictions. The nine-year-old girl had already learnt an important lesson in life-that tennis excellence would only come at a price.
Questions :
(i) To what sport is Maria Sharapova attached with ?
(ii) At what age was she sent to the United States ?
(iii) What is the name of her father ?
(iv) How long did she stay in the U.S.A. ?
(v) What was Maria’s native land ?
Answers:
(i) She is attached with lawn tennis.
(ii) At the age of ten years.
(iii) The name of her father is Yuri.
(iv) She stayed there for two years.
(v) Her native land is Siberia which is n part of Russia.

Passage – 3

“I used to be so lonely,” Maria Sharapova recalls. “I missed my mother terribly. My father was working as much as he could to keep my tennis-training going. So, he couldn’t see me either.”
Beehive [Reach for The Top]
“Because I was so young, I used to go to bed at 8 p.m. The other tennis pupils would come in at 11 p.m. and wake me up and order me to tidy up the room and clean it.”
Questions :
(i) Who did Maria Sharapova miss so badly ?
(ii) Where was Maria living at that time ?
(iii) What was she doing there ?
(iv) Why had her father to work very hard ?
(v) When did the other tennis pupils come ?
Answers :
(i) Maria Sharapova missed her mother so badly.
(ii) At that time she was living in the U.S.A. in a tennis training camp.
(iii) There she was having the training of tennis.
(iv) Her father had to work very hard to pay for her tennis fee.
(v) They came at 11 p.m.

Santosh Yadav Summary

Santosh Yadav Introduction in English

Seach for the Top’ topic has been bifurcated in two parts. Each part of the topic contains a heroic story of two young girls. The heroine in the first part is a young Mountaineer Santosh Yadav and the heroine of the second part is Maria Sharapova a tennis sensation of the world.

Santosh Yadav was bom in a small village of Haryana state. She belonged to a agriculturist family. Her family was of the opinion of traditional values and they were adament to keep their prevailing customs but she rose to the highest glory by her hard efforts. In the same way Maria Sharapova rise to the top of tennis world by her hard efforts. She became the world’s number one tennis sensation and now becomes the most glamourous sensation of the modem world.

Santosh Yadav Summary in English

Santosh Yadav was bom in a traditional family. She had five brothers. She was bom in the small village of Joniyawas of Rewari district in Haryana. The girl was given the name Santosh, which means contentment. But Santosh was not always content with her place in a traditional way of life. She began living life on her own terms from the stmt. Where other girls wore traditional Indian dresses, Santosh preferred shorts.

Santosh’s parents were affluent landowners who could afford to send their children to the best schools, even to the country’s capital Delhi, which was quite close by. But, in line with the prevailing custom in the family, Santosh had to make do with the local village school.

At the age of sixteen years her parents wanted to marry her. She threatened her parents that she would never marry if she did not get proper education. She left home and got herself enrolled in a school in Delhi. When her parents refused to pay for her education, she politely informed them of her plans to earn money by working part time to pay her school fees. Her parents then agreed to pay for her education.

Santosh passed the high school examinations and went to Jaipur. She joined Maharani College and got a room in Kasturba Hostel. She developed a love for mountaineering while watching the Aravalli Hills. She saved money and enrolled in a course at Uttarkashi’s Nehru Institute of Mountaineering.

Thereafter, Santosh went on an expedition every year. Her climbing skills matured rapidly. Also, she developed a remarkable resistance to cold and the altitude. Equipped with an iron will, physical endurance and an amazing mental toughness, she proved herself repeatedly. The culmination of her hard work and sincerity came in 1992, just four years after she had shyly asked the Aravalli mountaineers if she could join them.

At barely twenty years of age, Santosh Yadav conquered Mt. Everest, becoming the youngest woman in the world to achieve the feat. If her climbing skills, physical fitness, and mental strength impressed her seniors, her concern for others and desire to work together with them found her a special place in the hearts of fellow climbers.

During the 1992 Everest mission, Santosh Yadav provided special care to a climber who lay dying at the South Col. She was unfortunately unsuccessful in saving him. However, she managed to save another climber, Mohan Singh, who would have met with the same fate if she not shared her oxygen with him. Within twelve months, Santosh found herself a member of an Indo-Nepalese Women’s Expedition that invited her to join them. She then conquered the Everest a second time.

She was given Padmashri Award. She is also a fervent environmentalist. Santosh collected and brought down 500 kilograms of garbage from the Himalayas.

Santosh Yadav Introduction in Hindi

‘Reach for the Top’ विषय दो भागों में विभाजित किया गया है। विषय का प्रत्येक भाग दो युवा लड़कियों की बहादुरी की कहानी से संबंधित है। पहले भाग में नायिका एक युवा पर्वतारोही संतोष यादव है और दूसरे भाग की नायिका दुनिया की टैनिस हस्ती मारिया शरापोवा है।

संतोष यादव का जन्म हरियाणा राज्य के एक छोटे से गांव में हुआ। वह एक किसान परिवार से संबंधित थी। उसका परिवार परम्परागत मूल्यों का विचारक पात्र था और वे अपने वर्तमान रीति-रिवाजों के प्रति दृढ़ थे, परंतु उसने अपनी सख्त कोशिशों के कारण उच्चतम प्रतिष्ठा की ऊँचाइयों को छुआ। इसी तरह, मारिया शरापोवा ने भी अपनी सख्त कोशिशों से टैनिस की दुनिया में नाम ऊँचा किया। वह दुनिया की नंबर एक की टैनिस हस्ती बनी और अब आधुनिक संसार की आकर्षक हस्ती बनी।

Santosh Yadav Summary in Hindi

संतोष यादव का जन्म एक परम्परागत परिवार में हुआ। उसके पाँच भाई थे। उसका जन्म हरियाणा के रेवाड़ी जिले के जौनियावास नामक छोटे से गांव में हुआ। लड़की का नाम संतोष रखा गया, जिसका अर्थ है संतुष्टि। लेकिन जीवन के परम्परागत ढंग से संतोष हमेशा संतुष्ट नहीं थी। उसने शुरू से ही अपनी इच्छा से जीवन जीने की ठान ली थी। जहाँ अन्य लड़कियाँ परम्परागत भारतीय पोशाक पहनती थी, वही संतोष निक्कर पसंद करती थी।

संतोष के माता-पिता संपन्न भूमिपति थे जो अपने बच्चों को बढ़िया स्कूल में भेजने का भार वहन कर सकते थे, वे अपने बच्चों को देश की राजधानी दिल्ली में भी भेज सकते थे क्योंकि यह उनके बहुत निकट था। लेकिन, परम्परा का निर्वहन करते हुए जो रिवाज परिवार में प्रचलित था, तो संतोष को अपने गांव के स्थानीय स्कूल में ही पढ़ाई करनी पड़ी।

16 वर्ष की आयु में उसके माता-पिता उसका विवाह करना चाहते थे। उसने अपने माता-पिता को धमकी दे दी कि यदि उसने उचित पढ़ाई नहीं की तो वह कभी भी शादी नहीं करवाएगी। उसने घर छोड़ दिया और दिल्ली के एक स्कूल में अपना दाखिला करा लिया। जब उसके माता-पिता ने उसकी पढ़ाई का खर्चा देने से मना कर दिया, तो उसने विनम्रतापूर्वक उन्हें बता दिया कि वह स्कूल समय के पश्चात नौकरी करके अपना खर्चा चला लेगी। तब उसके माता-पिता उसकी पढ़ाई का खर्चा उठाने पर सहमत हो गए।

संतोष ने हाई स्कूल की परीक्षा पास कर ली और वह जयपुर चली गई। उसने महारानी कॉलेज में दाखिला ले लिया तथा कस्तूरबा हॉस्टल में कमरा ले लिया। अरावली पर्वतों को निहारते हुए पर्वतारोहण के प्रति उसका प्यार उमड़ पड़ा। उसने धन की बचत की और उत्तरकाशी में स्थित ‘नेहरू पर्वतारोही संस्थान’ में प्रवेश किया।

इसके पश्चात से, संतोष हर वर्ष पर्वतारोहण पर जाने लग गई। उसकी पर्वतों पर चढ़ने की निपुणताएँ तेजी से परिपक्व हो ही उसमें ठण्ड और ऊंचाई के प्रति कठोर प्रतिस्पर्धात्मक शक्ति का विकास हो गया। एक फौलादी इच्छा शक्ति, शारीरिक सहनशीलता और एक हैरान कर देने वाली मानसिक मजबूती, उसने इस सबका बार-बार प्रदर्शन किया।

उसके द्वारा किए गए कठोर परिश्रम तथा लगन उसको 1992 में प्रसिद्धि के शिखर पर ले गए। जब उसने शरमाते हुए अरावली के पर्वतारोहियों से पूछा था कि क्या वे उसे अपने साथ शामिल कर सकते हैं।

मुश्किल से 20 वर्ष की आयु में, संतोष यादव ने माऊंट एवरेस्ट की चोटी पर विजय प्राप्त कर ली और वह पूरी दुनिया की वह पर्वतारोही बन गई जिसने इतनी कम आयु में यह सफलता पा ली। यदि उसकी पर्वतों पर चढ़ने की प्रवीणता, शारीरिक योग्यता और मानसिक शक्ति ने उसके वरिष्ठ अफसरों को प्रसन्न किया बल्कि दूसरों के प्रति उसकी और उनके साथ मिलकर काम करने की इच्छा ने उसके साथ पर्वतारोहण कर रहे पर्वतारोहियों के मन में विशेष स्थान बना दिया।

1992 के माऊंट एवरेस्ट मिशन के दौरान, संतोष यादव ने एक पर्वतारोही की जो दक्षिणी दर्रे पर पड़ा दम तोड़ रहा था की विशेष देखभाल की। उसका दुर्भाग्य रहा कि वह उसे बचा नहीं सकी। जबकि वह एक-दूसरे पर्वतारोही, मोहन सिंह, को बचाने में सफल रही जिसका कि पहले वाले पर्वतारोही के समान हश्र होता यदि वह अपना ऑक्सीजन उसके साथ न बांटती।

12 महीनों के अंतर्गत संतोष ने स्वयं को भारतीय नेपाल महिला पर्वतारोही दल के सदस्य के रूप में पाए, जिसने कि इसका सदस्य बनने के लिए आमंत्रित किया था। तब उसने दूसरी बार माऊंट एवरेस्ट पर विजय प्राप्त की।

उसने पद्मश्री पुरस्कार को प्राप्त किया। वह एक सच्ची-पक्की पर्यावरणविद् भी है। संतोष हिमालय के ऊपर से लगभग 500 किलोग्राम कूड़ा-कर्कट एकत्र करके नीचे लाई है।

Santosh Yadav Word-Meanings

(Page 99) :
Regarded = considered = माना जाना; blessing = boon = आशीर्वाद, वरदान; curse = a bad omen = अभिशाप; expecting = hoping = उम्मीद होना; assumed = thought = सोचा; holy man = saint = साथ; destiny = luck = भाग्य।

(Page 100) :
Contentment = satisfaction = संतुष्टि; determination = true resolution = दृढ़ निश्चय; affluent = richiprosper = संपन्न; afford = bear = वहन करना; in line with = according to a का अनुसरण करते हुए, prevailing = the normal system = प्रचलित; the last thing = the least important thing – सबसे महत्त्वहीन बात; enrolled = got admission = दाखिला ले लिया; urge = desire = इच्छा।

(Page 101) :
Vanishing = getting out of sight = आंखों से ओझल हो जाते हुए: check out = find out = पता लगाना; affirmative = positive = सकारात्मक; motivated = inspired = प्रेरित किया; headed straight for = went toward – सीधा चला गया; apology = forgiveness = क्षमा याचना; expedition = risky job – जोखिमपूर्ण कार्य; rapidly = lastly = तेजी से; resistance = opposite power = प्रतिरोधक शक्ति; altitude = height = ऊंचाई; equipped – furnished = सुसज्जित; endurance = tolerance = सहनशक्ति; culmination = top point = चरम बिंदु ।

(Page 102) :
Securing = getting = प्राप्त करते हुए: unique a strange = अद्भुत; annals = history = इतिहास; top honours a highest awards = सर्वोच्च पुरस्कार; literally in reality = सचमुच; enormity = hugeness = विशालता; held it aloft = held it up high = ऊंचा रखना; fervent = strong and sincere feeling = सच्चा -पक्का ; garbage = rubbish = कूड़ा-कर्कट।

Santosh Yadav Translation in Hindi

(Page 99)
पढ़ने से पहले-

• एक पल के लिए सोचिए और तीन से लेकर पांच तक ऐसे लोगों की सूची बनाइए जो आपके आदर्श पुरुष हैं, और जिनकी उपलब्धियों की आप बहुत अधिक प्रशंसा करते हैं। आपके आदर्श जीवन के किसी भी क्षेत्र से हो सकते हैं-खेल, चिकित्सा, पत्रकारिता और कला या संस्कृति।।
• तब आपका अध्यापक आपकी पसंदों के बारे में बचा करके आपकी कक्षा के पाँच प्रथम आदशों का पता लगाएगा।

1. केवल मात्र एक महिला जिसने माऊंट एवरेस्ट पर दो बार विजय प्राप्त की का जन्म एक ऐसे समाज में हुआ था जिसमें बेटे का जन्म एक वरदान माना जाता था और यद्यपि कन्या को यदि अभिशाप नहीं माना जाता था. तो समाज में उसका उतना स्वागत नहीं होता था। जब उसकी मां संतोष को जन्म देने की स्थिति में थी तो एक घूमते हुए ‘पवित्र व्यक्ति ने उसकी मां की इस इच्छा का अनुमान लगाते हुए कि वह पुत्र चाहती है अपना वरदान दे दिया।

लेकिन, प्रत्येक के लिए हैरानी की बात यह थी कि उस बिन जन्मे बच्चे की दादी, जोकि उस समय वहीं पर खड़ी थी, ने पवित्र व्यक्ति को बताया कि उन्हें बेटे की चाह नहीं है। ‘पवित्र व्यक्ति’ भी हैरान था। लेकिन फिर भी उसने वांछित वरदान दे दिया और जैसा भाग्य में होगा वरदान भी वैसे ही करेगा, ऐसा लगा कि वरदान ने काम कर दिया। संतोष परिवार का छठा बच्चा थी, उससे बड़े बच्चे पाँच लड़के थे, वह पाँच भाइयों की अकेली बहन थी। उसका जन्म हरियाणा के रेवाड़ी जिले के जीनियावास नामक छोटे से गांव में हुआ था।

(Page 100)
2. लड़की का नाम संतोष रखा गया, जिसका अर्थ है ‘संतुष्टि’ । लेकिन जीवन के परम्परागत ढंग से संतोष हमेशा संतुष्ट नहीं यी। उसने शुरू से ही अपनी इच्छा से जीवन जीने की ठान ली थी। जहाँ अन्य लड़कियाँ परम्परागत भारतीय पोशाक पहनतीं थी, वहीं संतोष निक्कर पसंद करती थी। पिछले दिनों के बारे में सोचती हुई वह कहती है, “शुरू से ही मैंने पक्का निश्चय कर लिया था कि यदि मैंने सही (और तर्कसंगत) मार्ग का चयन कर लिया है तो मेरे आसपास के लोग तो अपनी राय बदल सकते हैं परंतु मैं नहीं।”

3. संतोष के माता-पिता सम्पन्न भूमिपति थे जो अपने बच्चों को बढ़िया स्कूल में भेजने का भार वहन कर सकते थे, वे अपने बच्चों को देश की राजधानी दिल्ली में भी भेज सकते थे क्योंकि यह उनके बहुत निकट थी। लेकिन परम्परा का निर्वहन करते हुए जो रिवाज परिवार में प्रचलित था तो संतोष को अपने गांव के स्थानीय स्कूल में ही पढ़ाई करनी पड़ी।

इसलिए, उसने इस व्यवस्था के खिलाफ अपने ही ढंग से सही वक्त आने पर लड़ने का निर्णय लिया। और वह सही समय तब आया जब वह सोलह वर्ष की हो गई। सोलह वर्ष की आयु में उसके गांव की अधिकतर लड़कियों की शादी हो जाती थी। संतोष पर भी उसके माता-पिता की ओर से शादी करने का दबाव था।

4. उस समय इतनी जल्दी होने वाली शादी का उसके लिए जरा-सा भी महत्त्व नहीं था। उसने अपने माता-पिता को धमकी दे दी कि यदि उसने उचित पढ़ाई नहीं की तो वह कभी भी शादी नहीं करवाएगी। उसने घर छोड़ दिया और दिल्ली के एक स्कूल में अपना दाखिला करा लिया।

जब उसके माता-पिता ने उसकी पढ़ाई का खर्चा देने से मना कर दिया, तो उसने विनम्रतापूर्वक उन्हें बता दिया कि वह स्कूल समय के पश्चात नौकरी करके अपने स्कूल की फीस दे देगी। तब उसके माता-पिता उसकी पढ़ाई का खर्चा उठाने पर सहमत हो गए।

5. सदा वह इच्छा लिए हुए कि वह ‘कुछ ज्यादा ही पढ़ेगी और उसका पिता उसके द्वारा अधिक पढ़ाई करने की इच्छा के प्रति आदी होने लगा। संतोष ने हाई स्कूल की परीक्षा पास कर ली और वह जयपुर चली गई। उसने महारानी कॉलेज में दाखिला ले लिया तथा कस्तूरबा हॉस्टल में कमरा ले लिया। संतोष को याद है, “कस्तूरबा हॉस्टल अरावली पहाड़ियों के सामने था।”

(Page 101)
में अपने कमरे से गांव वालों को पहाड़ी के ऊपर चढ़ते हुए देखती थी और वे अचानक ही कुछ समय के पश्चात अदृश्य हो जाते थे। एक दिन मैंने स्वयं ही जाकर पता लगाने का निर्णय लिया। वहीं मुझे कुछ पर्वतारोहियों के सिवाय कुछ भी नजर नहीं आया। मैंने उनसे पूछा कि क्या मैं उनमें शामिल हो सकती हूँ। और मुझे इस बात का सुखद आश्चर्य हुआ कि उन्होंने हाँ कर दी और मुझे पर्वतारोहण के प्रति प्रेरित किया।

6. तब इस दृढ़ निश्चय वाली लड़की के सामने पीछे देखने जैसी कोई बात नहीं थी। उसने पैसे बचाए और उत्तरकाशी में स्थित ‘नेहरू पर्वतारोही संस्थान’ में प्रवेश ले लिया। “जयपुर में मेरी अर्धवार्षिक परीक्षा अप्रैल के अंत तक समाप्त हो सकती थी, लेकिन वे 19 मई को जाकर समाप्त हुई। और मैं 21 मई को उत्तरकाशी में पहुँच सकती थी।

इसलिए, मैं घर वापस नहीं आई और सीधे ही प्रशिक्षण के लिए चली गई। मुझे अपने पिता को क्षमा-याचना से भरपूर एक पत्र लिखना पड़ा जिनकी आज्ञा के बिना मैंने स्वयं उत्तरकाशी में अपना दाखिला करवा लिया।

7. इसके पश्चात से संतोष हर वर्ष पर्वतारोहण पर जाने लग गई। उसकी पर्वतों पर चढ़ने की निपुणताएँ तेजी से परिपक्व हो गई। इसके साथ ही उसमें ठण्ड और ऊँचाई के प्रति कठोर प्रतिस्पर्धात्मक शक्ति का विकास हो गया। उसने स्वयं एक फोलादी इच्छाशक्ति, शारीरिक सहनशीलता और एक हैरान कर देने वाली मानसिक दृढ़ता को बार-बार साबित किया। उसके द्वारा किए गए कठोर परिश्रम तथा लगन उसको 1992 में प्रसिद्धि के शिखर पर ले गए, जब उसने शरमाते हुए अरावली के पर्वतारोहियों से पूछा था कि क्या वे उसे अपने साथ शामिल कर सकते हैं।

मुश्किल से 20 वर्ष की आयु में संतोष यादव ने माऊंट एवरेस्ट की चोटी पर विजय प्राप्त कर ली और वह पूरी दुनिया कि वह पर्वतारोही बन गई जिसने इतनी कम आयु में यह सफलता पा ली। यदि उसकी पर्वतों पर चढ़ने की प्रवीणता, शारीरिक योग्यता और मानसिक शक्ति ने उसके वरिष्ठ अफसरों को प्रसन्न किया बल्कि दूसरों के प्रति उसकी और उनके साथ मिलकर काम करने की इच्छा ने उसके साथ पर्वतारोहण कर रहे पर्वतारोहियों के मन में विशेष स्थान बना दिया।

(Page 102)
8. 1992 के माऊंट एवरेस्ट मिशन के दौरान, संतोष यादव ने एक पर्वतारोही की जो दक्षिणी दर्रे पर पड़ा दम तोड़ रहा था की विशेष देखभाल की। उसका दुर्भाग्य रहा कि वह उसे बचा नहीं सकी। जबकि वह एक अन्य पर्वतारोही ‘मोहन सिंह’ को बचाने में सफल रही जिसका कि पहले वाले पर्वतारोही के समान हश्र होता यदि वह अपना ऑक्सीजन उसके साथ न बांटती।

9. बारह महीनों के अंतर्गत संतोष ने स्वयं को भारतीय नेपाल महिला पर्वतारोही दल के सदस्य के रूप में पाया, जिसने कि इसका सदस्य बनने के लिए आमंत्रित किया था। तब उसने दूसरी बार माऊंट एवरेस्ट पर विजय प्राप्त की और अपने लिए तथा देश के लिए पर्वतारोहण के इतिहास में एक अद्भुत स्थान प्राप्त कर लिया है। उसकी प्राप्तियों की प्रशंसा करने के लिए भारतीय सरकार ने राष्ट्र के महान पुरस्कारों में से एक पद्मश्री प्रदान किया।

10. जब यह सचमुच की दुनिया में एक ऊंचे स्थान पर थी, संतोष कहती है, “उस पल की विशालता को समन्न पाने में मुझे कुछ समय लग गया… फिर मैंने भारतीय तिरंगे को फहराया और संसार की छत के ऊपर खड़े होकर इसे सबसे ऊपर कस कर पकड़े रखा। उस समय की भावनाओं का वर्णन कठिन है। भारतीय झंडा संसार में सबसे ऊंचा लहरा रहा था। यह सचमुच ही एक आध्यात्मिक क्षण था। भारतीय होने पर मुझे गर्व है।

वह एक सच्ची पक्की पर्यावरणविद् भी है। संतोष हिमालय के ऊपर से लगभग 500 किलोग्राम कूड़ा-कर्कट एकत्र करके नीचे लाई है।

Maria Sharapova Summary

Maria Sharapova Introduction in English

‘Reach for the Top’ topic has been bifurcated in two part. Each part of the topic contains a heroic story of two young girls. The heroine in the first part is a young Mountaineer Santosh Yadav and the heroine of the second part is Maria Sharapova a tennis sensation of the world. Santosh Yadav was bom in a small village of Haryana state. She belonged to a agriculturist family.

Her family was of the opinion of traditional values and they were adament to keep their prevailing customs but she rose to the highest glory by her hard efforts. In the same way Maria Sharapova rise to the top of tennis world by her hard efforts. She became the world’s number one tennis sensation and now becomes the most glamourous sensation of the modem world

Maria Sharapova Summary in English

There is something disarming about Maria Sharapova, something at odds with her ready smile and glamorous attire. And that something in her lifted her on Monday, 22 August 2005 to the world number one position in women’s tennis. All this happened in almost no time. However, the rapid ascent in a fiercely competitive world began nine years before with a level of sacrifice few children would be prepared to endure.

Little Maria had not yet celebrated her tenth birthday when she was packed off to train in the United States. That trip to Florida with her father Yuri launched her on the path to success and stardom. But, it also required a heart-wrenching two-year separation from her mother Yelena.

The latter was compelled to stay back in Siberia because of visa restrictions. The nine-year-old girl had already learnt an important lesson in life-that tennis excellence would only come at a price.

That toughness runs through Maria even today. It was the key to her bagging the ladies’ singles crown at Wimbledon in 2004 and to her meteoric rise to the world number one spot the following year. While her journey from the frozen plains of Siberia to the summit of women’s tennis has touched the hearts of tennis fans, for the youngster herself there appears to be no room for sentiment.

The straight looks and the answers she gives when asked about her ambition make it amply clear that she considers the sacrifices were worth it.

Like any number of teenaged sensations, Maria Sharapova lists fashion, singing and dancing as her hobbies. She loves reading the novels of Arthur Conan Doyle. Her fondness for sophisticated evening gowns appears at odds with her love of pancakes with chocolate spread and fizzy orange drinks.

Sharapova cannot be pigeon-holed or categorized. Her talent, unwavering desire to succeed and readiness to sacrifice have lifted her to the top of the world. Few would grudge her the riches she is now reaping.

Maria Sharapova Introduction in Hindi

‘Reach for the Top’ विषय दो भागों में विभाजित किया गया है। विषय का प्रत्येक भाग दो युवा लड़कियों की बहादुरी की कहानी से संबंधित है। पहले भाग में नायिका एक युवा पर्वतारोही संतोष यादव है और दूसरे भाग की नायिका दुनिया की टेनिस हस्ती मारिया शरापोवा है। संतोष यादव का जन्म हरियाणा राज्य के एक छोटे-से गाँव में हुआ।

वह एक किसान परिवार से संबंधित थी। उसका परिवार परम्परागत मूल्यों का विचारक पात्र था और वे अपने वर्तमान रीति-रिवाजों के प्रति दृढ़ थे, परंतु उसने अपनी सख्त कोशिशों के कारण उच्चतम प्रतिष्ठा की ऊंचाइयों को छुआ। इसी तरह, मारिया शरापोवा ने भी अपनी सख्ख कोशिशों से टेनिस की दुनिया में नाम ऊँचा किया। वह दुनिया की नंबर एक की टैनिस शख्सीयत बनी और अब आधुनिक संसार की आकर्षक शख्सीयत बनी।

Maria Sharapova Summary in Hindi

मारिया शरापोवा के बारे में निहत्था कर देने वाली और उसकी हर समय बनी रहने वाली मस्कान तथा सुंदर भड़कीली पोशाक से कोई चीज मेल नहीं खाती। तथा उस किसी चीज ने उसे सोमवार, 22 अगस्त, 2005 को महिला टैनिस में विश्व के प्रथम स्थान पर बिठा दिया। यह सब कुछ बहुत कम समय में हो गया। लेकिन भयानक रूप से प्रतिस्पर्धात्मक विश्व में तेज गति से यह चढ़ाई बलिदान के ऐसे स्तर के साथ नौ साल पहले शुरु हो चुकी थी जोकि बहुत कम बच्चे ऐसा करने को तैयार हो पाते हैं।

नन्ही मारिया ने अभी अपना दसवां जन्मदिन भी नहीं मनाया था कि जब उसे प्रशिक्षण प्राप्त करने के लिए संयुक्त राज्य अमेरिका भेज दिया गया। अपने पिता यूरी के साथ फ्लोरिडा की उस यात्रा ने उसे सफलता और प्रसिद्धि के रास्ते पर चला दिया। लेकिन इसके लिए उसको अपनी माँ येलेना से दो साल के लिए दिल को निचोड़ देने वाली जुदाई की आवश्यकता थी। वीजा की समस्याओं की वजह से मां साइबेरिया में रह गई। उस नौ वर्षीय लड़की ने जीवन का महत्त्वपूर्ण पाठ पहले ही सीख लिया था कि टैनिस में सफलता की एक कीमत चुकानी पड़ती है।

उस मजबूती का संचार मारिया में आज भी होता है। यही रहस्य था कि 2004 में उसने विम्बलडन में महिला एकल के खिताब को जीत लिया तथा अगले ही वर्ष संसार की नंबर एक पदवी पर अतिशीघ्रता से पहुँचने की सफलता का। जबकि साइबेरिया के बर्फीले मैदानों से लेकर टैनिस की चोटी तक पहुंचने के उसके सफर ने टैनिस प्रेमियों के दिलों को छू लिया है, स्वयं उस नवयौवना के लिए भावुक होने का कोई स्थान नहीं है।

जब उससे उसके लक्ष्य के बारे में सवाल पूछा जाता है तो उसकी सीधी नजरें और वह जवाब जो वह देती है इस बात को बिल्कुल स्पष्ट कर देते हैं कि वह अपने बलिदानों को इसके योग्य मानती है।

बन चके बहत से सितारों की भाति मारिया शरापोवा को फैशन. गाने तथा नृत्य का शौक है। वह आर्थर कोनन डॉयल के उपन्यास पढ़ना पसंद करती है। अति सुंदर और महंगे सांयकालीन गाऊनों के प्रति उसका शोक, चाकलेट वाले केकों तथा सू-सू करते संतरे के पेय पदार्थों के साथ मेल नहीं खाता है। शरापोवा को किसी एक वर्ग या श्रेणी से जोड़कर नहीं देखा जा सकता।

उसकी योग्यता, सफल होने के लिए दृढ़ इच्छा और त्याग करने की तत्परता ने उसे दुनिया के शिखर पर बिठा दिया है। जो धन आज उसे प्राप्त हो रहा है, उसके लिए कोई भी आज उससे ईर्ष्या नहीं करेगा।

Maria Sharapova Word-Meanings

(PAGE 104) :
Disarming = making argument less = निहत्था कर देने वाली; glamorous = attractive : मनमोहक; attire = dress = पोशाक; poised = on a high position = ऊँचे स्तर पर: teenager = between the age group of thirteen to nineteen years = किशोरावस्था: pinnacle = summitvtop = शिखर।

(PAGE 105) :
Endure = hear= सहन करना; launched = sent forth = रास्ते पर डाल दिया; heart-wrenching – very painful = हृदय को निचोड़ देने वाला; restrictions = boundings = प्रतिबंध।

(PAGES 106-107) :
Tidy up a to make beautiful = संवारना; depress = make sad = उदास कर देना; quitting leaving – छोड़ना; humiliation = insult = अपमान; meteoric rise = getting quick success = अतिशीघ्र सफलता पाना; summits top/highest peak = शिखर; amply = sufficiently = पर्याप्त रूप से; worth = value= मूल्य/कीमत; pronounced clearly = स्पष्ट रूप से; accent = style of speaking = बोलने का लहजा; sophisticated = beautiful/purified – सुंदर परिष्कृत; unwavering = that cannot be waved = अटल: grudge = hatred = घृणा; monetary = related to money = धन संबंधी।

Maria Sharapova translation in Hindi

(Page 104)
पढ़ने से पहले-
मारिया शरापोवा नाम की एक रूसी बाला मात्र 18 वर्ष की आयु में टैनिस की दुनिया के शिखर पर पहुंच गई। जब आप उसके बारे में पढ़ोगे तो आप उसके और संतोष यादव के बीच तुलना कर सकते हैं।

1. मारिया शरापोवा के बारे में निहत्या कर देने वाली और उसकी हर समय बनी रहने वाली मुस्कान तथा सुंदर भड़कीली पोशाक से कोई चीज मेल नहीं खाती। तथा उस किसी चीज ने उसे सोमवार 22 अगस्त, 2005 को महिला टेनिस में विश्व के प्रथम स्थान पर बिठा दिया। यह सब कुछ बहुत कम समय में हो गया। अपनी आयु से कहीं अधिक ऊँची जगह पर टिकी हुई इस साइबेरिया में पैदा हुई नवयौवना ने एक व्यवसायी के रूप में चोटी पर पहुंचने में चार साल लगाए।

(Page 105)
2. लेकिन भयानक रूप से प्रतिस्पर्धात्मक विश्व में तेज गति से यह चढ़ाई बलिदान के ऐसे स्तर के साथ नौ साल पहले शुरु हो चुकी थी जोकि बहुत कम बच्चे ऐसा करने को तैयार हो पाते हैं। नन्ही मारिया ने अभी अपना दसवां जन्मदिन भी नहीं मनाया था कि जब उसे प्रशिक्षण प्राप्त करने के लिए संयुक्त राज्य अमेरिका भेज दिया गया।

अपने पिता यूरी के साथ फ्लोरिडा की उस यात्रा ने उसे सफलता और प्रसिद्धि के रास्ते पर चला दिया। लेकिन इसके लिए उसको अपनी मां येलेना से दो साल के लिए दिल को निचोड़ देने वाली जुदाई की आवश्यकता थी। वीजा की समस्याओं की वजह से उसकी मां को साइबेरिया में रहना पड़ा। उस नौ वर्षीय लड़की ने जीवन का महत्त्वपूर्ण पाठ पहले ही सीख लिया था कि टैनिस में सफलता की एक कीमत चुकानी पड़ती है।

3. मारिया शरापोवा स्मरण करती हुई कहती है, “मैं बिल्कुल अकेली हो जाती थी।” “मुझे अपनी माँ की बहुत अधिक याद आती थी। मेरे पिता जी इतना परिश्रम करते थे जितना कि वे कर सकते थे ताकि मेरी टैनिस प्रशिक्षण जारी रह सके। इसलिए ये भी मुझसे नहीं मिल पाते थे।”

4. “क्योंकि मैं बहुत ही छोटी थी, मैं रात्रि 8 बजे सो जाती थी। अन्य टेनिस खिलाड़ी रात्रि ग्यारह बजे आते थे और मुझे जगा देते थे तथा आदेश देते थे कि मैं कमरे को संवारूँ तथा उसे साफ करूँ।”

(Pages 106-107)
5. “इस बात से निराश हो जाने के बजाय मैं और अधिक शांत दृढ़निश्चयी और मानसिक रूप से मजबूत बन गई। मैंने स्वयं की देखभाल करना सीख लिया। मैंने समर्पण कर देने की बात तो कभी सोची भी नहीं, क्योंकि मैं जानती थी कि मुझे क्या चाहिए था।

जब आप धूल से उठे होते हो और आपके पास कुछ नहीं होता है, तब यह आपको बहुत भूखा और दृढनिश्चयी बना देता है मैं इससे भी कहीं अधिक अपमान और बेइज्जती को सहन कर सकती थी ताकि मैं अपने स्वप्न के पीछे मजबूती से लगी हूँ।”

6. उस मजबूती का संचार मारिया में आज भी होता है। यही रहस्य था कि 2004 में उसने विम्बलडन में महिला एकल के खिताब को जीत लिया तथा अगले ही वर्ष संसार की नंबर एक पदवी पर अतिशीघ्रता से पहुंचने की सफलता का।

7. जबकि साइबेरिया के बर्फीले मैदानों से लेकर टैनिस की चोटी तक पहुंचने के उसके सफर ने टैनिस प्रेमियों के दिलों को छू लिया है, स्वयं उस नवयौवना के लिए भावुक होने का कोई स्थान नहीं है। जब उससे उसके लक्ष्य के बारे में सवाल पूछा जाता है तो उसकी सीधी नजरें और वह जवाब जो वह देती है इस बात को बिल्कुल स्पष्ट कर देते हैं कि वह अपने बलिदानों को इसके योग्य मानती है। “मैं बहुत ही स्पर्धापूर्ण हूँ। मैं जो भी करती हूँ, उस पर मेहनत करती हूँ। यह मेरा काम है।” उसकी सफलता का यही मंत्र है।

8. यद्यपि मारिया शरापोवा एक स्पष्ट अमेरिकी लहजे के साथ बोलती है, यह गर्व के साथ अपनी रूसी राष्ट्रीयता का प्रदर्शन करती है। सभी संदेहों को स्पष्ट करते हुए वह कहती है, “मैं रूसी हूँ। यह बात सच है कि मेरे जीवन में अमेरिका की भी एक बहुत बड़ी भूमिका है। लेकिन मैं रूसी नागरिक हूँ। मेरा खून पूर्णतः रूसी है। यदि वे चाहते हैं तो मैं रूस की ओर से ही ओलंपिक खेलूंगी।’

9. किशोरावस्था में सनसनी बन चुके बहुत से सितारों की भाति मारिया शरापोवा को फैशन, गाने तथा नृत्य का शौक है। वह आर्थर कोनन डॉयल के उपन्यास पढ़ना पसंद करती है। अति सुंदर और महंगे सांयकालीन गाऊनों के प्रति उसका शौक, चॉकलेट वाले केकों तथा सूं-सूं करते संतरे के पेय पदार्थों के साथ मेल नहीं खाता है।

10. मारिया शरापोवा को किसी एक वर्ग या श्रेणी से जोड़कर नहीं देखा जा सकता। उसकी योग्यता, सफल होने के लिए दृढ़ इच्छा और त्याग करने की तत्परता ने उसे दुनिया के शिखर पर बिठा दिया है। जो धन आज उसे प्राप्त हो रहा है, उसके लिए कोई भी आज उससे घृणा नहीं करेगा। टैनिस से प्राप्त होने वाली आय के बारे में वह यह कहती है, “निःसंदेह धन एक प्रेरणा होता है। टैनिस एक व्यवसाय और एक खेल है। लेकिन सबसे महत्त्वपूर्ण चीज है दुनिया में नंबर एक बनना। यही स्वप्न है जो मझे आगे बढ़ने के लिए गतिमान रखता है।”

Haryana State Board HBSE 9th Class English Solutions Beehive Chapter 9 The Bond of Love Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Haryana Board 9th Class English Solutions Beehive Chapter 9 The Bond of Love

HBSE 9th Class English The Bond of Love Textbook Questions and Answers

The Bond Of Love Question Answers HBSE 9th Class

Thinking about Text

I. Given in the box are some headings. Find the relevant paragraphs in the text to match the headings.

EM orphaned cub; Bruno’s food-chart; an accidental case of poisoning; playful Baba of separation; joy of reunion, A request to the zoo; An island in the courtyard.
1. An orphaned cub – Paragraph 3
2. Bruno’s food-chart – Paragraph 6
3. An accidental case of poisoning – Paragraph 8
4. Playful Baba – Paragraph 7
5. Pain of separation – Paragraph 14
6. Joy of reunion – Paragraph 16
7. A request to the zoo – Paragraph 19
8. An island in the courtyard – Paragraph 21

II. Answer the following questions.

The Bond Of Love Question Answer HBSE 9th Class Question 1.
‘I got him for her by accident.
(“मैंने अचानक ही उसको उसके लिए पा लिया।”)

(i) Who says this?
(यह कौन कहता है?)
Answer:
The author says this.

(यह लेखक कहता है।)

(ii) Who do ‘him’ and ‘her’ refer to?
(‘him’ और ‘her’ शब्द किसके लिए प्रयोग किए गए हैं?)
Answer:
The word ‘him’ refers to the sloth bear and ‘her’ refers to the author’s wife.

(‘him’ शब्द स्लॉथ रीछ के लिए प्रयोग किया गया है और ‘her’ शब्द लेखक की पत्नी के लिए प्रयोग किया गया है।)

(iii) What is the incident referred to here?
(यहाँ किस घटना का वर्णन किया गया है?)
Answer:
It is the incident when the author and his friends were passing through the sugarcane fields near Mysore. They saw a black sloth bear in their way. One of the author’s companions shot the bear. It was a mother bear. It died on the spot leaving behind its orphaned cub. The author picked up the cub and brought home for his wife..

(यह वह घटना है जब लेखक और उसके मित्र मैसूर के निकट से एक गन्ने के खेतों के बीच से गुजर रहे थे। एक काले रंग का सुस्त रीछ उनके मार्ग में आ गया। लेखक के एक मित्र ने रीछ को गोली मार दी। वह एक माँ रीछ थी। वह अपने अनाथ बच्चे को छोड़कर तुरंत मर गई। लेखक ने रीछ के बच्चे को उठा लिया और अपनी पत्नी के लिए घर ले आया।)

Class 9th Beehive Chapter 9 Question Answer HBSE Question 2.
‘He stood on his head in delight.’
(‘वह खुशी के मारे अपने सिर पर खड़ा हो गया।)

(i) Who does the’ refer to?
(‘वह’ कौन है?)
Answer:
‘He’ refers to Bruno or Baba, the pet bear.

(‘वह’ ब्रूनो अर्थात् बाबा, पालतू रीछ है।)

(ii) Why was he delighted?
(वह प्रसन्न क्यों था?)
Answer:
He was delighted to see the author’s wife. He howled with happiness. When the author’s wife petted him through the bars, he stood on his head in delight.

(वह लेखक की पत्नी को देखकर प्रसन्न था। वह खुशी से चिल्लाया। जब लेखक की पत्नी ने उसे सलाखों के बीच से पुचकारा तो वह खुशी के मारे अपने सिर पर खड़ा हो गया।)

Question 3.
‘We all missed him greatly; but in a sense we were relieved.
(‘हमें उसकी बहत अधिक याद आ रही थी; परंतु एक प्रकार से हम राहत भी महसस कर रहे थे।)

(i) Who does ‘we all’ stand for?
(‘हम सभी’ किसके लिए प्रयोग किया गया है?)
Answer:
“We all’ stands for the author, his wife, his sons and his friends.

(‘हम सभी’ लेखक, उसकी पत्नी, उसके बेटों तथा उसके मित्रों के लिए प्रयोग किया गया है।)

(ii) Who did they miss?
(उन्हें किसकी याद सताती थी?)
Answer:
They missed Brano or Baba because he had been sent to 700.

(उन्हें ब्रूनो अर्थात् बाबा की याद सताती थी, क्योंकि उसे चिड़ियाघर भेजा जा चुका था।)

(iii) Why did they nevertheless feel relieved?
(वि राहत क्यों महसूस कर रहे थे?)
Answer:
They felt relieved that the bear was going to the zoo. Now it had become too big to be kept at home.

(उन्हें राहत महसूस हुई क्योंकि रीछ चिड़ियाघर जा रहा था। वह अब इतना बड़ा हो गया था कि उसे घर पर नहीं रखा जा सकता था।)

III. Answer the following questions in 30 to 40 words each:

Question 1.
On two occasions Bruno ate/drank something that should not be eaten/drunk. What happened to him on these occasions?
(दो अवसरों पर बनो ने किसी ऐसी चीज को खा लिया था और पी लिया था जिसे खाया या पीया नहीं जाना चाहिए था। इन अवसरों पर उसके साथ क्या हुआ था?)
Answer:
On one occasion Bruno ate barium carbonate poison which was kept by the author in his library for killing rats. Bruno got paralysis. He was taken to a veterinary doctor. He gave Bruno two injections of antidote. It cured Bruno. On another occasion Bruno drank one gallon of engine oil. But it had no ill effects on Bruno.

(एक अवसर पर ब्रूनो ने बेरियम कानिट जहर खा लिया था जिसे लेखक ने अपने पुस्तकालय में चूहों को मारने के लिए रखा था। बूनो को लकवा हो गया। उसे एक पशु चिकित्सक के पास ले जाया गया। उसने ब्रूनो को दो जहर रोधी टीके लगाए। इससे ब्रूनो स्वस्थ हो गया। दूसरे अवसर पर ब्रूनो ने एक गैलन ईंजन का पुराना तेल पी लिया था। परंतु इसका ब्रूनो के ऊपर कोई बुरा प्रभाव नहीं पड़ा।)

Question 2.
Was Bruno a loving and playful pet? Why, then, did he have to be sent away?
(क्या ब्रूनो एक प्यारा और खेल प्रेमी पालतू पशु वा? तब, उसे चिड़ियाघर में क्यों भेजा गया?)
Answer:
Bruno was a loving and playful pet. He loved the author’s wife very much. Now he had become very strong and powerful. He had to be sent to zoo because of the tenant’s small children. It was feared lest he should make them harm.

(ब्रूनो एक बहुत ही प्यारा और खेल प्रेमी पशु था। वह लेखक की पत्नी से बहुत प्यार करता था। अब वह बहुत बड़ा और शक्तिशाली हो गया था। उसे किराएदार के छोटे-छोटे बच्चों के कारण चिड़ियाघर भेजा गया। इस बात का भय था कि कहीं वह उन बच्चों को कोई नुकसान न पहुँचा दे।)

Question 3.
How was the problem of what to do with Bruno finally solved?
(ब्रूनो का क्या किया जाए इस बात का हल अंततः किस प्रकार ढूंढा गया?)
Answer:
The author’s family finally decided to send Bruno to zoo. They wrote a letter to the curator of the zoo if he wanted a tame bear for his zoo. He gave a positive response. Bruno was sent to zoo in a cage.

(लेखक के परिवार ने अंततः ब्रूनो को चिड़ियाघर भेजने का निर्णय कर लिया। उन्होंने चिड़ियाघर के प्रभारी को एक पत्र लिखा कि क्या उसे अपने चिड़ियाघर के लिए एक रीछ चाहिए। उसने एक सकारात्मक उत्तर दिया । ब्रूनो को एक पिंजरे में डालकर भेज दिया गया।)

Thinking about language

I.
Question 1.
Find these words in the lesson. They all have ie or ei in them.

1. f_ _ld
2. ingred_ _nts
3. h_ _ght
4. misch_ _vous
5. fr_ _nds
6. _ _ghty-seven
7. rel_ _ved
8. p_ _ce

Answer:

1. field
2. ingredients
3. height
4. mischievous
5. friends
6. eighty-seven
7. relieved
8. piece

2. Now here are some more words. Complete them with ei or ie. Consult a dictionary if necessary.

1. bel_ _ve
2. rec_ _ve
3. w_ _rd
4. I_ _sure
5. s_ _ze
6. w_ _ ght
7. r_ _gn
8. f_ _gn
9. gr_ _f
10. p_ _rce

(There is a popular rule of spelling : ‘i’ before ‘e’ except after ‘c’. Check if this rule is true by looking at the words above.)
Answer:

1. believe
2. receive
3. weird
4. leisure
5. seize
6. weight
7. reign
8. feign
9. grief
10. pierce

II. Here are some words with silent letters. Learn their spelling. Your teacher will dictate these words to you. Write them down and underline the silent letters.

Answer:

III. How to look at an Index

An index is a list of names or topics that are to be found in a book. It is a list arranged in alphabetical order at the end of a book.

The following paragraph shows that the doctor is consulting the index of a medical book to find out which injection is appropriate for Bruno.

“Out came his medical books, and a feverish reference to index began : What poison did you say, sir?”
“Barium carbonate”. “Ah yes-B-Ba-Barium Salts-Ah! Barium carbonate! Symptoms-paralysis-treatment- injections of …………… Just a minute, sir. I’ll bring my syringe and the medicine.”

1. You have read about the French Revolution and you want to know more about the Third Estate in the context of the French Revolution. You can refer to the index of the book Living World History by T. Walter Wallbank and Arnold Schrier :

On which pages in this book will you find information about the French Revolution and the Third Estate?

2. To know what ‘ F ood Security ’ and ‘Minimum Support Price ’ mean in the context ofthe economic growth of a country you can go to the subject index given below from Poverty and Famines-An Essay on Entitlement and Deprivation by Amartya Sen. Under which heading in the index are you likely to find these topics?

3. Given below is a portion of an Index page from the book ‘French’s Index of Differential Diagnosis’, edited by F. Dudley Hart M.D., F.R.C.P.

Study the entries and find out whether the following topics are discussed in the book.

• bronchitis due to cigarette smoking
• heart failure due to bronchitis
• bronchitis in children

IV.
Question 1.
The Narrative Present
Notice the incomplete sentences in the given paragraphs. Here the writer is using incomplete sentences in the narration to make the incident more dramatic or immediate. Can you rewrite the paragraph in complete sentences?
(You can begin : The vet and I made a dash back to the car. Bruno was still floundering…)

(i) A dash back to the car. Bruno still floundering about on his stumps, but clearly weakening rapidly; some vomiting, heavy breathing, with heaving flanks and gaping mouth.

Hold him, everybody! In goes the hypodermic-Bruno squeals-10 c.c. of the antidote enters his system without a drop being wasted. Ten minutes later : condition unchanged! Another 10 c.c. injected! Ten minutes later: breathing less stertorous-Bruno can move his arms and legs a little although he cannot stand yet. Thirty minutes later : Bruno gets up and has a great feed! He looks at us disdainfully, as much as to say, ‘What’s barium carbonate to a big black bear like me?’ Bruno is still eating.
Answer:
The vet and I made a dash back to the car. Bruno was still floundering about on his stumps, but clearly weakening rapidly. He was having vomiting, heavy breathing with heaving flanks and gasping mouth.

The vet says, “Hold him, everybody!” The vet gives an injection of hypodermic. As soon as the injection goes in, Bruno squeals. 10 c.c. of the antidote enters his system without a drop being wasted. Ten minutes later his condition remains unchanged.

Another 10 c.c. injected! Ten minutes later he started breathing less stertorous. Bruno can move his arms and legs a little although he can not stand yet. Thirty minutes later finally Bruno gets up and has a great feed! He looks at us disdainfully, as much as to say, ‘What’s barium carbonate to a big black bear like me?’ Bruno is still eating.

(ii) In the paragraph above from the story the verbs are in the present tense (eg. hold, goes, etc.). This gives the reader an impression of immediacy. The present tense is often used when we give a commentary on a game (cricket, football, etc.), or tell a story as if it is happening now. It is, therefore, called the narrative present.

You will read more about the present tense in unit 10.

Question 2.

Adverbs
Find the adverbs in the passage below. (You’ve read about adverbs in unit 1.)

We thought that everything was over when suddenly a black sloth bear came out panting in the hot sun. Now I will not shoot a sloth-bear wantonly but, unfortunately for the poor beast, one of my companions did not feel that way about it, and promptly shot the bear on the spot.

(i) Complete the following sentences, using a suitable adverb ending in-ly.
(a) Rana does her homework _______ .
(b) It rains _______ in Mumbai in June.
(c) He does his work _______ .
(d) The dog serves his master _______ .
Answer:
(a) clearly
(b) heavily
(c) slowly
(d) faithfully

(ii) Choose the most suitable adverbs or adverbial phrases and complete the following sentences.
(a) We should _______ get down from a moving train, (never, sometimes, often)
(b) I was _______ in need of support after my poor performance, (badly, occasionally, sometimes)
(c) Rita met with an accident. The doctor examined her _______ . (suddenly, seriously, immediately)
Answer:
(a) never
(b) badly
(c) immediately

Question 3.
Take down the following scrambled version of a story, that your teacher will dictate to you, with appropriate punctuation marks. They, read the scrambled story carefully and try to rewrite it rearranging the incidents.

A grasshopper, who was very hungry, saw her and said, “When did you get the com? I am dying of hunger.” She wanted to dry them. It was a cold winter’s day, and an ant was bringing out some grains of com from her home. She had gathered the com in summer.
“I was singing all day,” answered the grasshopper.
“If you sang all summer,” said the ant, “you can dance all winter.”
“What were you doing?” asked the ant again.
The grasshopper replied, “I was too busy.”
“I collected it in summer,” said the ant. “What were you doing in summer? Why did you not store some com?”
Answer:
It was a cold winter’s day, and an ant was bringing out some grains of com from her home. She had gathered the com in summer. She wanted to dry them. A grasshopper, who was very hungry, saw her and said, “When did you get the com? I am dying of hunger.” “I collected it in summer,” said the ant. “What were you doing in summer? Why did you not store some com?” The grasshopper replied, “I was too busy.” “What were you doing?” asked the ant again. “I was singing all day,” answered the grasshopper. “If you sang all summer,” said the ant, “you can dance all winter.”

Speaking

‘Animals also feel the pleasure of love and the pain of separation.’ Make a presentation by giving examples from your own experience.
Answer:
It is true that animals also feel the pleasure of love and the pain of separation. I can prove this point by mentioning, the experiences from my life. Last summer vacation I visited the house of my Nanaji. He lives in a village near Bhiwani. He is a farmer and has many cows. One of the cows is Lakshmi. It is an old cow. All the family members love it very much. I too started loving it.

One day some animal traders came to my Nanaji’s house. He sold the cow Lakshmi to them. They were taking the cow, but it would not go. They took it forcibly. But when it reached its new destination it was very sad. It felt the pain of separation from the house of my Nanaji. It refused to take food and drink water and kept weeping continuously till four days.

The people in that family could not bear this pain of the cow. They loaded it in a tractor-trolley and drove it back to my Nanaji’s house. As soon as the cow got down the trolley, its eyes gleamed. It was happy to be reunited. It drank water and ate grass from the hands of my Nanaji. I was so much impressed by watching all this. My Nanaji repaid their amount and kept the cow back.

Writing

Pets have unique care and handling requirements and should only be kept by those with the commitment to understand and meet their needs. Give your argument in support of or against this statement.
Answer:
Pets have the same understanding of love and pain as the human beings have. If we have any problem, we can express it to others very easily by speaking but if the animals have any such trouble, they can’t express themselves so easily because they can’t speak. We can understand their love and pain by their expression.

The pets should be kept only by those who have a commitment to understand and meet the needs of animals. If the person having pets is unable to understand the behaviour of his pets, their life becomes very troublesome. They deserve the same love and attention as we do to our dear ones.

There must be legal provisions to ban the cruelties on pets and these legal provisions must be put into practice strictly. If we are kind and noble to our pets it will be a great service to Almighty God because all these creatures are His creation.

OR

There is an on-going debate on whether snake charmers should continue in their profession. You can get some idea about the debate from the newspaper clipping (The Hindu, 16 June, 2004) given below. Read it, discuss in pairs or groups, and write either for or against the profession of Snake charmers.

REPORT COMES IN SUPPORT OF SNAKE CHARMERS
BY OUR STAFF REPORTER

NEW DELHI, JUNE 15. Over 30 years after the introduction of the Wildlife Protection Act (WPA) that banned the catching of snakes in India, a small community of snake charmers continues to practise the trade catching over 400,000 snakes every year – which ultimately die – in defiance of the law.

A report based on new research by the Wildlife Trust of India (WTI), however, has strongly recommended that the traditional knowledge of the snake charmers and skills be now utilised for education and medicine by setting up sapera centres. This is mainly because the community has virtually no access to land, education or employment opportunities. They are dependent on snake charming to earn a livelihood. They trade around as vendors of traditional medicine, snake catchers and musicians. Ignorance about the law is quite common.

The report entitled “Biodiversity, Livelihoods and the Law : The Case of the Jogi-Nath Snake Charmers of India” based on path-breaking research was formally released by the Inspector General of Forests. V.K. Bahuguna, along with a presentation by members of the sapera community in the Capital on Monday.

“Despite thirty years of the law being in existence, over 70 per cent of the Jogi-Naths are still dependent on snake charming to earn a livelihood. Ignorance about the law was quite common. None of them own land, even though they would like to,” said Bahar Dutt, who led this research. Notably, most of those practising the trade in the current generation are all under 35 years of ago.

Trapping occurs throughout the year and during their travels, though this activity increases during the monsoons. According to the data, each family on an average collects at least seven snakes.

Most snakes were force-fed and snake husbandry methods and health were found to be poor. “The snake charmers community council imposes a heavy fine on a person if the snake dies in his custody as it is considered an extremely bad omen. As a result, the snakes are released when the charmers realise that their condition is deteriorating,” said Dutt.

Their ambition to showcase the reptiles and earn money was not fulfilled, as they flouted four WPA provisions, for illegally’possessing the animals, not feeding them properly, causing injuries by extracting teeth unscientifically and killing snakes for the valuable snake parts and bones. Then- offence generally invites imprisonment for three to seven years and a fine up to Rs. 25,000 in each case.

“On the positive side researchers found that the snake charmers possess a unique ability to handle venomous snakes with a tremendous knowledge of the different species and their behaviour. They are also called by local farmers to retrieve snakes, who would otherwise just kill them from agricultural fields or human inhabited areas,” she said.

HBSE 9th Class English Kathmandu Important Questions and Answers

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Who was Bruno?
Answer:
Bruno was the author’s wife’s pet sloth bear.

Question 2.
Where did the author find the bear cub?
Answer:
The author found the bear cub when he was passing through the sugarcane fields near mysore.

Question 3.
Who did the author present the bear cub to?
Answer:
The author presented the bear cub to his wife.

Question 4.
What was Bruno brought up on?
Answer:
Bruno was brought up on bottlemilk, fruit, rice and potatoes.

Question 5.
What did the bear become very attached to?
Answer:
The bear became very attached to the author’s two Alsatian dogs.

Question 6.
Why did the author put barium carbonate poison in home?
Answer:
He put this poison in home to kill rats and mice.

Question 7.
What was the effect of poison on Bruno?
Answer:
Bruno suffered a paralysis attack and he could not stand on his feet.

Question 8.
What new name did the author’s wife give to Bruno?
Answer:
She gave him a new name‘Baba’.

Question 9.
Where did the author send ‘Baba’ to?
Answer:
The author sent ‘Baba’ to Mysore zoo.

Question 10.
What request did the author’s wife make to the superintendent to the zoo?
Answer:
She requested the superintendent of the zoo to return ‘Baba’ to her.

Question 11.
Why was a squad of coolies engaged?
Answer:
A squad of coolies was engaged to take down ‘Baba’s box from the top of the car.

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Bruno once got paralysis. Why? How was he treated?
(एक बार ब्रूनो को लकवा हो गया। क्यों? उसका इलाज कैसे किया गया?)
Answer:
Once the author kept barium carbonate in his library for killing rats. Bruno ate most of it. It was a poison. So he got paralysis. He was taken to a veterinary doctor. He gave Bruno two injections of antidote. It cured Bruno.

(एक बार लेखक ने अपने पुस्तकालय में चूहों को मारने के लिए बेरियम कार्बोनेट रख दिया। ब्रूनो ने उसमें से बहुत सारे को खा लिया। वह एक जहर था। इसलिए उसे लकवा हो गया। उसे एक पश चिकित्सक के पास ले जाया गया। उसने इस जहर को मारने के लिए दो टीके लगाए। इससे ब्रूनो ठीक हो गया।)

Question 2.
“The bear became attached to the dogs, to the children in the neighbourhood.” Which qualities of the bear are highlighted in this statement?
(“ब्रूनो का पड़ोस के कुत्तों और बच्चों से लगाव हो गया।” इस कवन से ब्रूनो की किन विशेषताओं का पता चलता है?)
Answer:
It shows that the bear had human qualities. Like human beings it also needed love and knew how to respond to love. He developed friendship not only with animals but with human beings also.

(इससे पता चलता है कि ब्रूनो में मानवीय गुण थे। इंसानों की तरह उसे भी प्यार चाहिए था और वह यह भी जानता था कि प्यार का उत्तर कैसे दिया जाता है। उसने न केवल पशुओं बल्कि इंसानों के साथ भी मित्रता कर ली।)

Question 3.
Bruno was sent off to Mysore zoo. What happened to
(i) the author’s wife
(ii) Bruno after this? Why?
(ब्रूनो को मैसूर चिड़ियाघर में भेज दिया गया था।
(i) लेखक की पत्नी
(ii) ब्रूनो के साथ उसके पश्चात क्या बीती? क्यों?)
Answer:
(i) The author’s wife felt very sad. She wept bitterly. She was uneasy and inconsolable. For the first few days, she refused to take food.
(i) लेखक की पत्नी बहुत उदास हो गई। वह फूट-फूटकर रोने लगी। वह बेचैन थी और उसे सांत्वना देना कठिन था। पहले कुछ दिन तो उसने भोजन खाने से भी मना कर दिया।

(ii) Bruno’s condition was similar. He also refused food. He became thin and sad. Both of them missed each other badly.
(ii) ब्रूनो की स्थिति भी वैसी ही थी। उसने भी भोजन करने से मना कर दिया। वह कमजोर और उदास हो गया। दोनों को एक दूसरे की बुरी तरह याद आ रही थी।)

Question 4.
Why did Bruno become very special after he returned from Mysore zoo?
(जब ब्रूनो मैसूर चिड़ियाघर से लौटा तो वह बहुत खास क्यों बन गया?)
Answer:
The author’s wife wanted to make Bruno feel at home. They made a special island for him. She would sit there for hours and Bruno would sit in her lap. Thus he became special after his return from the Mysore zoo.

(लेखक की पली चाहती थी कि ब्रूनो बिल्कुल जंगल जैसा माहौल अनुभव करे। उन्होंने उसके लिए एक विशेष टापू बना दिया। वह वहाँ घंटों बैठी रहती थी और ब्रूनो उसकी गोद में बैठा रहता था। इस प्रकार से मैसूर चिड़ियाघर से लौटने के पश्चात वह खास (विशेष) बन गया।).

Question 5.
“Oh, please, sir,” She asked the curator, “May I have my Baba back?”
(“ओह, श्री मान जी, कृपया” उसने प्रबंधक से कहा, “ क्या मुझे मेरा बाबा वापस मिल सकता है?”)

(a) Who is ‘she’ in the above line?
(ऊपर की पंक्ति में ‘वह’ कौन है?)

(b) Who is the curator?
(प्रबंधक कौन है?)

(c) What is Baba’s other name?
(‘बाबा’ का दूसरा नाम क्या है?)

(d) Why does she want Baba back?
(वह बाबा को वापस क्यों पाना चाहती है?)
Answer:
(a) ‘She’ is the author’s wife.
(‘वह’ लेखक की पत्नी है।)

(b) The curator is the manager of the Mysore zoo.
(प्रबंधक मैसूर के चिड़ियाघर का मैनेजर है।)

(c) Bruno.
(ब्रूनो।)

(d) Because she could not bear his absence.
(क्योंकि वह उसकी अनुपस्थिति सहन नहीं कर सकती।)

Essay Type Questions

Question 1.
Can the company of an animal give undiluted pleasure to a human being. Give some examples from the story.
(क्या किसी मनुष्य को किसी पशु की संगति से सघन आनंद प्राप्त होता है? कहानी में से कुछ उदाहरण दीजिए।)
Answer:
Yes, it can give pure pleasure to a human being. The bond of love between man and animal is better than between man and man. Human beings are selfish and their love is seldom pure and selfless. We often do not respond to love given to us. On the other hand, an animal’s love is pure. Like human beings, animals too need love and respond to that love.

In this story, the author’s wife loves a pet bear. He too responds to that love. She plays with him, fondles and loves him. When the bear is sent to the zoo, she becomes inconsolable. On the other hand, the bear also does not like his separation from her. He refuses to take food in the zoo. When she goes to meet him at the zoo, he shouts with pleasure. In the end, she brings him back from the zoo. Thus we find that the company of an animal gives undiluted pleasure to a human being.

(हाँ, इससे मनुष्य को विशुद्ध आनंद प्राप्त होता है। मनुष्य और पशु के बीच प्यार का रिश्ता मनुष्य और मनुष्य के बीच रिश्ते से अच्छा होता है। मनुष्य स्वार्थी होते हैं और उनका प्यार शुद्ध और स्वार्थहीन नहीं होता है। हम प्रायः अपने को प्राप्त होने वाले प्यार का उत्तर नहीं देते हैं। दूसरी ओर एक पशु का प्यार शुद्ध होता है। मनुष्यों की तरह पशुओं को भी प्यार की आवश्यकता होती है और वे उस प्यार का उत्तर देते हैं।

इस कहानी में लेखक की पत्नी एक पालतू रीछ को प्यार करती है। वह भी उस प्यार का उत्तर देता है। वह उसके साथ खेलती है, उसे दुलार करती है और उसके साथ प्यार करती है। जब रीछ को चिड़ियाघर भेज दिया जाता है, तो वह बहत अधीर हो जाती है। दूसरी ओर रीछ भी उससे अपनी जदाई सहन नहीं कर पाता है।

वह चिड़ियाघर में भोजन खाने से मना कर देता है। जब वह उससे मिलने के लिए चिड़ियाघर में जाती है, तो यह खुशी से चिल्ला उठता है। अंत में वह उसे चिड़ियाघर से वापस ले आती है। इस प्रकार से हम देखते हैं कि एक पशु की संगति से मनुष्य को सघन आनंद की प्राप्ति होती है।)

Question 2.
‘Love is mutual’. Illustrate this with reference to the story “The Bond of Love’.
(‘प्यार पारस्परिक होता है। इसकी विवेचना ‘The Bond of Love’ कहानी के संदर्भ में करो।)
Answer:
“The Bond of Love is the story of love and friendship between an animal and a human being. One day the author found a bear cub in a field. He took it home and presented it to his wife. The bear and the author’s wife developed great love for each other. When the bear grew up, it was sent to the zoo at Mysore. She became very sad.

After three months, she visited the zoo. The bear, whose name was Baba, at once recognized her and danced with happiness. She came back. But she could not live without the bear. So she got the permission of the zoo superintendent to get the bear back. A special place was made at home for the grown up bear. Now both the bear and the writer’s wife were happy. The story shows that animals too have as much love and affection as human beings have. Thus, the title of the story is very appropriate.

(‘The Bond of Love’ एक जानवर एवं मनुष्य के बीच दोस्ती की कहानी है। एक दिन लेखक को एक खेत में रीछ का बच्चा मिला। वह उसे घर ले आया और उसे अपनी पत्नी को भेंट किया। रीठ और लेखक की पत्नी के बीच एक-दूसरे के लिए बहुत प्यार विकसित हो गया। जब रीछ बड़ा हो गया तो उसे मैसूर के चिड़ियाघर में भेज दिया गया। वह बहुत उदास हो गई।

तीन महीने बाद वह चिड़ियाघर गई। रीछ, जिसका नाम बाबा था, ने उसे पहचान लिया और खशी से नाचने लगा। वह वापस आ गई। मगर वह रीछ के बिना नहीं रह सकती थी। उसने चिड़ियाघर के अधीक्षक से रीछ को वापस ले जाने की अनुमति ले ली। इस विकसित रीठ के लिए घर में विशेष स्थान बनाया गया। अब रीछ एवं लेखक की पत्नी दोनों ही बहुत प्रसन्न थे। कहानी बताती है कि जानवरों में भी उतना ही प्यार एवं स्नेह होता है जितना मनुष्यों में। इस प्रकार कहानी का शीर्षक बहुत उपयुक्त है।)

Question 3.
How did the author’s wife behave in the absence of the bear? Describe Baba’s condition at the zoo in Mysore.
(रीछ की अनुपस्थिति में लेखक की पत्नी ने कैसे बर्ताव किया? मैसूर के चिड़ियाघर में बाबा की हालत का वर्णन करो।)
OR
“Animals also feel the pleasure of love and the pains of seperation.” Support your view by giving examples from the text.
(“पशु भी प्यार की संजीदगी तथा जुदाई की पीड़ा महसूस करते हैं।” अपने इस विचार के लिए पाठ से उदाहरण दें।)
Answer:
With the passage of time, the bear became too big to be kept at home. The author, his friends and his son advised the author’s wife to gift Baba to the zoo at Mysore. After some weeks of such advice, she finally agreed. A letter was written to the curator of the zoo. He agreed to take the bear.

Baba was sent to the Mysore zoo in a cage. But the author’s wife felt very sad. She wept and for the first few days, refused to take food. She wrote a number of letters to the curator of the zoo. She asked in her letters about the condition of Baba. At the zoo, Baba was also in a similar position. He was inconsolable. He also did not take food for the first few days. He was well but looked thin and sad.

(समय के बीतने के साथ ब्रूनो इतना बड़ा हो गया कि अब उसे घर पर नहीं रखा जा सकता था। लेखक, उसके मित्रों और उसके बेटे ने उसे सलाह दी कि बाबा को मैसूर के चिड़ियाघर को भेंट कर दिया जाए। कुछ सप्ताहों की ऐसी सलाह के बाद वह अंत में सहमत हो गई। चिड़ियाघर के प्रबंधक को एक पत्र लिखा गया। वह रीछ को लेने के लिए मान गया।

बाबा को एक पिंजरे में डालकर मैसूर चिड़ियाघर में भेज दिया गया। मगर लेखक की पत्नी बहुत उदास हो गई। वह रोई और कुछ दिन तक इसने भोजन करने से इंकार कर दिया। उसने चिड़ियाघर के प्रबंधक को कई पत्र लिखे। अपने पत्रों में उसने बाबा की हालत के बारे में पूछा। चिड़ियाघर में बाबा भी ऐसी ही हालत में था। वह सांत्वना से परे था। उसने भी आरंभ के कुछ दिनों में भोजन नहीं किया। वह अच्छा था मगर पतला और उदास लगता था।)

Question 4.
What makes you feel that the mother is more attached to Bruno than the other members of the family? Give reasons.
(आपको ऐसा क्यों लगता है कि माँ ब्रूनो से परिवार के अन्य सदस्यों की अपेक्षा अधिक प्यार करती है? कारण दीजिए।)
Answer:
The author brings the bear cub and presents it to his wife. Very soon, the baby bear becomes the darling of every one. The author’s wife and son love him. All the children of the tenants in that bungalow develop a loving relationship with him. But the author’s wife develops a special affection for him. It is a motherly affection. She looks after the bear as if he were her own child.

At first, she gives him milk with a bottle. But very soon, the bear is able to eat everything. She spends a lot of time with him. She teaches him to perform a number of tricks. When Bruno is sent to the zoo, she weeps bitterly. After three months she goes to meet him. In the end, she brings him back. Thus, we see that she is more attached to Bruno than the other members of the family

(लेखक रीछ के बच्चे को घर ले आता है और उसे अपनी पत्नी को भेंट कर देता है। शीघ्र ही रीछ का बच्चा सभी का प्रिय बन जाता है। लेखक की पत्नी और बच्चा उससे प्यार करते हैं। बंगले में सभी किराएदारों के बच्चे उसके साथ प्यार करने लग जाते हैं। लेकिन लेखक की पत्नी का उसके प्रति विशेष स्नेह पैदा हो जाता है। यह एक मां का स्नेह है। वह रीछ का इस प्यार से ख्याल रखती है जैसे कि वह उसका अपना बच्चा हो।

पहले तो उसे वह बोतल से दूध पिलाती है लेकिन शीघ्र ही रीछ सब कुछ खाने लग गया। वह बहुत सारा समय उसके साथ बिताती है। वह उसे बहुत सारे करतब करना सिखाती है। जब ब्रूनो को चिड़ियाघर भेजा जाता है तो वह फूट-फूट कर रोती है। तीन महीने बाद वह उससे मिलने जाती है। अंत में वह उसे वापस ले आती है। इस प्रकार से हम देखते हैं कि वह परिवार के अन्य सदस्यों की अपेक्षा ब्रूनो से अधिक लगाव में है।)

Question 5.
How did the writer get a baby-bear for his wife?
(लेखक ने अपनी पत्नी के लिए रीठ का बच्चा कैसे प्राप्त किया?)
Answer:
Two years ago, the author and his friends were passing through the sugarcane fields near Mysore. People were driving away the wild pigs from their fields by shooting at them. Suddenly a sloth bear came out of the field. One of the writer’s companions shot at the bear. It fell dead. They came near the fallen animal. They saw a bear cub riding on its mother’s back.

The cub was making pitiful howls. The writer tried to catch it. But the bear cub ran away into the field. The writer and his companions ran after it. At last they were able to catch it. The baby bear tried to free itself. It tried to scratch the author with its long, hooked claws. They put the bear into a gunny bag and brought it to Bangalore. The author presented the little creature to his wife. She was very happy. She named the bear cub Bruno

(दो साल पहले लेखक और उसके मित्र मैसूर के निकट गन्ने के एक खेत में से गुजर रहे थे। लोग अपने खेतों में जंगली सूअरों को गोली मारकर भगा रहे थे। अचानक खेत में से एक रीछ निकला। लेखक के एक साथी ने उस पर गोली चला दी। यह मरकर गिर गया। वे गिरे हुए जानवर के पास आए। उन्होंने रीठ के बच्चे को अपनी मां की पीठ पर चढ़े देखा। बच्चा करुणापूर्ण चीखें मार रहा था। लेखक ने उसे पकड़ने का प्रयत्न किया।

मगर रीछ का बच्चा भागकर खेत में चला गया। लेखक और उसके साथी उसके पीछे भागे। आखिर वे उसे पकड़ने में सफल हो गए। रीछ के बच्चे ने स्वयं को आज़ाद करवाने का प्रयत्न किया। उसने लेखक को अपने लंबे, मुड़े हुए पंजों से खरोंचे मारने का प्रयल किया। उन्होंने बच्चे को बोरी में डाला और बंगलौर ले आए। लेखक ने यह नन्हा प्राणी अपनी पत्नी को भेंट कर दिया। वह बा का नाम ब्रूनो रख दिया।)

Question 6.
Describe the two accidents that befell Bruno or Baha. How did he recover from them?
(ब्रूनो या बाबा के साथ जो दो दुर्घटनाएं घटित हुई उनका वर्णन करो। वह उनसे किस प्रकार ठीक हुआ?)
Answer:
One day an accident befell Bruno. There were rats in the author’s library. In order to kill them, he had put down barium carbonate in the library. It was poison. Bruno entered the library and ate some of the poison. He suffered from a stroke of paralysis. But dragged himself slowly to the author’s wife. He was weakening rapidly. He was breathing heavily and vomiting.

The author at once took him to a veterinary doctor. The vet gave him 10 cc of anti-dote through an injection. But his condition remained unchanged. Then another 10 cc was injected. This improved his condition. Bruno got up and enjoyed a good meal. At another time, the little bear drank a lot of old engine oil. But fortunately, it had no effect on him.

(एक दिन ब्रूना के साथ एक दुर्घटना हो गई। लेखक के पुस्तकालय में चूह था उन्हें मारने के लिए उसने पुस्तकालय में बेरियम कार्बोनेट रख दिया था। यह ज़हर था। ब्रूनो पुस्तकालय में आया और कुछ जहर खा गया। उसे लकवा हो गया। मगर वह स्वयं को धीरे-धीरे घसीटकर लेखक की पत्नी के पास लाया। वह बहुत जल्दी कमज़ोर पड़ रहा था। वह ज़ोर-ज़ोर से सांस ले रहा था और उल्टी कर रहा था।

लेखक उसे फौरन पशुओं के डॉक्टर के पास ले गया। डॉक्टर ने 10cc ज़हर नाशक दवाई टीके के रूप में दी। मगर उसकी हालत में कोई परिवर्तन नहीं हुआ। तब 10cc दवाई फिर दी गई। इससे उसकी हालत में सुधार हो गया। ब्रूनो उठा और उसने अच्छी प्रकार भोजन किया। एक अन्य समय इस छोटे से रीछ ने बहुत-सा पुराना इंजन का तेल पी लिया। मगर सौभाग्यवश, इसका उस पर कोई प्रभाव नहीं हुआ।)

Question 7.
Why was Bruno sent away to the zoo and why was he brought back?
(ब्रूनो को चिड़ियाघर में क्यों भेज दिया गया था और वह वापस क्यों आ गया था?)
Answer:
Bruno was a loving and playful pet. He loved the author’s wife very much. Now he had become very strong and powerful. It was feared lest he should make harm to the tenant’s small children. So that Bruno was sent away to the zoo. But the author’s wife was very sad at her separation from the bear. For three months, the author restrained her from visiting Mysore.

At last, he took his wife to Mysore zoo to meet Bruno. The author and his friends had guessed that the bear would not recognize her after three months. But as soon as Bruno saw her, he recognized her. He cried with happiness. She ran upto him and patted him. He stood up on his head in delight. For the next three hours, she did not leave the cage. She gave him tea, lemonade, cakes, ice-cream and other things.

At last, the ‘closing time’ came and she had to leave. The author’s wife wept bitterly. She felt that she could not live without the bear. She requested the superintendent to send Bruno back. He was a kind man. He consented and Bruno was brought back into the author’s home.

(ब्रूनो एक बहुत ही प्यारा और खेल प्रेमी पशु था। वह लेखक की पत्नी से बहुत प्यार करता था। अब यह बहुत बड़ा और शक्तिशाली हो गया था। इस बात का भय था कि वह किराएदार के छोटे-छोटे बच्चों को कोई नुकसान न पहुंचा दे। इसलिए बनो को चिड़ियाघर भेजा गया था। परन्तु लेखक की पत्नी रीछ से जुदा होकर बहुत उदास हो गई। तीन महीने तक लेखक ने उसे मैसूर जाने से रोका।

आखिर वह अपनी पत्नी को ब्रूनो से मिलाने मैसूर चिड़ियाघर ले गया। लेखक और उसके मित्रों का अनुमान था कि रीष्ठ तीन महीने बाद उसे पहचानेगा नहीं। मगर ज्योंहि ब्रूनो ने उसे देखा, उसने उसे पहचान लिया। वह खुशी से चिल्लाया। वह भागकर उसके पास आई और उसे पुचकारा । वह खुशी से अपने सिर पर खड़ा हो गया। अगले तीन घंटों तक वह पिंजरे से नहीं हटी। उसने उसे चाय, लेमोनेड, केक, आइसक्रीम और अन्य वस्तुएँ दीं।

अंत में जुदा होने का समय आ गया और उसे वहाँ से आना पड़ा। लेखक की पत्नी फूट-फूट कर रोई। उसने महसूस किया कि वह रीठ के बिना नहीं रह सकती। उसने चिड़ियाघर के अधीक्षक से खूनो को वापस ले जाने की प्रार्थना की। वह एक दयालु व्यक्ति था। वह मान गया और ब्रूनो को फिर से लेखक के घर लाया गया।)

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1.
Who found a sloth bear?
(A) the author
(B) the author’s friend
(C) the author’s wife
(D) the author’s son
Answer:
(A) the author

Question 2.
What name was given to the sloth bear?
(A) Bruno
(B) Trickie
(C) Timothy
(D) Nana
Answer:
(A) Bruno

Question 3.
The author found Bruno near :
(A) Nainital
(B) Kolkata
(C) Dajjeeling
(D) Mysore
Answer:
(D) Mysore

Question 4.
Who did the author present the sloth bear to?
(A) his wife
(B) his son
(C) his daughter
(D) his friend
Answer:
(A) his wife

Question 5.
What did Bruno start to eat?
(A) porridge
(B) fruit
(C) vegetables
(D) all of the above
Answer:
(D) all of the above

Question 6.
Who did the bear become very attached to?
(A) the monkey
(B) the tiger
(C) two Alsatian dogs
(D) all of the above
Answer:
(C) two Alsatian dogs

Question 7.
What did Bruno eat one day?
(A) barium carbonate
(B) potasium
(C) thorium
(D) phosphate
Answer:
(A) barium carbonate

Question 8.
Barium carbonate was in the house to kill
(A) rats and mice
(B) dogs
(C) bears
(D) ail of the above
Answer:
(A) rats and mice

Question 9.
What was the effect of barium carbonate on Bruno?
(A) he became paralysed
(B) he was vomiting
(C) he was breathing heavily
(D) all of the above
Answer:
(D) all of the above

Question 10.
Wliat new name did the author’s wife give to Bruno?
(A) Dada
(B) Baba
(C) Bhaiya
(D) Ladla
Answer:
(B) Baba

Question 11.
What did the author’s son and the author advised his wife when Bruno was grown up?
(A) to sell him
(B) to leave him in the forest
(C) to give him to the zoo at Mysore
(D) all of the above
Answer:
(C) to give him to the zoo at Mysore

Question 12.
What was the author’s wife reaction when Baba was sent to the zoo?
(A) she would not eat anything
(B) she was inconsolable
(C) she wept and fretted
(D) all of the above
Answer:
(D) all of the above

Question 13.
Wliat did the author’s wife request the curator?
(A) to give her back her Baba
(B) to put Baba in a bigger cage
(C) to take care of Baba properly
(D) to give Baba rich food
Answer:
(A) to give her back her Baba

Question 14.
Was the author’s wife successful in getting back Baba from the zoo?
(A) Yes
(B) No
(C) May be
(D) Not known
Answer:
(A) Yes

Kathmandu Important Passages For Comprehension

Read the following passages and answer the questions given at the end of each :

Passage – 1

Two years ago we were passing through the sugarcane fields near Mysore. People were driving away the wild pigs from the fields by shooting at them. Some were shot and some escaped/we thought that everything was over when suddenly a black sloth-bear came out panting in the hot sun.

Now I will not shoot a sloth-bear wantonly but, unfortunately for the poor beast, one of my companions did not feel that way about it, and promptly shot the bear on the spot.
Questions :
(i) Name the story and the writer.
(ii) What did the writer see people doing ?
(iii) HOW were people driving away the pigs ?
(iv) Who shot at the bear ?
(v) Which word in the passage means ‘without any good reason’ ?
Answers :
(i) Story-The Bond of Love, Writer-Kenneth Anderson.
(ii) The writer saw people were driving away the wild pigs from the field.
(iii) People were driving away the pigs by shooting at them.
(iv) One of the Author’s Companions shot at the bear.
(v) Wantonly.

Passage – 2

Bruno soon took to drinking milk from a bottle: It was buta step further and within a very few days he started eating and drinking everything else. And everything is the right word, for he ate porridge made from any ingredients, vegetables, fruit, nuts, meat (especially pork), curry and rice regardless of condiments and chillies, bread, eggs, chocolates, sweets, pudding, ice-cream etc., etc., etc. As for drink : milk, tea, coffee, lime-juice, aerated water, buttermilk, beer, alcoholic liquor and in fact, anything liquid. It all went down with relish.
Questions :
(i) What did Bruno soon take to ?
(ii) What did he start doing in a few days ?
(iii) What meat did he especially like ?
(iv) Did Bruno take alcoholic drinks also ?
(v) Find words from the passage which mean the same as :
(a) soda water
(b) taste.
Answers :
(i) Soon he took to drinking milk with a bottle.
(ii) He started eating everything in a few days.
(iii) He especially liked pork.
(iv) Yes, he took alcoholic drinks too.
(v) (a) aerated water
(b) relish

Passage – 3

Two years ago we were passing through the sugarcane fields near Mysore. People were driving away the wild pigs from the fields by shooting at them. Some were shot and some escaped/we thought that everything was over when suddenly a black sloth-bear came out panting in the hot sun. Now I will not shoot a sloth-bear
promptly shot the bear on the spot.
Questions :
(i) Name the story and the writer.
(ii) What did the writer see people doing ?
(iii) How were people driving away the pigs ?
(iv) Who shot at the bear ?
(v) Which word in the passage means ‘without any good reason’?
Answers :
(i) Story : The Bond of Love
Writer : Kenneth Anderson.
(ii) The writer saw people driving away wild pigs from the sugarcane fields by shooting at them.
(iii) The people were driving away the pigs by shooting at them.
(iv) One of the writer’s companions shot at the bear.
(v) Wantonly’.

Passage – 4

yet some yards from his cage Baba saw her and recognized her. He howled with happiness. She ran up to him, petted him through the bars, and he stood on his head in delight.

For the next three hours she would not leave that cage. She gave him tea, lemonade, cakes, ice-cream and what not. Then ‘closing time’ came and we had to leave. My wife cried bitterly; Baba cried bitterly; even the hardened curator and the keepers felt depressed. As for me, I had reconciled myself to what I knew was going to happen next.
Questions :
(i) What had the friends conjectured ?
(ii) What did Baba do on recognising the author’s wife ?
(iii) How long did the author’s wife remain with Baba ?
(iv) What did the author’s wife and Baba do when the time for separation came ?
(v) Find words from the passage which mean the same as :
(a) guessed
(b) sad.
Answers :
(i) The friends had conjectured that Baba would not recognise the author’s wife.
(ii) He howled with happiness.
(iii) She remained with Baba for three hours.
(iv) Both of them wept bitterly.
(v) (a) conjectured
(b) depressed.

The Bond of Love Summary

The Bond of Love Introduction in English

This is the story of love and friendship between an animal and a human being. One day the author found a bear cub in a field. He took it home and presented it to his wife. The bear and the author’s wife developed great love for each other. When the bear grew up, it was sent to the zoo at Mysore. She became very sad. After three months, she visited the zoo.

The bear, whose name was Baba, at once recognized her and danced with happiness. She came back. But she could not live without the bear. So she got the permission of the zoo superintendent to get the bear back. A special place was made at home for the grown up bear. Now both the bear and the writer’s wife were happy. The story shows that animals too have as much love and affection as human beings have.

The Bond of Love Summary n English

Two years ago, the author and his friends were passing through the sugarcane fields near Mysore. People were driving away the wild pigs from their fields by shooting at them. Suddenly a sloth bear came out of the field. One of the writer’s companions shot at the bear. It fell dead. They came near the fallen animal. They saw a bear cub riding on its mother’s back. The cub was making pitiful howls. The writer tried to catch it. But the bear cub ran away into the field. The writer and his companions ran after it.

At last they were able to catch it. The baby-bear tried to free itself. It tried to scratch the author with its long, hooked claws. They put the bear into a gunny bag and brought it to Bangalore. The author presented the little creature to his wife. She was very happy. She named the bear cub Bruno.

The author’s wife brought up Bruno with love and care. She looked after the bear cub as he were her own child. At first Bruno was taught to drink milk from a bottle. Within a few days, he started eating normally. He drank and ate everything. He ate porridge made from any ingredients. He ate vegetables, fruit, nuts, meat, curry and rice. He did not mind even condiments and chillies in the curry. He ate bread, eggs, chocolates, sweets, pudding; ice-cream, etc. As for drink, he drank milk, tea, coffee, lime-juice, aerated water, beer and other things.

He became attached to all the children of the tenants living in the bungalow. He spent time in playing, running into the kitchen and going to sleep in the beds of the author and his wife. Because of the love and affection shown by the author’s wife, he developed great affection for her.

One day an accident befell Bruno. There were rats in the author’s library. In order to kill them, he had put down barium carbonate in the library. It was poison. Bruno entered the library and ate some of the poison. He suffered from a stroke of paralysis. But he dragged himself slowly to the author’s wife. He was weakening rapidly. He was breathing heavily and vomiting.

The author at once took him to a veterinary doctor. The vet gave him 10 cc of anti-dote through an injection. But his condition remained unchanged. Then another 10 cc was injected. This improved his condition. Bruno got up and enjoyed a good meal. Another time, the little bear drank a lot of old engine oil. But fortunately, it had no effect on him.

With the passage of time, Bruno grew up in size. He became equal to the Alsatians in size and even outgrew them. But he was just as mischievous as before. He was very fond of people around him. But he especially loved the author’s wife. She also loved him. She changed Bruno’s name to ‘Baba’, which in Hindustani means ‘small boy’.

The bear could do a few tricks also. When he was asked ‘Baba box’, he started boxing with anybody who was near him. When someone gave him a stick and said, “Baba hold gun”, he pointed the stick at him. He had concealed a stump of wood in his straw bed. When he was asked, “Baba, where’s baby,” he immediately produced and cradled that piece wood. But because of the tenant’s children, the bear had to be kept chained most of the time.

With the passage of time, the bear became too big to be kept at home. The author, his friends and his son advised the author’s wife to gift Baba to the zoo at Mysore. After some weeks of such advice, she finally agreed. A letter was written to the curator of the zoo. He agreed to take the bear.

Baba was sent to the Mysore zoo in a cage. But the author’s wife felt very sad. She wept and for the first few days, refused to take food. She wrote a number of letters to the curator of the zoo. She asked in her letters about the condition of Baba. At the zoo, Baba was also in a similar position. He was inconsolable. He also did not take food for the first few days. He was well but looked thin and sad.

The author’s wife was very sad at her separation from the bear. For three months, the author restrained her from visiting Mysore. At last, he took his wife to Mysore zoo to meet Baba. The author and his friends had guessed that the bear would not recognize her after three months. But as soon as Baba saw her, he recognized her. He cried with happiness. She ran upto him and patted him. He stood up on his head in delight.

For the next three hours, she did not leave the cage. She gave him tea, lemonade, cakes, ice-cream and other things. At last, the ‘closing time’ came and she had to leave. The author’s wife wept bitterly. She felt that she could not live without the bear. She requested the superintendent to send Baba back. He was a kind man. He consented and Baba was brought back into the author’s home.

At home, an island was made for Baba. It was twenty feet long and fifteen feet wide. It was surrounded by a moat, six feet wide and seven feet deep. A wooden box was kept for Baba to sleep at night. Straw was placed inside to keep him warm. Baba was very happy in his new home. The author’s wife spent horns sitting there. It is the story of the love between man and animal. It shows that animals also have sense of love, affection and loyalty.

The Bond of Love Introduction in Hindi

यह एक जानवर एवं मनुष्य के बीच दोस्ती की कहानी है। एक दिन लेखक को एक खेत में रीठ का बच्चा मिला। वह उसे घर ले आया और उसे अपनी पत्नी को भेंट किया। रीछ और लेखक की पत्नी के बीच एक-दूसरे के लिए बहुत प्यार विकसित हो गया। जब रीछ बड़ा हो गया तो उसे मैसूर के चिड़ियाघर में भेज दिया गया।

वह बहुत उदास हो गई। तीन महीने बाद वह चिड़ियाघर गई। रीछ, जिसका नाम बाबा था, ने उसे पहचान लिया और खुशी से नाचने लगा। वह वापस आ गई। मगर वह रीठ के बिना नहीं रह सकती थी। उसने चिड़ियाघर के अधीक्षक से रीछ को वापस ले जाने की अनुमति ले ली। इस विकसित रीछ के लिए घर में विशेष स्थान बनाया गया। अब रीछ एवं लेखक की पत्नी, दोनों ही बहुत प्रसन्न थे। कहानी बताती है कि जानवरों में भी उतना ही प्यार एवं स्नेह होता है जितना मनुष्यों में।

The Bond of Love Summary in Hindi

दो साल पहले लेखक और उसके मित्र मैसूर के निकट गन्ने के एक खेत में से गुजर रहे थे। लोग अपने खेतों से जंगली सूअरों को गोली मारकर भगा रहे थे। अचानक खेत में से एक रीछ निकला। लेखक के एक साथी ने उस पर गोली चला दी। – यह मर कर गिर गया। वे गिरे हुए जानवर के पास आए। उन्होंने रीछ के बच्चे को अपनी मां की पीठ पर चढ़े देखा। बच्चा करुणापूर्ण चीखें मार रहा था। लेखक ने उसे पकड़ने का प्रयत्न किया। मगर रीछ का बच्चा भागकर खेत में चला गया।

लेखक और उसके साथी उसके पीछे भागे। अंत में, वे उसे पकड़ने में सफल हो गए। रीछ के बच्चे ने स्वयं को आज़ाद करवाने का प्रयल किया। उसने लेखक को अपने लंबे, मुड़े हुए पंजों से खरोंचे मारने का प्रयल किया। उन्होंने बच्चे को बोरी में डाला और बंगलौर ले आए। लेखक ने यह नन्हा प्राणी अपनी पत्नी को भेंट कर दिया। वह बहुत प्रसन्न हो गई। उसने इस रीछ का नाम ब्रूनो रख दिया।

लेखक की पत्नी ने नो को प्यार एवं सावधानी से पाला। उसने रीछ के बच्चे की देखभाल इस प्रकार की मानो वि अपना बच्चा हो। आरंभ में बनो को बोतल से दूध पीना सिखाया गया। कछ दिनों में उसने सामान्य रूप से खाना आरंभ कर दिया। वह हर चीज खाता-पीता था। वह हर चीज से बना दलिया खा लेता था। वह सब्जियों, फल, अखरोट, मांस, करी एवं चावल खाता

था। वह करी के मसालों और मिचों की परवाह नहीं करता था। वह ब्रैड, अंडे, चॉकलेट, मिठाइयाँ, फिरनी, आइसक्रीम आदि खाता था। जहाँ तक पीने का सवाल है, वह दूध, चाय, कॉफी, नींबू-पानी, सोडा वाटर, बीअर एवं अन्य चीजें पीता था। वह उस बंगले में रहने वाले किराएदारों के बच्चों से घुल-मिल गया। वह अपना समय खेलने, रसोई में भागने और लेखक एवं उसकी पत्नी के बिस्तरों में सोने में बिताता था। लेखक की पत्नी के द्वारा प्रदर्शित प्यार एवं स्नेह के कारण उसे उससे बहुत प्यार हो गया।

एक दिन ब्रूनो के साथ एक दुर्घटना हो गई। लेखक के पुस्तकालय में चूहे थे। उन्हें मारने के लिए उसने पुस्तकालय में बेरियम कार्बोनेट रख दिया था। यह जहर था। ब्रूनो लाइब्रेरी में आया और कुछ जहर खा लिया। उसे लकवा हो गया। मगर वह स्वयं को धीरे-धीरे घसीटकर लेखक की पत्नी के पास लाया। वह बहुत जल्दी कमज़ोर पड़ रहा था। वह जोर-जोर से सांस ले रहा था और उल्टी कर रहा था। लेखक उसे फौरन पशुओं के डॉक्टर के पास ले गया।

डॉक्टर ने 10 cc ज़हरनाशक दवाई टीके के रूप में दी। मगर उसकी हालत में कोई परिवर्तन नहीं हुआ। तब 10cc दवाई फिर दी गई। इससे उसकी हालत में सुधार हो गया। बनो उठा और उसने अच्छी प्रकार भोजन किया। एक अन्य समय इस छोटे से रीछ ने बहुत-सा पुराना इंजन का तेल पी लिया। मगर सौभाग्यवश इसका उस पर कोई प्रभाव नहीं हुआ।

समय के बीतने के साथ बनो का आकार भी बड़ा हो गया। वह अलशेसियन कुत्तों के बराबर हो गया और उनसे भी बड़ा हो गया। मगर वह पहले की तरह ही शरारती था। उसे आस-पास के लोगों से बहुत प्यार था। मगर उसे विशेष रूप से लेखक की पत्नी से लगाव था। वह भी उससे प्यार करती थी। उसने ब्रूनो का नाम बदलकर ‘बाबा’ रख दिया जिसका हिंदुस्तानी में अर्थ होता है, “छोटा लड़का”। रीछ कुछ करतब भी दिखा सकता था।

जब उससे कहा जाता, “बाबा मुक्केबाजी करो” तो वह जो भी उसके पास होता था, उससे मुक्केबाजी करता था। जब उसे कोई छड़ी देता और कहता, “बाबा बंदूक पकड़ो” तो वह छड़ी से उसकी ओर निशाना साधता था। उसने अपने फूस के बिस्तर में लकड़ी का एक टुकड़ा छिपा रखा था। जब कोई उससे कहता, “बाबा, बच्चा कहाँ है?” तो वह फौरन उस लकड़ी को निकाल लेता और उसे झुलाता। मगर किराएदार के बच्चों के कारण अधिकतर समय में ब्रूनो को जंजीर से बांधकर रखना पड़ता था।

समय के बीतने के साथ बूनो इतना बड़ा हो गया कि अब उसे घर पर नहीं रखा जा सकता था। लेखक, उसके मित्रों और उसके बेटे ने उसे सलाह दी कि बाबा को मैसूर के चिड़ियाघर को भेंट कर दिया जाए। कुछ सप्ताहों की ऐसी सलाह के बाद वह आखिर सहमत हो गई। चिड़ियाघर के प्रबंधक को एक पत्र लिखा गया। वह रीछ को लेने के लिए मान गया।

बाबा को एक पिंजरे में डालकर मैसर भेज दिया गया। मगर लेखक की पत्नी बहुत उदास हो गई। वह रोई और कछ दिन तक तो उसने भोजन करने से इंकार कर दिया। उसने चिड़ियाघर के प्रबंधक को कई पत्र लिखे। अपने पत्रों में उसने बाबा की हालत के बारे में पूछा। चिड़ियाघर में बाबा भी ऐसी ही हालत में था। वह सांत्वना से परे था। उसने भी आराम के कुछ दिनों में भोजन नहीं किया। वह अच्छा था मगर पतला और उदास लगता था।

लेखक की पत्नी रीछ से जुदा होकर बहुत उदास हो गई। तीन महीने तक लेखक ने उसे मैसूर जाने से रोका। अंत में, वह अपनी पत्नी को बाबा से मिलाने मैसूर ले गया। लेखक और उसके मित्रों का अनुमान था कि र नहीं। मगर ज्यों ही बाबा ने उसे देखा, उसने उसे पहचान लिया। वह खुशी से चिल्लाया। वह भागकर उसके पास आई और उसे पुचकारा। वह खुशी से अपने सिर पर खड़ा हो गया। अगले तीन घंटों तक वह पिंजरे से नहीं हटी। उसने उसे चाय, लेमोनेड, केक, आइसक्रीम और अन्य वस्तुएँ दी।

अंत में, जुदा होने का समय आ गया और उसे वहाँ से आना पड़ा। लेखक की पत्नी फूट-फूट कर रोई। उसने महसूस किया कि वह उसके बिना नहीं रह सकती। उसने चिड़ियाघर के अधीक्षक से बाबा को वापस ले जाने की प्रार्थना की। वह एक दयालु व्यक्ति था। वह मान गया और बाबा को फिर से लेखक के घर लाया गया।

घर में बाबा के लिए एक टापू बनाया गया। यह बीस फुट लंबा और पंद्रह फुट चौड़ा था। यह छह फुट चौड़ी और सात फुट गहरी खाई से घिरा हुआ था। बाबा के रात के सोने के लिए एक लकड़ी का बक्सा रखा गया। उसे गर्म रखने के लिए इसके अंदर फूस रखा गया। बाबा अपने नए घर में बहुत प्रसन्न था। लेखक की पत्नी वहाँ घंटों बिताया करती थी। यह मनुष्य एवं जानवर के प्यार की कहानी है। यह दर्शाती है कि जानवरों में भी प्यार, स्नेह एवं वफादारी की भावना होती है।

The Bond of Love Word-Meanings

(Page 113) : Bond- something that unites = बंधन; sloth bear a bear that walks slowly = धीमे चलने वाला रीछ; wild = untamed – जंगली; escaped – ran away = भाग गया; suddenly = at once – अचानक; panting = breathing heavily – हांफना; wantonly = without any reason = अकारण ही; companions m friends = साथी; promptly – at once = एकदम; on the spot = there and then = घटनास्थल पर ही; prostrate- lying = आँधे लेटे हुए।

(Page 114) :
Creature = living being = प्राणी; pitiful = full of pity = करुणापूर्ण; attempts try – प्रयत्न करना; capture = catch= पकड़ना; scooted = ran away = भाग गया; grab = catch = पकड़ना; scruff = back of the neck = गर्दन के पीछे का भाग; snapped = tried to bite = काटने का प्रयत्न करना; scratch = make bruises with claws – खरोंचे मारना; cdaws-pointed nails on the feet and hands = पंजे; gunny- bags = jute sacks = बोरियों; delighted – happy = प्रसन्न; christened-named = नाम रखा; porridge = porridge= दलिया; ingredients = parts of some mixture – preparation etc.. अवयव; pork-meat of pig- सूअर का मांस; condiments = spices – मसाले: chilliesachillies- मिचे; pudding – pudding- फिरनी; aerated water = soda water = सोडावाटर; alcoholic liquor = contains alcohol = मादक द्रव्य; relish – taste – स्वाद: attached = intimate = धनिष्ट; tenants = lodgers = किराएदार; befell = happened to – घटित हआ; poison – poison-जहर: paralysis loss of power to move = लकवा; extent = limit = सीमा; dragged – pulled along with difficulty-घसीटा stumpse (here) legs = टांगे; vet = veterinary doctor – पशुओं का डॉक्टर: residenceplace of living = निवास स्थान।

(Page 115) :
Feverishsexcited – उत्तेजित; symptoms = signs = चिहन: treatment = cure = इलाज; syringe – device for giving injection – सिरिंज: dash = rush = भागना; floundering = walking with difficulty = कठिनाई से चलना; rapidly – fast – तेज़ी से; vomiting = vomiting = उल्टी करना; heaving a rising and falling – उठना-गिरना; Manks- sides – पक्ष gaping-open-खुला; hypodermic syringe = सिरीज; squealsa cries – चीखें, antidoteanti poison – जहर की काट, stertorous-making loud noise = अत्यधिक शोर; disdainfully. scornfully – निंदा से: drained – taken off = निकाला; sump = inner tank = अंदर का टैंक; inroads = attack = आक्रमण; termites – white ants- दीमक promptly at once – एकदम: rolled on = passed = गजर गए: mischievous-naughty-शरारती signifying-meaning- अर्थ होना; command = order = आदेश; wrestle=do wrestling = कुश्ती करना; vigorously – energeticallyजोश से; tackled-faced = सामना करना; tumble = fall = गिरना; cradled = (here) put in the lap and sway – गोद में झुलाना।

(Page 116) :
Affectionately = lovingly = प्यार से; stump = piece = टुकड़ा; concealed = hidden = छिपा हुआ; straw stalks of wheat etc.= फूंस; consented = agreed = मान गया; hastily = hurriedly = शीघ्रता से; curator. official incharge of the 100 – चिड़ियाघर का प्रबंधक; cage = cage = पिंजरा; packed off – sent = भेजा; relieved = felt relief – आराम महसूस किया; inconsolable = beyond consolation = सांत्वना से परे; fretting = getting angry: नाराज होना; getting along – behaving = बर्ताव करना; restrain = control = रोकना; conjectured = guessed = अनुमान लगाना; howled – cried-चिल्लाया: petted = fondled = पचकारा; delight = joy = प्रसन्नता; bitterly = very much = बहुत अधिक।

(Page 117) :
Depressed = sad = उदास; reconciled = compromised = समझौता कर लिया; hesitantly = with hesitation = झिझकते हुए: pleading = requests = प्रार्थना करना।

(Page 118) :
Hoisted – lifted up = उठाया; securely = tightly = कसकर, accomplished = completed – पूरा किया; squad = group= समूह; engaged = employed = काम पर लगाया; compound – yard= आंगन; pit- ditch: खहा; moat – long ditch – लंबी खाई: gnarled = twisted = मुड़ा-तुड़ा; sentimentally = emotionally – भावनात्मक रूप से preserved – maintained = कायम रखा; released = freed = आज़ाद किया; hind = back = पिछले; loop – ring – छल्ला; bridge (here)- cross = पार करना; affection = love = प्यार; characteristics = features- गुण।

Kathmandu Translation in Hindi

(Page 113)
पड़ने से पहले-

• क्या मनुष्यों और जंगली जानवरों के बीच प्यार और मित्रता हो सकती है? आओ एक अनाथ सुस्त रीठ के बारे में पढ़ें – जिसके जीवन की लेखक रक्षा करता है।
• • स्लॉथ रीछ (भारतीय रीछ, जंगली जोकर) जंगली क्षेत्रों में रहते हैं जिनमें वृत्तीय वर्षा वन और उच्च भूमियों के निम्न भागों में स्थित घास के मैदान शामिल हैं। स्लॉथ रीछों के बहुत झबरे बाल और थूथन लंबी होती है।
• वे खुदाई करने के लिए अपने पंजों का प्रयोग करते हैं, वे अपने होंठों से नाली का निर्माण करते हैं, जोकि जमीन में काफी गहराई तक चली जाती है, और भोजन की खोज में सूखे वृक्षों में काफी अंदर तक चली जाती है। उनका मुख्य भोजन दीमक होता है। आप उन्हें कई फुट दूरी से ही अपने भोजन को खींचते हुए सुन सकते हैं।

1. मैं कहानी अपनी पत्नी के पालतू भालू बूनो से आरंभ करूंगा। मैंने उसे उसके लिए संयोग से प्राप्त किया। दो साल पहले हम मैसूर के निकट गन्ने के खेतों के पास से गुजर रहे थे। लोग जंगली सूअरों को उन पर गोलियां चला कर खेतों से भगा रहे थे। कुछ को गोली लगी और कुछ बचकर भाग गए। हमने सोचा कि काम खत्म हो गया जब अचानक एक काला रीछ गर्म धूप में हांफता हुआ बाहर निकला।

2. अब मैं तो बिना कारण स्लॉथ रीछ पर गोली नहीं चलाऊँगा, मगर बेचारे जानवर के लिए दुर्भाग्यवश मेरे एक साथी ने ऐसा नहीं सोचा, और फौरन रीछ को गोली मार दी।

3. जब हम गिरे हुए जानवर को देख रहे थे तो हम यह देखकर हैरान हो गए कि उसकी पीठ का काला फर हिला और लेटे हुए शरीर से अलग हो गया। तब हमने देखा कि

(Page 114)
यह रीछ का बच्चा था जो उस समय अपनी मां की पीठ पर था जब अचानक गोली से वह मर गई थी। यह छोटा प्राणी अपनी लेटी हुई मां के आस-पास दौड़ा और करुणाजनक आवाजें पैदा की।

4.मैंने दौड़कर उसे पकड़ने का प्रयत्न किया। वह भागकर गन्ने के एक खेत में चला गया। अपने साथियों के साथ उसका पीछा करते हुए आखिरकार में उसे गर्दन के पिछले भाग से पकड़ने में सफल हो गया। उस समय उसने मुझे काटने तथा अपने लंबे और मुड़े हुए पंजों से खरोंचने का प्रयत्न किया।

5. हमने इसे जो बोरियों हम साथ लाए थे, उसमें से एक में डाल दिया और जब मैं वापस बंगलौर गया, मैंने उसे अपनी पत्नी को भेंट कर दिया। वह प्रसन्न हो गई। उसने तुरंत उसकी गर्दन में एक रंगीन फीता डाल दिया और फिर यह पता लगने पर कि शावक ‘लड़का’ है उसने इसका नाम ब्रूनो रख दिया।

6. ब्रूनो शीघ्र ही बोतल से दूध पीने लगा। यह एक आगे का कदम था और कुछ ही दिनों में उसने हर चीज़ खाना-पीना आरंभ कर दिया। और ‘हर चीज़’ सही शब्द है, क्योंकि वह किसी भी वस्तु से बना दलिया खा जाता था, सब्जियों, फल, अखरोट, मांस (विशेषतौर पर सूअर का मांस), मसालों और मिर्यों की परवाह किए बिना करी और चावल, बेड, अंडे, चॉकलेट, मिठाइयाँ, फिरनी, आइसक्रीम आदि। पेय पदार्थों में दूध, चाय, कॉफी, लाइम-जूस, सोडा वाटर, लस्सी, बीयर, मादक द्रव्य और वास्तव में हर तरल पदार्थ। यह सब वह बड़े स्वाद से पीता था।

7. रीछ हमारे दो अलशेसियन कुत्तों से और हमारे बंगले में रहने वाले किराएदार के सभी बच्चों से बहुत घनिष्ठ हो गया। उसे उसकी छोटी आयु में काफी आजाद छोड़ दिया जाता था और वह अपना समय खेलने, रसोई में दौड़कर जाने और हमारे बिस्तरों में सोने में बिताता था।

8. एक दिन उस पर एक दुर्घटना हो गई। मैंने जहर (बेरियम कार्बोनेट) उन चूहों और दीमकों के लिए जो मेरी पुस्तकालय में पहुंच गए थे, को मारने के लिए रखा हुआ था। ब्रूनो ने पुस्तकालय में प्रवेश किया जैसा कि वह अकसर किया करता था और वह कुछ जहर खा गया। अपंगता यहाँ तक आ गई कि वह अपने पैरों पर खड़ा नहीं हो पाया था। लेकिन वह अपने पैरों पर स्वयं को खींचते हुए मेरी पत्नी, जिसने मुझे बुलाया, के पास गया। मैंने अनुमान लगाया कि क्या हो गया है। मैं कार से पशुओं के चिकित्सक के पास भागा। जहर लेने का एक मामला! पालतू भालू-बेरियम कार्बोनेट-क्या किया जाए?

(Page 115)
9. उसकी चिकित्सा की पुस्तकें बाहर आई और बड़ी उत्तेजनापूर्ण सूची का संदर्भ शुरू हुआ : “आपने कौन-सा जहर कहा, श्रीमान जी? ‘बेरियम कार्बोनेट’ । ओह हा-ब-बा बेरियम साल्ट- आह! बेरियम कार्बोनेट! लक्षण-अपंगता-इलाज-इंजेक्शन का… … एक मिनट, श्रीमान। मैं अपनी सूई और दवाई लाऊंगा।’

वह वापिस कार की तरफ दौड़ा। बूनो अब भी अपने पैरों पर बड़ी कठिनाई से इधर-उधर चल रहा था किंतु स्पष्टतया तेजी से कमजोर हो रहा था, कुछ उल्टी, भारी सांसें, सूजता हुआ पेट का पिछला भाग और खला हुआ मैंह।

10. पकड़ों उसे, सभी लोग! इंजेक्शन की सूई अंदर जाती है-बूनो चिल्लाता है-जहर निवारक दवाई की 10 cc की मात्रा बिना कोई बूंद व्यर्थ किए उसके शरीर में पहुंच जाती है। दस मिनट पश्चात हालत बिना बदलाव के होती है। दूसरा 10 cc लगाया जाता है! दस मिनट बाद सांस की कम तेज आवाज के साथ ब्रूनो अपने हाथों और पैरों को थोड़ा हिला सकता है यद्यपि वह अभी खड़ा नहीं हो सकता है।

तीस मिनट पश्चात ब्रूनो खड़ा हो जाता है और अच्छा खाना खाता है। वह हमारी तरफ घृणापूर्वक ढंग से देखता है, ‘मेरे जैसे बड़े काले भालू के लिए बेरियम कार्बोनेट क्या है?’ ब्रूनो अब भी खा रहा है।

11. एक अन्य मौके पर उसने लगभग एक गैलन पुराना इंजन का तेल जो कि मैंने स्टूड वारकर की हीदी से निकाल लिया था और दीमक के आक्रमण के विरुद्ध हथियार के रूप में रखा था, उसे मिल गया। उसने तत्परता से बहुत ज्यादा पी लिया। किंतु उस पर इसका कोई भी बुरा असर नहीं हुआ।

12. महीने बीतते गए और ब्रूनो का आकार उसके आने के समय के आकार से कई गुना बढ़ चुका था। उसकी ऊंचाई अलशेसियन कुत्तों के बराबर और आकार में वह उनसे भी बड़ा हो चुका था। लेकिन वह ठीक उतना ही मधुर, उतना ही शरारती और उतना ही चंचल था और उसे हम सबसे लगाव था। सबसे ज्यादा, वह मेरी पत्नी से प्यार करता था और वह भी उससे प्यार करती थी। उसने उसका नाम ब्रूनो से ‘बाबा’, जो कि एक हिंदुस्तानी शब्द है जिसका अर्थ है ‘छोटा लड़का’ रख दिया और वह कुछ-एक करतब भी दिखा सकता था।

‘बाबा, कुस्ती करो’ या ‘बाबा, मुक्का मारो’ के आदेश पर वह फुर्ती से जो भी “भिड़ने और गिरने के लिए आगे आता था, उसका सामना करता था। उसे एक डंडा दो और कहो “बाबा, बंदूक पकड़ो और फिर वह डंडे को । आपकी तरफ बंदूक की तरह तानता था”। आप उससे कहें, “बाबा, बच्चा कहाँ है? फिर वह तुरंत लकड़ी का एक ढूंठ निकाल लेता और

(Page 116)
प्यार से उसे झुलाता जिस ढूंठ को उसने ध्यान से अपने फूस के बिस्तर में छुपा रखा था। लेकिन, किराएदार के बच्चों की वजह से बेचारे ब्रूनो या बाबा को अधिकतर समय जंजीरों में बांधकर रखना पड़ता था।

13. उसके बाद मेरे बेटे और मैंने अपनी पत्नी को सलाह दी, और मित्रों ने भी उसे सलाह दी, कि बाबा को मैसूर के चिड़ियाघर को सौंप दिया जाए। अब वह बहुत बड़ा हो चुका था, उसे घर पर नहीं रखा जा सकता था। इस प्रकार की कई सप्ताह की सलाह के बाद आखिर वह राजी हो गई। शीघ्र ही, और इससे पहले कि वह अपना दिमाग बदल न ले, चिड़ियाघर के प्रबंधक को एक पत्र लिखा गया। क्या वह अपने संग्रह में एक पालतू रीछ रखना चाहता था? उसने उत्तर दिया, “हाँ” चिड़ियाघर ने एक लॉरी में मैसूर से एक पिंजरा भेज दिया। मैसूर 87 मील था और बाबा को भेज दिया गया।

14. हमें वह काफी याद आया, लेकिन एक प्रकार से हमें चैन भी मिला। मेरी पत्नी को सांत्वना देना कठिन था। यह रोई और नाराज हई। पहले कुछ दिन तक तो उसने कुछ खाया भी नहीं। फिर उसने प्रबंधक को कई पत्र लिखे। बाबा कैसा था? उत्तर आया “बाबा ठीक था, परंतु नाराज़ था; वह खाने से भी मना कर रहा था।”

15. इसके बाद, जो मित्र मैसूर जाते उनसे प्रार्थना की जाती कि वे चिड़ियाघर अवश्य जाएँ और देखें कि बाबा किस तरह जी रहा था। उन्होंने सूचना दी कि वह ठीक था लेकिन बहुत उदास और पतला दिखाई पड़ता था। चिड़ियाघर के सभी रखवालों ने सूचना दी कि वह क्षुब्ध था। तीन महीने तक मैं अपनी पत्नी को मैसूर जाने से रोकने में सफल रहा। फिर एक दिन उसने कहा, “मैं बाबा से अवश्य मिलूंगी। या तो आप मुझे कार से ले चलो; वरना मैं स्वयं बस या रेलगाड़ी से चली जाऊंगी।” तो मैं उसे कार से ले गया।

16. मित्रों का अनुमान था कि रीछ उसे नहीं पहचानेगा। मैंने भी ऐसा ही सोचा था। मगर अभी वह पिंजरे से कुछ गज दूर थी तभी बाबा ने उसे देखा और उसे पहचान लिया। वह खुशी से चिल्लाया। वह उसके पास भाग कर गई, उसे सलाखों के बीच में से पुचकारा और वह खुशी से अपने सिर पर खड़ा हो गया।

17. अगले तीन घंटों तक वह पिंजरे से नहीं हटी। उसने उसे चाय. लैमोनेड. केक. आइसक्रीम और पता नहीं क्या-क्या दिया। तब जाने का समय हो गया और हमें आना पड़ा। मेरी पत्नी ज़ोर-ज़ोर से रोई; बाबा भी ज़ोर से रोया; यहाँ तक कि कठोर मैनेजर और चौकीदार भी उदास हो गए। जो कुछ मैं जानता था कि आगे होने वाला है, उससे मैंने समझौता कर लिया।

(Page 117)
18. “ओह, कृपया, श्रीमान” उसने प्रबंधक से कहा, “क्या मैं अपने बाबा को वापस ले जा सकती हूँ।” उसने हिचकिचाते हुए उत्तर दिया, “मैडम, वह चिड़ियाघर का है और अब सरकारी संपत्ति है। मैं सरकारी संप अफसर, बंगलौर में अधीक्षक मान जाता है तो निस्संदेह आप उसे वापस ले जा सकते हैं।”

19. इसके पीछे एक वापस बंगलौर की यात्रा और अधीक्षक के बंगले की यात्रा हुई। एक अश्रुपूर्ण दलील दी गई- में और बाबा दोनों एक दूसरे के लिए दुःखी हैं। क्या आप कृपया उसे मुझे वापस लेने देंगे?’ वह एक दयालु दिल का व्यक्ति था और सहमत हो गया। यह ही नहीं बल्कि उसने प्रबंधक को यह बताते हुए पत्र लिखा

(Page 118)
कि भालू बंगलौर लाने के लिए हमें पिंजरा उधार दे दें।

20. हम पुनः वापस मैसूर गए, अधीक्षक के पत्र को साथ लेकर। बाबा को वापस एक छोटे पिंजरे में हांका गया और कार की छत के ऊपर रखा गया; पिंजरे को बड़ी सुरक्षित रूप से बांधा गया और एक धीमी और सावधान बंगलौर वापसी की यात्रा पूरी की गई।

21. एक बार घर आने पर आंगन में विशेष कार्य हेतु मजदूरों की एक टोली को लगा दिया गया। बाबा के लिए एक टापू बना दिया गया। वह 20 फुट लंबा और 15 फुट चौड़ा था और उसके चारों ओर एक सूखा खड्डा था या खाई, 6 फुट चौड़ी और 7 फुट गहरी बना दी गई।

एक लकड़ी का बक्सा जिसमें कभी पक्षी रखे जाते थे वहाँ लाया गया और रात को बाबा के अंदर सोने के लिए वहाँ रख दिया गया। उसे गर्म रखने के लिए अंदर फूस रख दी गई और वह मुड़ा-तुड़ा ढूंठ जिसे वह अपना ‘बच्चा’ समझता था और बांस का टुकड़ा जो उसकी ‘बंदूक’ थी, दोनों को भावुकतापूर्ण तभी से सुरक्षित रख दिया गया था जब उसे चिड़ियाघर भेजा गया था। उन दोनों चीजों को वापस वहीं उसके खेलने के लिए रख दिया गया था।

22. कुछ दिनों में मजदूरों ने पिंजरे को उठाकर टापू में रख दिया और बाबा को आज़ाद कर दिया। वह खुश हुआ, अपने पिछले पैरों पर खड़ा होकर वह अपनी ‘बंदूक’ से निशाना साधता और अपने ‘बच्चे’ को झुलाता। मेरी पत्नी कुर्सी में घंटों वहाँ बैठी रहती जबकि वह उसकी गोद में बैठा रहता। वह 15 महीने का था और काफी भारी भी था!

23. जिस तरीके से मेरी पत्नी टापू पर पहुँचती है और वहाँ से जाती है वह काफी रोचक है। मैंने ऊपर लटकती हुई आम की एक टहनी से एक रस्सी बांध दी है इसके सिरों पर एक छल्ला है। छल्ले में एक पैर रखकर वह दूसरे से स्वयं को धकेलती है। वापसी भी इसी तरह ही की जाती है। लेकिन अब कौन कह सकता है कि एक स्लॉथ भालू में स्नेह की भावना नहीं है, स्मरण शक्ति नहीं है और व्यक्तिगत गुण नहीं है?

Haryana State Board HBSE 9th Class Social Science Solutions Economics Chapter 3 Poverty as a Challenge Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Haryana Board 9th Class Social Science Solutions Economics Chapter 3 Poverty as a Challenge

HBSE 9th Class Social Science Economics Poverty as a Challenge Intext Questions and Answers

(Page 32)

Poverty As A Challenge HBSE 9th Class Question 1.
Why do different countries use different poverty lines?
Answer:
A person is considered poor if his or her income or consumption level falls below a given “minimum level” necessary to fulfill basic needs. What is necessary to satisfy basic needs is different at different times and in different countries. Therefore, poverty line may vary with.time and place. Each country uses an imaginary line that is considered appropriate for its existing level of development and its accepted minimum social norms.

Poverty As A Challenge Class 9 Exercise HBSE Question 2.
What do you think is the minimum necessary level in your locality?
Answer:
Students are required to do it themselves.

(Page 33)

Important Questions Of Poverty As A Challenge Class 9 HBSE Question 1.
Study the Table 3.1 and answer the following questions.
Estimates of Poverty in India

Source:
Econnomic Survey 2002-03, Ministry of Finance, Government of India.
Even if poverty ratio declined between 1973-74 and 1993-94, why did the number of poor remain at about 320 million?

Are the dynamics of poverty reduction the same in rural and urban India?
Answer:
(i) The number of poor remain at about 320 million due to increasing population and shifting of people from rural to urban areas.
(ii) The dynamics of poverty reduction are not same in rural and urban India whereas as poverty level is continously declining in rural India it is not so in urban area’s. In the year 1993-94 poverty in urban areas infact increased.

(Page 35)

Observe some of the poor families around you and try to find the following:
(i) Which social and economic group do they belong to?
(ii) Who are the earning members in the family?
(iii) What is the condition of the old people in the family ?
(iv) Are all the children (boys and girls) attending schools?
Answer:
Students should do it themselves.

(Page 36)

Question 1.
Study the graph 3.2 and do the following:
(i) Identify the three states where, the poverty ratio is the highest

(ii) Identify the three states where poverty ratio is lowest.
Note-See the graph on page No. 114
Answer:
(i) Poverty ratio is highest in Orissa, Bihar and Madhya Pradesh.
(ii) Poverty ratio is lowest in Jammu Kashmir, Punjab and Himachal Pradesh.

Question 2.
Study die graph 3.4 and do the following
(i) Identify the area of the world, where poverty ratios have declined.
(ii) Identify the area of the globe which has the largest concentration of poor.
Answer:
(i) Poverty has declined substantially in China and South-east Asian countries.
(ii) Sub-Saharan Africa, has the largest concentration of poor.

(Page 40)

Question 1.
Describe how the poverty line is measured fat India. .
Answer:
In India while determining the poverty line, a minimum level of food requirement, clothing, footwear, fuel and light, educational andmedical requirements are determined for subsistence. These physical quantities are mulitplied by their prices in rupees. The present formula for food requirement while estimating the poverty line is based on the desired calories requirement. The calories needs vary depending on age, sex and thefype of work that a person does. The accepted calories requirement in India is 2400 calories per person per day in rural areas and 2100 calories per person per day in urban areas.

Poverty line is also measured on die basis of monetary expenditure per capita needed for buying these calorie requirements in terms of food-grains etc. On the basis of these calculations, for the year2000, the poverty line
for a person was fixed at Rs 328 per month for the rural areas and Rs 454 for the urban areas.

Question 2.
Do you think the present methodology for poverty estimation is appropriate.
Answer:
The present method of measuring poverty is not adequate. It takes into consideration the minimum subsistence level and not the reasonable level of living. There is need to broaden the concept of poverty. A large number of people may be able to feed themselves but they do not have access to other necessities like education, sanitation, health, job security etc. They may not be free from caste and gender discrimination etc. Thus definition of poverty should be changed. Apart from food all the above things should be brought into its preview.

Question 3.
Describe poverty trends in India since 1973.
Answer:
There is a Substantial decline fit- poverty ratios in India from about 55 percent in 1973 to 36 percent in 1993. The proportion of people below poverty line further came down to about 26 percent in 2000. If the trend continues, people below poverty line may come down to less than 20 percent in the next ew years. Although, the percentage erf people living below poverty has decUned in the earlier two decades the number of poor remained stable around 320 million for a fairly long period. The latest estimates indicate a significant reduction in the number of poor to about 260 million.

Question 4.
Discuss the major reasons for poverty tit India.
Answer:
There are various reasons for poverty in India. Few of them ate listed below.
(i) British policy-The historical reason is the low level of economic development under the British colonial administration. The policies of colonial government ruined the traditipnal handicrafts and discouraged development of industries like textiles.

(ii) Tow economic growth rate-The low rate of growth persisted until the nineteen eighties. This resulted in less job opportunities ‘ and low growth rate of incomes.

(iii) High growth rate of the population-The growth rate of population was very high. It combined with low economic growth rate to make the growth rate of percent income very low.

(iv) Migration of people from rural to urban , areas-Due to heavy pressure on agricultural land and absence of alternative occupation in rural areas people started migrating to urban areas. This intensified the problem of urban poverty. These people could not find job with adequate income therefore, started living in slums and under unhygienic conditions.

(v) Unequal distribution of income and wealth-One of the major reasons of poverty” is the high income in equalities. The main cause of it is the unequal distribution of land. Land reforms that aimed at the redistribution of assets and improvement of the poor in rural areas were not implemented effectively.

(vi) Social factors like-illiteracy-Large size of family, law of inheritance, and caste system are, also responsible for prevalence of poverty-ridden people.

Question 5.
Identify the social and economic groups which are most vulnerable to poverty in India.
Answer:
The proportion of people below poverty line is not same for all social groups and. economic categories in India. Social groups which are most vulnerable to poverty. are scheduled castes and scheduled tribe households. Similarly, among the economic groups the most vulnerable groups are the rural agricultural labour households and the urban casual labour households.

Question 6.
Give an account of interstate disparities in poverty in India.
Answer:
The proportion of poor people is not the same in every state. Though there is a decline in state level poverty, the success rate of reducing poverty varies from state to state. Recent estimates show that in 20 states and union territories, the poverty ratio is less than the national average. On the other hard, poverty is still a serious problem in Orissa, Bihar, Assam, Tripura arid Uttar. Pradesh: Orissa and Bihar ate the poorest state with poverty ratios of 47 and 43 percent respectively. Along with rural poverty, urban poverty is also high in Orissa, Madhya Pradesh) Bihar and Uttar Pradesh.

In comparison, there has been a significant decline in poverty, in Kerala, Jammu and Kashmir;’Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Gujarat and West Bengal. States like Punjab arid Haryana have traditionally succeeded in reducing poverty with The help of high agricultural growth rates. They have succeeded in reducing poverty due to human resource development. In West Bengal, land reform measures have helped in bringing down poverty levels. In Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu public distribution system have been responsible for the improvement.

Question 7.
Describe global poverty trends.
Answer:
The proportion of people in developing countries living in extreme economic poverty-defined by the World Bank as living on less than $ 1 per day – has fallen from 28 per cent in 1990 to 21 per Cent in 2001. Although there has been a substantial reduction in global poverty, it is marked with great regional differences. Poverty declined substantially in China and Southeast Asian countries as a result of rapid economic growth and massive investments in human resource development.

Number of poors in China has come down from 606 million in 1981 to 212 million in 2001; Dt fhe countries of South Asia (India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Nepal, Bangladesh, Bhutan) the decline has notbeen as rapid. Despite decline in the percentage of the poor, the number of poor has declined marginally from 475 million in 1981 to 428 million in 2001. Because of different poverty

line definition, poverty in India is also shown higher than, the national estimates. In sub-Saharan Africa, poverty in fact rose from 41 per cent in 1981 to 46 per cent in 2001. In Latin America, the ratio of poverty remained the same. Poverty has also resurfaced in some of the former socialist countries like Russia, where officially it was non-existent earlier. The Millennium Development Goals of the United Nations calls for reducing the proportion of people living on less than $ 1 a day to half, the 1990 level by 2015.

Question 8.
Describe current government strategy of poverty alleviation.
Answer:
The currentanti-poverty strategy of the government is bajjed broadly on two planks-
(i) promotion of economic growth.
(ii) targeted anti-poverty programmes:

(i) Promotion of economic growth:
for a long period percentage of poor (45) remained stagnant. It started falling with tire increase in economic growth rate in eighties. The growth rate increased from 3.5 percent in 1970’s to about 6 percent during 1980’s and 1990’s The higher growth, rates have helped significantly in the reduction of poverty.

Thus; there is a strong link between economic growth and poverty reduction. Economic growth widens opportunities and provides the resources needed to invest in human development. This also encourages people to send their children, including girls, to schools in the hope of getting better economic returns from investing in education.

(ii) Targeted anti-poverty programmes:
The poor are not able to take advantage from the opportunities created by economic growth. Moreover growth in agriculture is much below expectations. Therefore, there is a clear need for targetted anti-poverty programmes. Some of these are as follows:

(iii) National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (2005)-It was passed in September 2005. The act provides 100 days assured employment every year to every rural household in 200 districts. Later, the scheme will be extended to 600 districts. One-third of the proposed jobs would be reserved for. women.

(b) National Food for Work Programme:
It was launched in 2004 in 150 most backward districts of the country. The programme is open to all rural poor who are in need of wage employment and desire to do manual work. It is implemented as a 100 percent centrally sponsored, scheme and food-grains are provided free of cost to the states.

(iii) Prime Minister Rozgar Yozana-It was started in 1993. In it youths are helped in settiiig up small business and industries in rural areas and small towns.

(iv) Rural Employment Generation Programme-It was launched in 1995. The aim of the programme is to create self employment opportunities in rural areas and small towns. A target of creating 25 lakh hew jobs has. been set up for the programme under the tenth five-year plan.

(v) Swarnajayanti Gram Swarozgar Yojana-It was launched in 1999. The programme aims at bringing the assisted poor families above the poverty line by organising them into self help groups through a mix of bank credit and government subsidy.

(vi) Pradhan Mantri Gramoda/a Yozana – It was launched In 2000, additional central assistance is given to-states for basic services such as primary health, primary education, rural shelter, rural drinking water and rural electrification.

Question 9.
Answer file following questions briefly-
(i) What do you understand by human poverty.
(ii) Who are the poorest of the poor ?
(iii) What are the main features of the National Rural Employment Guarantee Act 2005?
Answer:
(i) Today many scholars advocate that one must broaden the concept of poverty into human poverty. By it they mean that while measuring poverty instead of minimum subsistence level we must consider reasonable 5 level of living. It must include in its purview availability of basic education, health care, sanitation, job security gender equality etc.

(ii) Women, children and old people are poorest of file poor.
(iii) Main features of National Rural Employment Guarantee Act 2005 are:
(a) It provides 100 days assured employment every year to every rural household in 200 districts.
(b) One-third of the proposed jobs would be reserved for’ women.
(c) If the.applicant is not provided employment within fifteen days he/she will be entitled to a daily unemployment allowance.

HBSE 9th Class Social Science Economics Poverty as a Challenge Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is poverty ?
Or
Explain the term ‘poverty’.
Answer:
Poverty means a situation in which a person is unable to get minimum basic necessities of life i:e. food, clothing and shelter for his or her sustenance.

Question 2.
What is poverty line?
Answer:
Poverty line is referred to as minimum requirement for basic necessities.

Question 3.
Mention two measures to alleviate poverty in India.
Answer:
Measures to reduce poverty in India are-
(a) to create more employment opportunities.
(b) to check the growth of population.

Question 4.
How social scientists look at poverty ?
Answer:
Social scientists look at poverty through a variety of indicators. Usually the indicators used relate to the levels of income and consumption. But now the poverty is looked through other social indicators like illiteracy level, lack of general resistance due to malnutrition, lack of access to health care, lack of job opportunities, lack of access to safe drinking water etc

Question 5.
Who estimates poverty line in India?
Answer:
National-sample survey organisation.

Question 6.
What is the poverty line for a person according to the 2000 census?
Answer:
According to the year 2000, the poverty line of a person is Rs. 328 per month, for the rural areas and Rs. 454 for urban areas.

Question 7.
Mention the three most poor states of India.
Answer:
The there most poor states of India are Orissa, Bihar and Mahdya Pradesh.

Question 8.
What is the poverty line an defined by the World Bank?
Answer:
Poverty line as defined by the world bank is the people living on less than $ 1 per day:

Question 9.
How does growth rate in population increase poverty in a country? Explain.
Answer:
Population growth is one of the major causes of unemployment in India: When the. number of people increases in a country much faster than the increase in employment opportunities, that situation may lead to unemployment. Since the pressure of population on agriculture/primary sector is already very high, the responsibility of creating new jobs is to be borne and shared by the secondary and tertiary sector.

Question 10.
Explain the term ‘poverty7?
Answer:
Poverty is a situation in which a person is unable to get minimum basic necessities of life, i.e. food, clothing and shelter for his or her sustenance. Such people are called as poverty ridden or people living below poverty line. When a larger section of the people in an economy is deprived of these basic necessities that economy is said to be in mass poverty. During 1999-2000, approximately 26 crore people in India were reported to be poverty ridden.

Question 11.
Explain any four causes of poverty.
Answer:
Four causes of poverty are-
(i) Unemployment-When With the increase in population, employment opporhihities does not grow at the same rate, it results in poverty

(ii) Social factors-Social factors like illiteracy, ignorance; fatalism and joint family system have stopped from adopting modem ideas and techniques so that they could not increase their income.

(iii) Underutilised natural resources-The resources have not been, fully utilised. The bulk of our resources are still lying unused.

(iv) Backward agriculture-There is lack of basic facilities like water, fertiliser, pesticides etc. The productivity is low’and Indian farmer remains poor.

Question 12.
Explain structural aitd cyclical unemployment. Give one example of each.
Answer:
Structural unemployment-If in an economy, there is no capital or resources to provide employment to all the labour force that situation is referred to as structural unemployment. The nature of unemployment in India is parly structural. “India does not have sufficient capital to employ labourers working in agriculture. Cyclical unemployment-When there is unemployment due to shortage of demand for %oods, it is referred to as cyclical unemployment. It generally occurs in capitalist countries.

Question 13.
Explain any two measures undertaken by government to alleviate poverty in rural India.
Answer:
Programmes started by government to alleviate poverty in rural/ areas are as follows –
(i) Swaranjayanti Gram Swarojgar Yojana-The objective of the programme is to help the existing poor families to come above the poverty line. It is actually a sponsored scheme and is in operation in all – the development blocks of the country since 1980. Under it families below poverty line are provided financial assistance.

The objectives of the programme is, to give employment, to those, men and women who do not get sufficient days of employment in rural areas. This programme aims at creation of community assets such as Social forestry/ soil conservation, minor irrigation projects, and renovation of village wells, rural roads, schools etc.

Question 14.
What are the methods to measure poverty* line?
Answer:
Methods to measure poverty line-
(i) Expenditure method-Firstly, for each person the minimum nutritional food requirement for survival is measured. Then it is converted into equivalent money value i.e. rupees. Apart from food, money required for other items is also added into it. This total equivalent amount is considered as poverty line. An those families which spend less than the poverty line, are considered as below poverty line families.

(ii) Income method-In this method, all those families whose total income in a month is less than foe poverty line as fixed- by the government are considered to be belowpoverty line.families.

Question 15.
How did government table problems of poverty in foe initial stages of economic planning.
Answer:
In the initial, stages of. economic of poverty from four dimensions, as given below—
(i) The government believed that efforts towards developing foe heavy industries and green revolution would create employment opportunities and incomes, which would lead to rapid economic development
(ii) Several land reform measures such as abolition of zamindari system, security of tenant farmers against eviction, fixation of rents, ceilings on land holdings and distribution of surplus land etc.
(iii) Small scale and cottage industries were encouraged.
(iv) An attempt was made to reduce gap between rich and poor through income and wealth redistribution.

Question 16.
Explain social exclusion concept of poverty.
Answer:
According to this concept, poverty must bee seen in terms of the poor having to -live only in a poor surroundings with other poor people, excluded from enjoying social equality of better off people in better surroundings. Social exclusion can be both a cause as well as a consequence of poverty in foe usual sense. Broadly, it is a process-through which individuals or groups are excluded from facilities, benefits and opportunities that others enjoy.

Question 17.
What is vulnerability ?
Or
Explain the concept of vulnerability.
Answer:
Vulnerability to poverty is a measure which describes the greater probability of certain communities or individuals of becoming or remaining poor in the coming years. Vulnerability is determined by the finding an alternative living in terms ojf assets, education, health and job opportunities. Further it is analysed on the basis of greater risks these groups face at the time of natural disasters. Additional analysis is made of their social and economic ability to handle these risks.

Question 18.
How indebtedness of farmers is responsible for poverty ?
Or
How indebtedness of fanners is both the cause and effect of poverty ?
Answer:
Small farmers need money to buy agricultural inputs like seeds, fertilizer, pesticides etc. Since poor people hardly have any savings, they borrow from money- 7 lenders. Money-lenders give them loan at very high interest rates. Therefore, they are unable to repay these’ loans because of poverty. They become victims, of indebtedness. So the high level of indebtedness is both the cause and effect of poverty.

Question 19.
Examine the causes of poverty and explain any three measures adopted to remove poverty in India. r
Answer:
Causes of poverty-
(i) Britishers adopted the policy to discourage traditional industries. This has left millions of weavers poor.
(ii) Excessive dependency on agriculture has resulted in low ievel of income for the rural masses.
(iii) Majority of the rural poor do not have enough land and machinery. They are mostly landless labourers and people without work.
(iv) Social factors like illiteracy, large size of family, law of inheritance and caste system are also responsible for prevalence of poverty ridden people.

Poverty alleviation programmes-
(i) Swarnajayanti Grain Swarojgar Yojana-It is a centrally sponsored scheme which is in operation since 1980. It provides financial assistance to rural poor.

(ii) JawaharGram Samriddhi Yojana-Its objective is to generate employment for those men and women who do not get sufficient days, of employment in rural areas.

(iii) Prime Minister Rozgar Yojana and Swarnajayanti Shahari Rojgar Yojana-These schemes are aimed at the welfare of the educated unemployed in urban areas. It aims to provide self employment to the educated unemployed in the age group of 18 to 35, particularly, in the urban areas. Employment Assurance Scheme and Pradhanmantri Gramodaya Yojana were launched in 1999 and 2000-01.

Some Important Facts

1. Poverty-It is a situation in which a person is unable to get minimum basic necessities of life.
2. Poverty line-It is the minimum requirement for basic necessities.

Haryana State Board HBSE 9th Class Social Science Solutions Civics Chapter 3 Constitutional Design Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Haryana Board 9th Class Social Science Solutions Civics Chapter 3 Constitutional Design

HBSE 9th Class Social Science Civics Constitutional Design Textbook Questions and Answers

Constitutional Design Question Answer HBSE 9th Class Question 1.
Here are some false statements. Identify the mistake in each case and rewrite these correctly based on what you have read in this chapter.
(a) Leaders of the freedom movement had an open mind about whether the country should be democratic or not after independence.
(b) Members of the Constituent Assembly of India held the same views on all provisions of the Constitution.
(c) A country that has a Constitution must be a democracy.
(d) Constitution cannot be amended because it is the supreme law of a country.
Answer:
(a) The leaders of the freedom movement had an open mind about the proposition that the country should be democratic after independence.
(b) No, the members of the Constituent Assembly of India did not hold the same view on all provisions of the Constitution.
(c) The democratic countries have their respective constitutions, A country that has a Constitution is usually the one that is democratic.
(d) Constitution can be, amended according to the changing times

Class 9 Civics Chapter 3 Constitutional Design Questions And Answers HBSE Question 2.
Which of these was the most salient underlying conflict in the making of a democratic constitution in South Africa:
(a) Between South Africa and its neighbors
(b) Between men and women
(c) Between the white majority and the black minority
(d) Between the colored minority and the black majority.
Answer:
(d) However, when the Constitution was formulated, it was based on the principles of equality of all races and on justice.

Constitutional Design Class 9 Exercise HBSE Question 3.
Which of these, is a provision that a democratic constitution does not have?
(a) Powers of the head of the state
(b) Name of the head of the state
(c) Powers of the legislature
(d) Name of the country
Answer:
The name of the head of the state is not a provision that a democratic constitution has.

Class 9 Civics Chapter 3 Constitutional Design HBSE Question 4.
Match the following leaders with their roles in the making of the Constitution:
(a) Motilal Nehru – (i) President of the Constituent Assembly
(b) B. R. Ambedkar – (ii) Member of the Constituent Assembly
(c) Rajendra Prasad – (iii) Chairman of the Drafting Committee
(d) Sarojini Naidu – (iv) Prepared a Constitution for India in 1928.
Answer:
(a) Motilal Nehru – (iv) Prepared a Constitution for India in 1928.
(b) B. R. Ambedkar – (iii) Chairman of the Drafting Committee
(c) Rajendra Prasad – (i) President of the Constituent Assembly
(d) Sarojini Naidu – (ii) Member of the Constituent Assembly

Class 9 Civics Chapter 3 Constitutional Design Question Answer HBSE Question 5.
Read again the extracts from Nehru’s speech ‘Tryst with Westiny’ and answer the following:
(a) Why did Nehru use the expression “not wholly or in full measure” in the first sentence?
(b) What pledge did he want the makers of the Indian Constitution to take?
(c) The ambition of the greatest man of our generation has been to wipe every tear from every eye.” Who was he referring to?
Answer:
(a) The promise has to be redeemed neither in part, nor in full, but in substance. This means that the promise to be redeemed is:in its essence.
(b) The pledge that Nehru wanted that the members of the Indian Constituent Assembly was to serve the people, the country, and the whole of humankind.
(c) He was referring to the people of India who had been suffering or have suffered.

Constitutional Design Class 9 Questions And Answers HBSE Question 6.
Here are some of the guiding values of the Constitution and their meaning. Rewrite them by matching them correctly.
(a) Sovereign: Government will not favor any religion
(b) Republic: People have the supreme right to make decisions.
(c) fraternity: Head of the state is an elected person
(d) Secular: People should live like brothers and sisters.
Answer:
(a) Sovereign: People have the supreme right to make decisions.
(b) Republic: Head of the state is an elected person.
(c) Fraternity: People should live like, brothers and sisters,
(d) Secular:’ Government will not favour any religion.

Question 7.
A friend from Nepal has written you a letter describing the political situation there. Many political parties are opposing the rule of the king. Some of them say that the existing constitution given by the monarch can be amended to allow more powers to elected representatives. Others are demanding a new Constitution Assembly to write a republican constitution. Reply to your friend giving your opinions on the subject.
Answer:
In our opinion, the new constitution should be formulated for the country. The new constitution should be a republic where the head of the state has to be elected by the people directly or indirectly. Such a provision makes it Constitution democratic. If the people of Nepal are traditionally bound, to have a monarch, let the monarch shed his real powers and.offer himself to be a tiller head as is the case in Britain or in Japan.

Question 8.
Here are different opinions about what made India a democracy. How much importance would you give to each of these factors?
(a) Democracy in India is a gift of the British rulers. We received training to work with representative legislative institutions under British rule.
(b) Freedom Struggle challenged the colonial exploitation and denial of different freedoms to IndiAnswer: Free India could be anything but democratic,
(c) We were lucky to have leaders who had democratic convictions. The denial of democracy in several other newly independent countries shows the important role of these leaders.
Answer:
Indeed, India did receive training in democracy from the British, but what they disliked was the rule of the British which had exploited us for their own imperialistic designs. It is also true that when our leaders were fighting the liberation struggle, they were convinced that a free India has to be a democratic one. In fact, the whole slave world was seeking not only independence
but also democracy. How could the Indians be an exception.

Question 9.
Read the following extract from a conduct book for ‘married women’, published in 1912. ‘God has made the female species delicate and fragile both physically and emotionally, pitiably incapable of self-defense. They are destined thus by God to remain in male protection of father, husband and son all their lives. Women should, therefore, not despair, but feel obliged that, they can dedicate themselves to the service of men. Do you think the values expressed in this para reflected the values underlying our Constitution? Or does this go against constitutional values?
Answer:
No, not at all. Our Constitution does not subscribe, to the values expressed here in this para. In fact, our Constitution upholds the value of gender equality: men and women are equal in every respect. Rather the Constitution gives preferential treatment to the weak, women including.

Question 10.
Read the following statements about a constitution. Give reasons why each of these is true or not true.
(a) The authority of the rules of the constitution is the same as that of any other law.
(b) Constitution lays down how different organs of the government will be formed.
(c) Rights of citizens and limits on the power of the government are laid down in the constitution.
(d) A constitution is about institutions, not about values.
Answer:
(a) No the Constitution is the supreme law of the land; the other laws have to be in line with the rules of the Constitution.
(b) The Constitution lays down the formation and powers of the organs of the government. The statement is true:
(c) True, the Constitution provides for the fundamental rights of the citizens. It also provides for limits on the power of the government.
(d) It is not true. Our constitution is both for the institutions (governmental organs) and values (liberty, justice equality, fraternity).

HBSE 9th Class Social Science Civics Constitutional Design Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Mention the number of states in the Union of India.
Answer:
Twenty-eight (2006).

Question 2.
Mention the number of union territories in India.
Answer:
Seven (2006).

Question 3.
Give the dafe when the Constitution of India was Enforced.
Answer:
January 26, 1950, also called Republic Day.

Question 4.
Who was elected as the President of the Constituent Assembly?
Answer:
Dr. Rajendra Prasad.

Question 5.
Name the chairman of the drafting committee who drafted the constitution.
Answer:
Dr. B. R. Ambedkar.

Question 6.
Name the three states which Originated in 2001.
Answer:
1. Chattisgarh
2. Uttranchal
3. Jharkhand.

Question 7.
What is meant by the union territory?
Answer:
Union territory is the region where the government is under the direct control of the Centre.

Question 8.
For how many days did the Constituent Assembly meet?
Answer:
114 days.

Question 9.
What time was taken in the making of the constitution?
Answer:
2 years 11 months and 18 days.

Question 10.
Why tire Constitution is called a living document ?’
Answer:
The Constitution is called a living document because it has the scope of continuos development according to the needs, aspirations and expectations of the people.

Question 11.
Name the countries from where the Constitution had incorporated some of the salient features.
Answer:
1. England
2, Ireland
3. France.
4. U.S.A
5. Australia.

Question 12.
Who set out the underlying philosophy of the Constitution?
Answer:
Jawaharlal Nehru.

Question 13.
What is highlighted by the Preamble?
Answer:
The Preamble highlights the fundamental and noblest values and guiding principles on which the Indian Constitution is based.

Question 14.
How many items are there in the Concurrent List?
Answer:
47.

Question 15.
How many items are there in the State List?
Answer:
66

Question 16.
Which one of the three lists has maximum of items?
Answer:
The Union List.

Question 17.
How many subjects are there in the Union List?
Answer:
97.

Question 18.
Which kind of citizenship has been provided in India?
Answer:
Single citizenship.

Question 19.
What are the provisions made by the, Indian Constitution to cope with a situation which is not normal?
Answer:
Emergency provisions.

Question 20.
By whom the residuary powers are enjoyed?
Answer:
By the Central Government.

Question 21.
In which of the lists the subjects like criminal and civil procedure are included?
Answer:
In the Concurrent List.

Question 22.
Name some of the subjects included in the Union List.
Answer:
1. Banking
2. Telegraph
3. Defence
4. Foreign affairs
5. Atomic Energy etc

Question 23.
Name some of the subjects included in the State List.
Answer:
1. Police
2. Local government
3. Agriculture
4. Trade and commerce etc.

Question 24.
At the time of emergency which one of the governments has been more powers?
Answer:
The Central Government.

Question 25.
How were the number of seats allocated to the states?
Answer:
Each of the states was allocated the number of seats in such a manner that the ratio between the number of seats and the population remain practical.

Question 26.
What is Constitution?
Answer:
A constitution is a set of rules according to which the government of a country runs. The constitution also defines the composition and powers of the three organs of the government – the Executive, the Legislative and the Judiciary. The constitution also explains the relations between the government are the citizens. The constitution defines the powers of the government so clearly that in order to make sure the government does not misuse its powers. The constitution protects the right of the citizens. In fact, every independent country prepares a constitution of its own as it signifies independence.

Question 27.
Explain in your own words the difference you find between the political maps of India, in 1947 and in 2002.
Answer:
The political map of India in 1947:
In 1947, when India got its freedom; it had provinces and several princely states. Many of its parts were still: under the foreign possession like Pondicherry, Yanam, Mahe, and Chandernagore were under the French rule while Goa, Daman and Diu were under the rule of Portugal, This also shows nearly 562 princely states independent. Hie political map of India in 2002: This map shows the present political condition of India. having 28 states and 7 union territories. In the present map of India there is no foreign territory.

Question 28.
Why the Constituent Assembly is called miniature India?
Answer:
The Constituent Assembly is called miniature India because the members of the Constituent Assembly were from all of the parts and communities of the country. In fact the Constituent Assembly did not only have members from different communities and regions but also had members representing different political par ties. Hence, it was a miniature India in a very true sense.

Question 29.
Give a brief description of the Constituent Assembly.
Answer:
The Constituent Assembly had great leaders like Pt. Jawaharlal Nehru, Sardar Ballabhbhai Patel, Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad, Dr.Shyama Prasad Mukerji, and Sardar Baldev Singh. Dr. Rajendra Prasad was the President of the Constituent Assembly. Dr. B.R. Ambedkar was the Chairman of the Drafting Committee. In fact, the Constituent Assembly had its members from different regions and sections of India. More than 30 members were from scheduled castes. The. Anglo Indian community was represented by Frank Anthony while H. P. Modi was representing the Parsi community.

Question 30.
Make a table of the languages which have been included in the Constitution.
Answer:

• Assamese
• Bengali
• Gujarati’
• Hindi
• Dogri
• Kannada
• Kashmiri
• Konkani
• Malayalam
• Manipuri
• Marathi
• Nepali
• Orissa
• Santhali
• Punjabi
• Sanskrit
• Sindhi
• Tamil
• Maithali
• Telgu
• Urdu
• Bodo

Question 31.
Name the states which were carved out of in view of the popular demand much after 1956.
Answer:
In 1956 the states of India were reorganized for the first. But several states were carved out in view of the popular demands. These states are
1. Gujarat
2. Nagaland
3. Haryana
4. Mizoram
5. Himachal Pradesh
6. Manipur
7. Meghalaya
8. Arunachal Pradesh
9. Tripura
10. Goa
11. Chhattisgarh
12. Jharkhand
13. Uttaranchal.

Question 32.
How many members were there in the Indian constituent Assembly in December 1947?
Answer:
In December 1947 the Constituent Assembly of India had 299 members. 229 members among them were from the Indian states while 70 members were from the princely states.

Question 33.
Why has Hindi been adopted as the official language of the Union government?
Answer:
After the independence, the need of adopting an Indian language to replace English was felt. The Constituent Assembly choose Hindi to replace English because of the following reasons:

1. Of all the Indan languages, Hindi is spoken by a large number of people.
2. Hindi is understood by a large number of people.
3. Even persons whose mother tongue is not Hindi, can understand Hindi.
“Because of these plus points Hindi has been adopted as the official language of the Union government. However, an assurance was also given that so long as it is found necessary the non-Hindi speaking states have been given the liberty to use English along with Hindi.

Question 34.
What was the need of reorganization of the states after the independence?
Answer:
Soon after the independence, most of the princely states and the states were joined together so that the unity and the integration of the country would be maintained. But after some time the need was felt to reorganize the states because of the expectations and aspirations of the people and also because of their demands.

Question 35.
Why is Preamble very important?
Answer:
The Preamble contains the ideals and basic principles of the Indian constitution. The Preamble is riot a part of the constitution. The The preamble is neither enforceable in a court of law. No one has the right to go to court and say that the. The preamble has not been enforced by the government. Yet the Preamble is, very important as it serves as the guiding light of the constitution. The Preamble of the Indian constitution makes it absolutely clear that the Indian constitution stands for justice, Liberty, Equality, and Fraternity.

Question 36.
What do you know about the Universal Adult Franchise? Why the constitution of India has adopted it?
Answer:
The term Universal Adult Franchise is meant by the voting right of the citizen. In India, every citizen who has completed the age of 18 years is able to participate in the election procedure. This right has been extended to all the citizens irrespective of. their caste, creed, color, religion, sex or status. Our Constitution has adopted this system to make India a real democracy. In a very true sense this feature has made India the largest democracy in the world.

Question 37.
Write down the four ideals on that the Preamble of of India emphasizes.
Answer:
The preamble of our constitution emphasizes on the following four elements –
1. Justice – According to fo the Preamble every citizen must get justice in every sector including social, economic and political sectors.
2. Liberty-Each Indian must have the liberty of thought, expression, belief, faith and worship.
3. Equality-The Preamble ensures equality of status and opportunity for all the citizens.
4. Fraternity-It assures the dignity of the individuals and the unity and integrity of the Nation.

Question 38.
Explain clearly the meaning given to secularism.
Answer:
Secularism in India acquired a meaning different from the \yay it is. understood in the West. It means respect for all religious beliefs and practices, regardless of who and what number follow a particular religion. It also means that individual has complete freedom of faith and worship.

Question 39.
Explain as to how the European countries and India got their democratic rights.
Answer:
In Europe, people won democratic rights through long struggles against, the privileges of aristocrats and powers of monarchs. Sometimes, these struggles were highly violent. For example, during the French Revolution hundreds of supporters of monarchy were killed. In India the struggle for democracy was carried on against the British colonial rule. It retrained by and large peaceful. With the adoption of the Constitution, all basic democratic political rights along with universal adult suffrage were introduced in India at one stroke.

Question 40.
What is the basic structure of the Constitution?
Answer:
The Constitution of India does not describe as what is the basic structure of the Constitution. But the Supreme Court has done
it. The basic structure of the constitution is as follows:
every provision of the Constitution is essential; otherwise, it would not have been put in the Constitution. This is true. But this does not place every provision of the Constitution in the same position. The true position is that every provision of the Constitution can be amended provided the basic foundation and structure of the Constitution remain the same.

The basic structure may be said to consist of the following features:
1. Supremacy of the Constitution;
2. Republican and Democratic form of Government;
3. Secular character of the Constitution;
4. Separation of powers between the legislature, the executive and the judiciary;
5. Federal character of the Constitution.”
“The above structure is built on the basic foundation, i.e., the dignity and freedom of the individual. This is of supreme importance. This cannot, by any form of an amendment, be destroyed,” The Supreme Court said this in its  judgment on the Kesavananda Bharati Case.

Question 41.
Explain terms such as “sovereign’, ‘democratic’, and republic.
Answer:
The Constitution proclaimed India to be a sovereign democratic republic. This ‘ three words-sovereign, democratic and republic-are significant. Sovereignty means supreme power. It means the right of people to take decisions on internal matters as well as policies determining our relations with other countries. As the authority of the government rests upon the support of the people, people are sovereign.

Democracy means people enjoy equal political rights. They include right to form associations, right to criticize and oppose policies of the government, right to contest elections and hold public offices. People have a right to elect a government through the periodical, free and fair elections. Government is responsible to the people and exercise powers only as defined in the Constitution. No government can continue in power without the support of majority of people’s representatives in the legislature. People can change the government in elections.
Republic means that the head of the State (President) is an elected person. He/ she wields power for a fixed term.
India is a Union of States.

Question 42.
Compare the grant of democratic rights as it came in the European countries and in India.
Answer:
European countries had developed industrially before they became full-fledged democracies. But in India democracy came before any such substantial industrial development. At the time of its Independence, India was predominantly an agrarian economy. Illiteracy was widespread. Poverty was rampant. This was an unusual experiment in establishing democracy in conditions of mass poverty. European countries had become strong nations by the time they became democratic. The situation was different in. our country.

The task of building the nation in real sense started after we became a democracy. In Europe and America expansion of democracy took place by limiting the powers of government. People there believed that freedom is possible if there is no unnecessary interference of the government in the private affairs of the individual. So they fought for freedoms against absolutist governments. But in India, the government was assigned a larger role from the beginning: We wanted the state to bring about all-around development. So the expansion of democracy in India has been bound with the expansion of government.

Thus in the history of the Western nations, expansion of democracy was associated with industrialization, the emergence of strong nations, militant struggles for voting rights and limiting the governmental powers. Those countries went through these stages one after the other, over a period of nearly 200 years. But in India democracy had to address these issues all at the same time. The country has to industrially develop, build a nation and national government, transform social relations, and meet the basic needs of the people. The Indian state had to simultaneously pursue these, goals in a democratic framework.

Question 43.
Write a brief note on the Directive Principles of State Policy.
Answer:
The Constitution prescribed certain guidelines for governments in making policies. These are called “Directive Policies of State Policy”. Their objective is to secure a social order, which promotes the welfare of the people. For example, the State should take steps for securing an adequate means of livelihood to all citizens.

The ownership and control of the material resources of the nation are to be distributed in such a way as to secure the common good. The economic system of the county is to’ be operated in a maimer so as to prevent concentration of wealth. Men and women shall receive equal pay for equal work. Free and compulsory education, shall be provided to all children. Child labour shall be eliminated. The principles of socialism and. Gandhian ideals are incorporated in these Directive Principles.

Question 44.
Who proposed the Objectives Resolution? For what did it stand?
Answer:
The Objectives Resolution was proposed by Pt Jawaharlal Nehru on 13th December 1946. It was passed on 22 January 1947. Objective Resolution was in fact a document that contained the main objectives of the framing of the new constitution for India.

The Objectives Resolution stood for the. folio wing objectives –
1. The Objectives Resolution dealt with fundamentals that were commonly held and had been accepted by the people.
2. The Resolution states that it is our firm and solemn resolve to have a sovereign republic.
3. It stands for a free India that can be nothing but a republic.
4. It declared that the Union would be an “independent Sovereign Republic” and it would be comprised of the autonomic units of the British and the princely states with residuary powers.
5. It ensures that the ideas of social, political and economic democracy would be guaranteed to all the sections of the people.
6. It also ensures that an adequate safeguard would be provided for minorities and the backward communities and the areas.
7. It also guaranteed that the people of India would be given the freedom of thought, vocation, association, expression, belief, faith, worship and in law and morality.

Objective Type Questions

Question 1.
Fill up the following blanks with suitable words –
(i) The Constitution of our country has taken …………… years …………… months ………….. days in its making.
(ii) In the Constituent Assembly, the Parsi community was represented by …………..
(iii) In the Constituent Assembly, the total number of members from the states of British India was…………….
(iv) The Objective Resolution was proposed by …………..
Answer:
(i) 2, 11,18
(ii) H. P. Modi
(iii) 296
(iv) Pt. Jawhar Lai Nehru
(v) 1949
(vi) 114
(vii) Lahore
(viii) President
(ix) Chairman.

Question 2.
Put (✓) before the correct sentences and (✗) before incorrect ones.
(i) The Constituent Assembly was not directly elected by the people.
(ii) Shyama Prasad Mukerjee was not among the leaders who guided the discussion in the constituent Assembly.
(iii) Constitution is a fundamental legal document.
(iv) British India was an independent, Sovereign and Republic.
(v) The underlying philosophy of the constitution was set ou t by J awaharlal Nehru in his Objective Resolution.
(vi) Yanam was possessed by France.
(vii) The Drafting committee was known as the miniature of India.
Answer:
(i) ✓
(ii) ✗
(iii) ✓
(iv) ✗
(v) ✗
(vi) ✓
(vii) x.

Question 3.
Choose the correct answer from the alternatives given here:
(i) The following was the President of the Constituent Assembly:
(a) Dr. Ambedkar
(b) Dr. Rajendra Prasad
(c) Gandhiji
(d) Nehru
Answer:
(b) Dr. Rajendra Prasad

(ii) The following was the chairman of the Constitution Drafting Committee:
(a) Dr. Ambedkar
(b) Dr. Rajdendra Prasad
(c) Gandhiji
(d) Nehru
Answer:
(a) Dr. Ambedkar

(iii) India had enacted its Constitution on:
(a) 26 th January 1930
(b) 26th November 1949
(c) 15th August 1947
(d) 26th January 1950
Answer:
(d) 26th January 1950

(iv) India’s Constitution is:
(a) Flexible
(b) Rigid
(c) Partly flexible, partly rigid
(d) Neither flexible nor rigid.
Answer:
(c) Partly flexible, partly rigid

(v) India’s federating units are:
(a) 25
(b) 26
(c) 27
(d) 28
Answer:
(d) 28

Haryana State Board HBSE 9th Class Social Science Solutions Economics Chapter 1 The Story of Village Palampur Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Haryana Board 9th Class Social Science Solutions Economics Chapter 1 The Story of Village Palampur

HBSE 9th Class Social Science Economics The Story of Village Palampur Intext Questions and Answers

(Page 3)

Class 9 Economics Chapter 1 The Story of Village Palampur Answers HBSE Question 1.
The following table 1.1 shows the and under cultivation in India in units of million Hectares. Plot this on the graph provided. What does the graph show ? Discuss in class.

(i) Is it important to increase the area under irrigation why ?
(ii) You have read about the crops grown in Palampur. Fill the following table based on information on the crops grown in your region.

Answer:
(i) The land available for cultivation is practically fixed. Therefore, to grow more from’ the same land is the only way of increasing production. To grow more from the same land is possible only through well developed irrigation. Therefore , it is important to increase area under irrigation.

(ii) Students are required to do it themselves.

(Page 5)

(i) What is the difference between multi-ple cropping and modem farming method,
Answer:
Difference between multiple cropping and modern farming:
1. Multiple cropping-To grow more than one corp on a piece of land during the year is known as multiple cropping. Different crops are grown in different seasons on the same land. For growing more than one crop in a year on the same land a well developed irrigation system is necessary.

2. Modem methods of fanning-The other way of increasing production is to use modern farming methods for higher yield. This can be done by using high yielding variety of seeds. These seeds need good irrigation system, chemical fertilizers and pesticides. Farm machines like tractors and threshers, make ploughing and harvesting faster.

(ii) The following table shows the production of wheat and pulses in India after the green revolution in units of million tonnes. Plot this on a graph. Was the green revolution equally successful for both the crops discuss.

Answer:
The green revolution is not equally successful for both the crops. Whereas production, of wheat has increased manifold over the years but production of pulses is- almost stable. Production of pulses has increased form 10 to 11 between the years 1965 to 2001. But that of wheat has increased from 10 to 70 between the years 1965 to 2001.

(iii) What is the working capital required by the former using modern farming methods ?
Answer:
The working capital required by the farmer using modem farming methods is HYV seeds, chemical fertilizers and pesticides.

(iv) Modem fanning methods require the farmer to start with more cash than before why ?
Answer:
The working capital required by the farmer using modem farming method is chemical fertilizers, pesticides and HYV seeds. Also they require good irrigation system. The HYV seeds, chemical fertilizers and pesticides are prepared in industries and therefore are costlier than traditional seeds and natural fertilizers. For developing a good irrigation system a farmer needs to get electric-run tubewells and electricity connection.

For these he has to pay charges. Also, some of the farmers buy farm machinery like, tractors and tubewells which make ploughing and harvesting faster. For all the above-mentioned things a farmer requires good cash. Therefore, we can say that modern farming methods require the farmer to start with more cash than before.

9th Class Economics Chapter 1 HBSE

Suggested Activity

During your field visit talk to some farmers of your region. Find out:
1. What kind of fanning methods-modern or traditional or mixed-do the farmers use. Write a note.
2. What are the sources of irrigation?
3. How much of the cultivated land is irrigated? (Very little/nearly half/majority /all).
4. From where do farmers obtain the inputs that they require?
Answer:
Students are required to do it themselves.

The Story of Village Palampur Chapter 1 HBSE 9th Class

Suggested Activity

After reading the following reports from newspapers/ magazines, write a letter to the Agriculture Minister in your own words telling him how the use of chemical fertilizers can be harmful. ………… Chemical fertilizers provide minerals which dissolve in water and are immediately available to plants. But these may not be retained in the soil for long. They may escape from the soil and pollute ground water, rivers and lakes, chemical fertilizers can also kill bacteria and other microorganisms in the oil. This means some time after their use, the soil
will be less fertile than over before …………..(Source Down to Earth, New Delhi).

……….. The consumption of chemical ferdizliers in Punjab is highest in the country. The continuous use of chemical fertilizers, has led to degradation of soil health. Punjab farmers are now forced to use more and more chemical fertizliers and other inputs to achieve the same production level. This means cost of cultivation is rising very fast ………… (Source: The Tribune, Chandigarh)
Answer:
To;
The Agriculture Minister
Dept, of agriculture
New Delhi
Sir/Madam,
Sub: The effects of chemical fertilizers

This letter is to divert your attention to the ill effects of chemical fertilisers on our health and soil fertility. To* grow more from the same land farmers use these fertilizers in very high quantity without realizing its effects. These fertilizers escape from the soil and pollute ground water, rivers and lakes. When we drink this polluted water it effects our health. Also, these chemical fertilisers kill bacteria and other micro-organisms in the soil. It effects the fertility of soil.

The continuous use of chemical fertilisers has led to the degradation qf soil health. The farmers are now forced to use more and more chemical fertilisers and other inputs to achieve the same production level. This has increased the cost of production as a result the prices of crops have increased. As chemical fertilisers are harmful for our environment and health government should restrict their use. It should encourage farmers to use bio fetilisers and manure.

I hope the ministry concerned will pay attention to it.
Thanking you
Yours Sincerely
X.Y.Z.

HBSE 9th Class Chapter 1 The Story of Village Palampur Economics

(Page 7)

(i) In Picture 1.5, can you shade the land cultivated by the small farmers?

(ii) Why do so many families of farmers cultivate such small plots of land?
Answer:
Because of the increasing population land has been divided and sub-divided between different people. As a result size of land holdings has decreased.

(iii) The distribution of farmers in India and the amount of land they cultivate is given in the following graph Li. Discuss in the classroom.
Answer:
Do it yourself.

Let’S Discuss

(i) Would you agree what the distribution of cultivated land is unequal in Palampur? Do you find a similar situation for India? Explain.
Ans.
Yes, we agree that the distribution of cultivated land is unequal in Palampur Similar situation is pævailing in India. Large number of small farmers cultivate small plots of land of less than I hectare 20% of the large and medium farmers. Cultivate 36% of the land.

(Page 9)

Question 1.
Why are farm labourers like Dala and Ramkali poor?
Answer:
Dala and Ramkali are landless labourers. They work on other people’s field for wages and sometimes even go to a nearby village for work. But the wages that they get are less than the minimum wage set by the government. Therefore, they are poor.

Question 2.
Gosaipur and Majauli are two villages in North Bihar. Out of a total of 850 households in the two villages. There are more their 250 men who are employed in rural Punjab and Haryana or Nagpur. Such migration is common in most villages across India. Why do people migrate can you decribe (based on your imagination) the work that the migrants of Gosaipur and Majauli might do at the place of destination ?
Answer:
People migrate form rural to urban areas in search of jobs. The migrants of Gosaipur and Majauli perform labour work at the place of destination. They work in brick making units, as a labourer in building construction, they become rikshawpullers or work as helpers in shops and small restaurants.

(Page 11)

Let us take three fanners Each has grown wheat on his field though the production is different (see Column 2). The consumption of wheat by each farmer family is the same (Column 3). The whole of surplus wheat this year is used as capital for next years’s production. Also suppose, production is twice the capital used in production. Complete the tables.
Farmer :1

Farmer :2

Farmer :3

Lets Discuss

(i) Compare the production of wheat by three farmers over the years.
Answer:
The production of three famrers is different from year to year 1st famrers production has increased every year, whereas second farmers, production level is constant. But the produciton of third farmer has declined every year. In fact, in year three his production is zero.

(ii) What happens to famrer 3 in year 3? Can he continue production ? What will he have to do to continue production?
Answer:
In the year 3, the produciton of farmer 3 has fallen to zero. He cannot continue production becaue he doesn’t have the capital. To continue produètion he has to borrow capital. The famrel can provide this capital. Also, he has to follow modern farming. methods If he wants to continue production for many years.

(Page 12)

Question 1.
What capital did Mishrilal need to set up- his Jaggery manufacturing unit crushing machine.
Answer:
He needs mechanical sugarcane crushing machine.

Question 2.
Who provides? the labour in this case?
Answer:
Mishrilal himself and his family members provide the labour.

Question 3.
Can you guess why mishrilal is unable to increase his profit.
Answer:
Mishrilal is unable to increase his profit because’he manufactures jaggery at very small scale. Also, he does not sell it directly into the market but through middlemen.

Question 4.
Would you think of any reasons when he might face a loss.
Answer:
He might face a loss if other farmers refused to sell him sugarcane or in case of crops failure.

Question 5.
Why does Mishrilal sell his jaggery, to traders in Shahpur and not in his village ?
Answer:
Mishrilal sells his jaggery to traders in Shahpur because it is the nearest market.

(Page 12)

Question 1.
In what ways is Kareem’s capital and labour different from Mishrilal’s:
Answer:
Mishrilal’s capital is a manufacturing capital, whereas Kareem’s capital is a computer which used for teaching Kareem works in tertiary sector therefore, his jobs is white colar job whereas Mishrlal performs the work of labourer.

Question 2.
Why didn’t someone start the computer centre earlier? Disuss some of the possible reasons.
Answer:
Some one didn’t start the computer centre earlier due to the following reasons:
(i) People were not aware of computers:
(ii) People were uneducated,
(iii) Computer teachers were not available in the village and nobody was ready to come from outside.

(Page 13)

Let’s Discuss

Question 1.
What is Kishora’s fixed capital?
Answer:
Wooden cart and buffalo.

Question 2.
What do you think would be his working capital?
Answer:
His working capital is fooder.

Question 3.
In how many production activities is Kishora involved?
Answer:
Three.

Question 4.
Would you say that Kishora has benfitted from better roads in Palampur ?
Answer:
Yes, he has benefitted from them. Because of better roads he is able to ferry goods through his wooden cart. Also, it will effect the health of his buffalo less.

(Page 14-15)

Question 1.
Every village in India is surveyed once in ten years during the census and some of details are presented in the following format. Fill up the following based on information on Palampur.
(a) Location:
(b) Total area of the village:
(c) Land use (in hectares):

(d) Facilities:

Answer:
(a) Western part of Uttar Pradesh.
(b) 226 hectares:
(c) Irrigated-200 hectares; un-irrigated~0 hectares.
(d) Two primary schools, one high school.

• Primary health centre run by government, one private dispensary.
• Nearest market at Raiganj.
• Electric connections in most of the houses.
• Connected by telephone.
• Nearest town: Shahpur

Question 2.
Modem farming methods require more inputs which are manufactured in industry. Do you agree ?
Answer:
Modem farming methods require high yielding varieties of seeds. Compared to the traditional seeds, HYV seeds needed plenty of water and also chemical fertilizers and pesticides to produce best results. Higher yields were possible only from a combination of HYV seeds, irrigation chemical fertilizers, pesticides etc.

Question 3.
How did the spread of electricity help farmers in Palampur?
Answer:
Electricity came early in Palampur. It helped in developing system of irrigation. With the coming of electricity, Persian wheels were replaced with electric-run tubewells. Electric-run tubewells could irrigate much large areas of land more effectively. The first few tubewells were installed by the government. Soon, however, farmers started setting up private tubewells. As a result, by mid 1970’s the entire cultivated area of 200 hectares (ha.) was irrigated.

Question 4.
Is it important to increase the area under irrigation? Why?
Answer:
The land available for cultivation is practically fixed. Therefore, to grow more from the same land is the only way of increasing production. To grow more from the same land is possible only through, well developed irrigation. Therefore, it is important to increase area under irrigation.

Question 5.
Construct a table on the distribution of land among the 450 families of Palampur.
Answer:

Question 6.
Why are the wages of farm labourers in Palampur less than minimum wages ?
Answer:
The minimum wages for a farm labourer set up by the government is Rs. 60 per day, but farm labourers in Palampur gets only Rs. 35-40 per day. It is because there is heavy competition for work among the farm labourers in Palampur, so people agree to work for lower wages.

Question 7.
In your region, take to two labourers. Choose either from labourers or labourers working at construction sites. What wages do they get ? Are they paid in cash or kind ? DQ they get work regularly ? Are they iun debt ?
Answer:
Do it yourself.

Question 8.
What are the different ways of increasing production on the same piece of land ? Use examples to explain.
Answer:
The are two different ways of increasing production on the same piece of land. The one way is multiple cropping. To grow more than one crop On a piece of land during the year is known multiple cropping. The other way is to use modem farming methods for higher yield. Compared to traditional seeds, the HYV seeds produced much greater amounts of grain on a single plant. As a result the same piece of land would now produce far larger quantities of food-grains than was possible earlier.

Question 9.
Describe the work of a fanner with 1 hectare of land.
Answer:
The farmer with one hectare of land cultivate his own field. He also works as a farm labourer for medium and large farmers. In return he gets wages either in cash or kind.

Question 10.
How do the medium and large farmers obtain capital for farming’? How is it different from the small fanners ?
Answer:
The medium and large farmers are able to save some of their earnings. They use these savings to buy capital for the next season. Thus, they are able to arrange for the capital for fanning from their own savings. On the other hand, small farmers have to borrow money to arrange for the capital. They borrow from the large farmers or the village moneylenders or the traders who supply various inputs for cultivation. *

Question 11.
On what terms did Savita get a loan from Tejpal Singh? Would Savita’s condition be different if she could get a loan from the bank at a low rate of interest?
Answer:
Savita is a small farmer. She doesn’t have the money to buy working capital. Therefore, she borrowed some money from Tejpal Singh, a large farmer. Tejpal Singh gave her a loan at an interest rate of 24 percent for four months. Also, he made her agree to work on his fields as a farm labourer during the harvest season at Rs. 32 a day. Savita was a mother of three children, had a lot of household work and she even had to work on her own field. But then also she agreed to Tejpal’s condition. The conditions would have been different if she could get a loan from bank. In that case the rate of interest wouldhave been low and also there would have been no need to work on Tejpal’s farm.

Question 12.
Talk to some old residents in your region and write a short report on the changes in irrigation and changes in production methods during.the last 30 years.
Answer:
During the last 30 years irrigation and production methods have undergone a drastic change. With the coming of electricity irrigation techniques have changed. Persian wheels are replaced by electric tubewells. Electric tube- wells could irrigate much larger areas of land more effectively. In last 30 years, farming methods are greatly revolutionized. Modem farming methods are used for higher yield. Earlier traditional seeds were used in cultivation. These seeds had relatively low yield. They require less irrigation. Earmers used cow- dung and other natural manure as fertilizers.

But nowadays farmers use high-yielding varieties (HYVs) of seeds. Compared to traditional seeds, HYV seeds produced much greater amounts of grain on a single plant. As a result the same piece of land would now produce for larger quantities of foodgrains than was possible earlier. But these seeds needed plenty of water, chemical fertilizers and pesticides to produce best results. Thus, higher yields were possible only from a combination of HYV seeds, irrigation, chemical fertilizers, pesticides etc.

Question 13.
What are the non-farm production activities taking place in your region ? Make a shortlist.
Answer:
Non-farm production activities taking place in our region are:
1. Shop-keeping.
2. Small-scale manufacturing.
3. Transportation (Rickshawalas, Auto rickshawalas) etc.
4. Entertainment (Cinema halls).

Question 14.
What can be done so that more non-farm production activities can be started in villages ?
Answer:
It is important to increase non-farm production activities in villages. It helps in providing permanent gainful employment to small and landless farmers. But to start non-farm activities people require capital. For this it is important that loan be available at low rate of interest. Another thing which is. essentiahfor expansion of non-farm activities is to have markets where goods and services produced can be sold. Villages can be connected to towns and cities through good roads, transport and telephone.

HBSE 9th Class Social Science Economics The Story of Village Palampur Textbook Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What are the different types of production activities in the village?
Answer:
There are two types of production activities in the village –
(i) farming and,
(ii) non-farm activities.

The non-farm activities include small manufacturing, transport and shop-keeping.

Question 2.
Define factors of production.
Answer:
The various inputs required to produce goods and services are called as factors of production. There are mainly four factors of production: land, labour,’ physical capital and human capital.

Question 3.
Distinguish between fixed capital and working capital.
Answer:
The physical capital which can be used in production over many years is called as fixed capital. For example: tools, machines and buildings. On the other hand, the physical capital which gets completely used up during the production process is called as working capital. For example raw materials and money in hand.

Question 4.
What is human capital?
Answer:
The knowledge and enterprise required to put together land, labour and physical capital to produce an output either for self-consumption or for sale in the market is called as human capital.

Question 5.
Define multiple cropping.
Answer:
To.grow more than one crop on a piece of land during the year is known as multiple cropping. It is the most common way of increasing production on a given piece of land.

Question 6.
Mention the two ways of increasing production from the same land.
Answer:
The two ways of increasing production from the same land are:
(a) Multiple cropping and
(b) Using modem farming methods

Question 7.
What is the working capital required by the farmer using modern farming methods?
Answer:
The working capital required by the farmer usina modern farming methods is HYV seeds, chemical fertilizers arid pesticides.

Question 8.
What is surplus?
Answer:
The produce left over after self-consumption is called as surplus. This surplus is brought Over to the market for sale.

Question 9.
Briefly explain the four factors of production.
Answer:
Every production is organized by combining land, labour, physical capital and human capital which are known as factors of production. These factors are explained below:

1. Land-If is the first requirement for the production of goods and services. The land required for farm activities is practically fixed.

2. Labour-The second requirement is labour i.e. people who will do the work. Some activities require highly educated workers like banking and some require workers, for manual working for example carpenter.

3. Physical capital-Physical capital es the variety of inputs required at every stage during production. For example tools, buildings, raw materials etc. Physical capital is of two types: fixed capital and working capital.

4. Human capital-The knowledge and enterprise required to put together land, labour and physical capital (or producing an output either for self-consumption or to sell in the market is called, as a human cap

Question 10.
What is the main constraint on land?
Answer:
In villages farming is the main production activity. Most of the people are ependent on farming for their livefihood. The well being of these people is closely related to production in the farms. The farm production depends upon the land area uqder cultivation. But there is one constraint on it. Land area under cultivation is practically fixed. There has been no expansion in land area under cultivation since 1960. By then, some of the wastelands in the village had been converted to cultivable land. There exists no further scope to increase farm production by bringing new land under cultivation.

Question 11.
What is multiple cropping? Explain by giving an example.
Answer:
To grow more than one crop on a piece of land during the year is known as multiple cropping. It is the mostcommon way of increasing production. During different seasons different crops are grown on the same piece of land. The farmers are able to grow different crops in a year due to well developed irrigation system in most parts of the country

Example : In Palampur all land was Now, the only way of increasing farm production was to grow more than One crop on the same land during the year. Therefore, during rainy season (Kharif) farmers grow jowar and bajra. It was followed by cultivation of potato between October and December. In the winter season (Rabi), fields were sown with wheat. A part of the land area was also devoted to sugarcane which was harvested once every year.

Question 12.
Who provide the labour for farm activities?
Answer:
Farming requires good deal of hard work. Small farmers along with their families cultivate their own fields. Thus, they provide labour required for farming themselves. Medium and large farmers hire farm labourers to work on their fields. Farm labourers come from either landless families of families cultivating small plots of land. These labourers are paid wages by the farmer for whom they work. Wages are paid either in cash or in kind. Wages vary widely from region to region, from crop to crop, from one wide variation in the duration of employment A farm labourer might be employed on a daily harvesting for the whole year.

Question 13.
What is the aim of production? How is it organised?
Answer:
The aim of production is to produce the goods and services that we want. There are four factors of production yiz, land, labour, physical capital and human capital. Every production is organised by combining land, labour, physical capital and human capital. These factors of production are explained below:

1. Land-If is the first requLrement for production of goods and services. The land required for farm activities is practically fixed.

2. Labour-The second requirement is labour. By labour we mean people who will do the work. Some production activities require highly skilled and educated workers to perform tire necessary task. Other activities require workers who can do manual work. Each worker is providing the labour necessary for production.

3. Physical capital-It is the third requirement. Physical capital means the variety of inputs required at every stage during production. The items that come under physical capital are:

(i) Tools, machines and buildings-Tools, machines and buildings can be used in production over many years, and are called as fixed capital.

(ii) Raw materials and money in hand-Production requires a variety of raw materials such as the yarn used by weaver and the clay used by the potter. Also, some money is always required during production to make some payments and buy other necessary items. Raw materials and money in hand are called working capital.

4. Human capital-The fourth requirement of production is human capital. The knowledge and enterprise required to put together land, labour and physical capital to produce an output either for self consumption or for sale in the market is called as human capital.

Question 14.
Write a short note on green revolution.
Answer:
The green revolution started in India in the late 1960’s It introduced the Indian farmer to the cultivation of wheat and rice using high-yielding varieties of seeds (HYV). These seeds give much greater amounts of grain on a Single plant as compared to traditional seeds. As a result, the same piece of land would now produce for larger quantities of foodgrains than was possible earlier.

HYV seeds, however, needed plenty of water, chemical fertilizers and pesticides to produce best results. Higher yields were possible only from a combination. of HYV seeds, irrigation, chemical fertilisers, pesticides etc. Farmers of Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh were the first to try out the modem farming method in India. The farmers in these regions set up tubewells for irrigation and made use of HYV seeds, chemical fertilisers and pesticides.

Some of them also bought farm machineries like tractors and threshers. They were rewarded with high yields of wheat. But green revolution did not come without negative effects. Scientific reports indicated that modern farming methods have overused the natural resource base. In many areas there was loss of soil fertility due to increased use of chemical fertilizers. The continuous use of groundwater for tubewell irrigation has reduced the wafer table below the ground. This is a huge loss. Therefore, one must take care of the environment to ensure future development of agriculture.

Question 15.
How do fanners arrange for the capital needed in fanning?
Answer:
Modem farming methods require a great deal of capital, therefore farmers now need more money than before. Different farmers have different sources of capital. Most of the small farmers borrow money from large farmers or the village money-lenders or the traders who supply various inputs for cultivation. The rate of interest oh such loans is very high. They are put to great distress to repay the loan. Sometimes the small farmers have to work on the fields of medium and large farmers at very low wages to repay the loan. .

In contrast to small farmers, the medium and large farmers have their own savings from farming. These farmers sell their surplus produce in market and get good, earning. A part of these earnings are saved and kept for buying capital for the next season. Thus, they are able to arrange for the capital for farming from their own savings.

Question 16.
What is the condition of the non-farm sector in villages? How can these activities Be increased?
Answer:
The non-farm activities include small manufacturing, transport shop-keeping etc. At present, the non-farm sector in the village is not very large. Out of every 100 workers in the rural areas in, India, only 24 are engaged in non-farm activities. Though there is a Variety of non-farm activities in the village, the number of people employed in each is quite small. Unlike farming, non-farm activities require little land. People with some amount of capital can set up non-farm activities.

The capital required can be mobilised either from one’s own savings or by taking a loan. It is important that loan be available at low rate of interest so that even people without savings can start some non-farm activities. Another thing which is essential for non farm activities is to have market where the goods and services can be sold. As more villages get connected to towns and cities through good roads, transport and telephone, it is possible that the opportunities for non-farm activities production in the village would increase in the coming years.

Question 17.
How are three factors of production land, labour and capital used in farming ?
Answer:
Among these factors of production, labour is the most abundant factor of production. There are many people who are willing to work as farm labourers in the villages whereas the opportunities of work are limited. They belong to either landless families or small farmers They are paid low wages and lead a difficult life. In contrast to labour, land is a scarce factor of production. Land has been used to its maximum. There can be no expansion in cultivated land area.

Moreover, even the existing land is distributed unequally among the people engaged in farming. There are laTge number of small farmers who cultivate small plots of land, and live in conditions not much better than the landless farm labourers. To make the maximum use of the land farmers use multiple cropping and modem methods of farmingrBoth these have led to increase in production of crops.

Modern farming methods require a great deal of capital. Small farmers usually need to borrow money to arrange for the capital and are put to great distress to repay the loan. Therefore, capital too is a scarce factor of production particularly for the small farmers. Though both land and capital are scarce, there is a basic difference between the two factors of production. Land is a natural resource. Whereas capital is man made. It is possible to increase capital, whereas land is fixed. Therefore, it is very important that we take good care of land and other natural resources used in farming.

Some Important Facts

1. Manufacturing-When with the help of few primary goods some other goods are produced, it is called as manufacturing.
2. Inputs or factors-The resources used for producing goods and services are called as factors of production. There are three factors of, production: land; labour and physical capital.
3. Fixed capital-The physical capital that can be used in production over many years is Called as fixed capital. For example: Tools, machines, buildings etc.
4. Working capital-Raw materials and money in hand are called working capital.
5. Kharif crops-Crops grown during, rainy season are called as Kharif crops. For example Jowar and Bajra.
6. Rabi crops-Crops cultivated during winter season are called as Rabi crops. For example Wheat.
7. Multiple cropping-To grow more than one crop on a piece of land during the year is known as multiple cropping.
8. Yield-A crop produced on a given piece of land during a single season is called a yield.

Haryana State Board HBSE 9th Class Social Science Solutions Civics Chapter 2 What is Democracy? Why Democracy? Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Haryana Board 9th Class Social Science Solutions Civics Chapter 2 What is Democracy? Why Democracy?

HBSE 9th Class Social Science Civics What is Democracy? Why Democracy? Textbook Questions and Answers

Class 9 Civics Chapter 2 What is Democracy? Why Democracy? Question Answer HBSE
Question 1.
Here is some information about four countries. Based on this information, how would you classify each of these countries. Write ‘democratic’, ‘undemocratic’ or not sure against each of these.
(a) Country A: People who do not accept the country’s officials religion do not have right to vote.
(b) Country B: The same party has been winning elections for the last twenty years.
(c) Country C : Ruling party has lost in the last three elections.
(d) Country D: There is no independent election commission.
Answer:
(a) Undemocratic
(b) Democratic
(c) Democratic
(d) Undemocratic.

What is Democracy? Why Democracy? Of Haryana 9th Class Question 2.
Here is some information about four countries. Based on this information, how would you classify each of these- countries. Write ‘democratic’, ‘undemocratic’ or ‘not sure’ against each of these.
(a) Country P: The parliament cannot pass a law about the army without the consent of the Chief of Army.
(b) Country Q: The parliament cannot pass a law reducing the powers of the judiciary.
(c) Country R: The country’s leaders cannot sign any treaty with another
country without taking permission from its neighouring country.
(d) Country S: All the major economic decisions about the country are taken by officials of the central bank which the ministers cannot change.
Answer:
(a) Undemocratic
(b) Democratic.
(c) Democratic
(d) Undemocratic.

What is Democracy? Why Democracy? HBSE 9th Class Civics Question 3.
Which of these is not a good argument in favor of democracy? Why?
(a) People feel free and equal in a democracy
(b) Democracies resolve conflict in a better way than others.
(c) Democratic government is more accountable to the people.
(d) Democracies are more prosperous than others.
Answer:
(a) It is an argument in favor of democracy because in a democracy alone, people are free and equal.
(b) It is also an argument in favor of democracy because democracies thrive on dialogues, discussions and ballots where conflicts are easily resolved.
(c) Democratic government is a responsible government; it is also a responsive one. It is also an argument in favour of democracy.
(d) Democracies tend to become prosperous; in poor countries, democracies
are, usually, economically weak. This argument also is in favour of democracy.

HBSE 9th Class Civics Chapter 2 What is Democracy? Why Democracy? Question 4.
Each of these statements contains a democratic and an undemocratic element. Write out the two separately for each statement.
(a) A minister said that some laws have to be passed by the parliament in order to conform to the regulations decided by the World Trade Organisation..
(b) The Election Commission ordered re¬polling in a constituency where large scale rigging was reported.
(c) Women’s representation in the parliament lias never reached 10 per cent. This led women organisations to demand one-third seats for women.
Answer:
(a) To conform to the regulations decided by the World Trade Organization (WTO), the Parliament has to pass a resolution-an element of democracy. This is so because India is a member of WTO. The Parliament can, however, pass the resolution within the parameters of the national .interest.

(b) It is also a democratic element, because free polls strengthen democracy. The Election Commission has the responsibility to see that the elections are conducted in free, fair and impartial manner.

(c) This’is also a democratic element. If about half of the country’s population seeks one third representation, there is nothing undemocratic about it.

Question 5.
Which of these is not a valid reason for aruingthat there is a lesser possibility of famine in a democratic country ?
(a) Opposition parties can draw attention to hunger and starvation
(b) Free press can report suffering from famine in different parts of the country.
(c) Government fears its defeat in the next elections.
(d) People are free to believe in and practice any religion.
Answer:
(D) Is not a valid reason for arguing that there is a better possibility of famine in a democratic country. Belief and practice of religion has nothing to do with famine in a democratic country.

Question 6.
There are 40 villages in a district where the government has made no provision for drinking water. These villagers met and considered many methods of forcing the government to respond to their need. Which of these is not a democratic, method?
(a) Filing a case in the courts claiming that water is part of right to life.
(b) Boycotting the next elections to give a message to .all parties,
(c) Organizing public meetings against government’s policies.
(d) Paying money to government officials to get water.
Answer:
(d) is not a democratic method, for briber is not what a democracy promotes in any form.

Question 7.
Write a response to the following arguments against democracy:
(a) Army is the most disciplined and corruption-free organization in the country. Therefore army should rule the country.
(b) Rule of the majority means the rule of ignorant people. What we need is the rule of the wise, even if they are in small numbers.
(c) If we want a religious leader to guide us in spiritual matters, why, not invite them to guide us in politics as well. The country should be ruled by religious leaders.
Answer:
(a) Military rule is not a democratic rule
(b) True, the majority of the people are illiterate, but this does not mean that the rule of the majority is not democratic. The majority rule has been accepted as a democratic rule all over the world.
(c) The country should not be ruled by religious leaders. Religion and politics are two different things, they have two different domains. Religion is a matter of faith while politics deals with our external relations.

Question 8.
Are the following statements in keeping with democracy as a value? Why?
(a) Father to daughter; I don’t want to hear your opinion about your marriage. In bur family, children marry where the parents tell them to.
(b) Teacher to a student; Don’t disturb my concentration by asking me questions in the classroom.
(c) Employee to the officer; Our working hours must be reduced according to the law.
Answer:
(a) This statement is not in keeping with democracy. Everyone, in a democracy, should have the right to decide, for his/her own life and career.
(b) This statement is not in keeping with democracy. Students have all the rights to ask questions in class or outside the class.
(c) This is perfectly in keeping with demo¬cracy. The workers should work according to the laws, fixing their hours of work.

Question 9.
Consider the following facts about a country and decide if you would call it a democracy. Give reasons to support your decision.
(a) All the citizens of the country have light to vote. Elections are held regularly.
(b) The country took loan from international agencies. One of the conditions for giving loan was that the government would reduce its expenses on education and health.
(c) People speak more than seven languages but education is available only in one language, the language spoken by 52 percent people of that country.
(d) Several organizations have given a call for peaceful demonstrations and nation¬
wide Strikes in the country to oppose these policies. The government has arrested these leaders.
(e) The” government owns the radio and television in the country. A1J the newspapers have to get permission from the government to publish any news about the government’s policies and protests.
Answer:
(a) It is democratic. In a democracy, everyone has the right to form government and hence has a right to vote which people exercise during elections that are held regularly.
(b) This is undemocratic. No restriction by a foreign power is in, itself, democratic.
(c) It is undemocratic. No language should be imposed on those who do not know; that language. Moreover, education should be imparted in the native language.
(d) Peaceful demonstrations and strikes
are part of democratic, rights; criticizing governmental policies too is also a democratic right.
(e) This is undemocratic. In a democracy, press has to be free.

Question 10.
In 2004 a report published in USA pointed to the increasing inequalities in that country. Inequalities in income are reflected in the participation of people in democracy. It also shaped their abilities to influence the decisions taken by the government. The report highlighted that:

If an average Black family earns $ 100 then the income of the average White family is $ 162. A White family has twelve times more wealth than the’ average Black family.

In a President’s election, ‘nearly nine out of 10 individuals in families with income over $ 75,000 have voted. These people are the top 20% of the population in terms of their income. On the other hand, only 5 people out of 10 from families with income less than $ 15,000 have voted. They are the bottom 20% of the population in terms of their income.

About 95% of the contribution to the political parties comes to front the rich. The gives them the opportunity to express their opinion and concern, which is not available to most citizens.

As poor sections participate less in pol-itics, the government does not listen to their concerns-coining about poverty, getting job, education, health care and housing from them. Politicians do not hear regularly about the concerns of business and the most rich. Write an essay bn ”Democracy and Poverty’ using the information given in this report but using examples from India.
Answer:
Democracy and inequalities do not together. Where there are inequalities, i.e. the rich and the poor; few rich and the many, poor, democracy, suffers. The rich, having stakes in the economy, seek to control politics; they help the political parties, financially, make their candidates win the elections, spend money during elections and then seek policies that favour them. The poor are made to vote for the political parties the rich favour. All this breeding inequality leads to corruption in politics and public affairs. Such is the state of affairs in all the elections, including elections, in India.

HBSE 9th Class Social Science Civics What is Democracy? Why Democracy? Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
To what was Allende’s government committed in Chile?
Answer:
Allende’s government was committed to greater role in economic activities.

Question 2.
To what was Walesa’s government committed in Poland?
Answer:
Walesa’s government was committed to as little role as was possible.

Question 3.
Why do we need a definition?
Answer:
We need a definition when we counter a difficulty in everyday use.

Question 4.
What form of government democracy is?
Answer:
Democracy is a form of government in which the rulers are elected by the people.

Question 5.
State any one necessary condition of democracy.
Answer:
Election is the necessary condition of democracy.

Question 6.
Do we have election in a monarchy where the king is all powerful ?
Answer:
There can be no election in a monarchy headed by a real powerful king.

Question 7.
Does the army regime permit elections where it rules through the gun?
Answer:
Normally not. The army general may allow election only to legitimate his rule.

Question 8.
From which language the word . democracy has come up?
Answer:
Etymologically, democracy is derived from two Greek words ‘demos’ and ‘Kratia’. ‘Demos’ means people and ‘Kratia’ means rule. Thus, etmotgoically, democracy means the rule of the people.

Question 9.
How did Abrahan Lincoln define democracy?
Answer:
Democracy, Lincoln had said, is governmertt of the people, by the people and for the people.

Question 10.
Does holding of the elections ensure democracy in a country?
Answer:
Certainly’not. Salazar allowed elections in Portugal once for a while. But there was never a time when the opposition parties won a single seat.

Question 11.
What are the criteria for elections to be called elections?
Answer:
If elections are to be called elections, they are to be
(i) free elections
(ii) fair elections.

Question 12.
What is political freedom ?
Answer:
Political freedom means expressing one’s views on political matters, freedom of speech, and of expression.

Question 13.
How can there be a democracy if there is no political freedom?
Answer:
Where there is no political freedom, there is no democracy . If people are arrested, as Aung San Suu Kyi was put under house arrest, for expressing their view there is no democracy.

Question 14.
Mention, in. addition to elections, other dimensions of democracy.
Answer:
(i) Rule of law
(ii) civil liberties
(iii) protection to minorities against tyranny of majority are some of the other dimensions of democracy.

Question 15.
State any two functions of the elected representatives.
Answer:
Elected representatives make laws and decide, the policies of the government.

Question 16.
What do you mean by universal suffrage?
Answer:
Where all adults have the right to vote in the elections of the representatives is called as universal suffrage.

Question 17.
Mention any one feature of a country if it is to be called democratic.
Answer:
There has to be universal adult franchise, i.e., right to vote in the elections.

Question 18.
What is direct democracy ? Where did we have if?
Answer:
Direct democracy is a democracy where all the citizens directly participate in the discussion and decisions in the legislature. We had it in some city states in ancient Greece.

Question 19.
Wiry does direct democracy become impossible now?
Answer:
(i) Vast population, and
(ii) vast size of the countries make direct democracy as impossible.

Question 20.
What is representative democracy?
Answer:
Where people rule through their elected representative, if is called representative democracy. In modern vast countries, it is representative democracy that works.

Question 21.
What is referendum?
Answer:
Where matters are referred to the vote of. the citizens for final verdict, such a device is called democracy.

Question 22.
Name some of the countries where the device of referendum is in case.
Answer:
Switzerland, France, Denmark, New Zealand.

Question 23.
Why if is more likely that decisions are wrong in dictatorship than under a democracy?
Answer:
Under dictatorship (monarchy or military rule), the rulers do not involve people at all in decision-making. That is why that the decisions there are likely to be wrong.

Question 24.
Why perfect equality does not exist in a society?
Answer:
Perfect equality’does riot exist in any society because of inequalities, among people, in wealth, social status, and position. In fact, perfect
inequality is neve? possible.

Question 25.
Why are the governments responsive in democracies?
Answer:
As the elected representatives, in a democracy has to secure the support of the people, they can not afford to be insensitive to the aspirations of the people.

Question 26.
Give any one definition of democracy.
Answer:
Abraham Lincoln defines democracy as the government of the people (i.e, through participation people constitute the government) by the people (i.e. the people, through the use of their rights, control, their rulers), for the people, (i.e. the government rules for the welfare of the people.

Question 27.
Why do we need a definition of any concept?
Answer:
We need a definition of a concept so as to understand the meaning of the concept. Definition clarifies the meaning. For example, the definition of democracy, etymologically, means, that it is the rule of the people.

Question 28.
Democracy involves people in the formation of the government. How do the people form government ?
Answer:
Democracy, indeed, means government of the people. People form government through elections. Periodic elections are conditions of democracy. Elections have to be (i) frequent (i.e. after definite periods) (ii) free and, (iii) fair. In the absence of elections, democracy is impossible; it can not function successfully.

Question 29.
What do you mean by political freedom ? How does it help the functioning of democracy?
Answer:
Political freedom means freedom given to the people in matter relating to democratic functioning of the government. Political freedom implies right of the people to have their opinions, their right to express those, opinions, and demonstrate their political actions in the form of procession. When people are not permitted to express their opinion, this, weakens democratic trends/tendencies, The house arrest of Aung San Suu Kyi does not fit in democratic functioning.

Question 30.
Explain the following:
(a) Free and fair elections.
(b) Right to contest elections.
Answer:
(a) Free and fair elections: Voters choose officials from among competing individuals and parties. Elections have to be frequent, free and fair. Voters vote without pressure and form government. Votes must be honestly counted.

(b) Right to contest elections: It is the right of all adults to contest elections. For contesting elections, the age limit is higher than the voting age.

Question 31.
Explain the following:
(i) Freedom of expression
(ii) Freedom of information
(iii) Freedom to form association.
Answer:
(i) Freedom of expression: Citizens have freedom of opinion, expression ad discussion. They can criticize officials, government or the socio-economic order. They can also organize meetings, campaign on pubic issues or demonstrate against government.

(ii) Freedom of information: Citizens have access to information about candidates in elections. They can seek information from different sources. Government cannot have monopoly on sources of information. Laws shall protect alternative sources of information.

(iii) Right to form associations: Citizens have a right to form, join or quit associations. It includes a right to form or join a political party that opposes government or to contest elections in opposition to the ruling party. Opposition shall have art equal opportunity to increase popular support or gain power through elections.

Question 32.
Write on the following:
(a) Freedom of culture and religion
(b) Individual freedoms.
Answer:
(a) Freedom of culture and religion: People have freedom of faith, belief and religion. Those who belong to ethnic minorities have the right to follow their cultural practices. Linguistic minorities can speak their language. Religious minorities can freely follow and profess their religion. Persons who belong to minorities enjoy rights available to any other citizen of the country.

(b) Individual freedoms : State does not impose restrictions on travel, choice of residence, and choice of employment. Citizens have an equal right to seek admission in colleges or recruitment to jobs. They can acquire or sell property. They can establish private businesses. They can read any book of their choice. Government does not impose ban on the discussion of ideas.

Question 33.
What do you mean by ‘Rule of law’?
Answer:
All citizens are treated as equal under the law. Law protects citizens from unjustified detention. Military and police are under- the control of elected representatives. Military and police cannot terrorize or torture those who opppse government. Independent courts effectively protect individual and group rights. Decisions of courts are respected and enforced by those in government.

Question 34.
Can you identify some features necessary for any country to be called democratic ?
Answer:
There are, indeed, certain features which are necessary for any country to be called as democratic. Some of these are:
(i) There should be rights for the citizens, riot nominal but actually available.
(ii) The Constitution of the country should not only provide these rights, it should also ensure them.
(iii) The Constitution should also provide democratic institutions and procedures as well.

Question 35.
Suggest some of the rights which sho.dld be available to the citizens in a democratic country.
Answer:
(i) Every citizen should have an right to contest election for holding any public office.
(ii) People should ha ve the right to oppose the government.
(iii) They should have the right to vote out the highest officials from office.
(iv) They should have the right to elect new officials. The elections should be free, fair and frequent.

Question 36.
What adverse effects does economic inequalities have on politics?
Answer:
The growth of economic inequalities has adverse impact on politics, The poorer sections of the people are at a disadvantage in circumstances where there are economic inequalities. In such circumstances, policy makers, government officials and police officers often readily heed to the rich and influential people. They are responsive to the needs of the privileged and indifferent and in attentive to the poor.

Question 37.
How can we rectify the maladies that confront democracy ? Suggest any four measures.
Answer:
(1) Democratic values should be cultivated among the people;
(2) We need to have a democratic society healthy democracy requires democratic society;
(3) The government should reduce corruption; it should be responsive to the people
(4) The voters should’ ealise the importance of voting rights.

Question 38.
Are elections necessary conditions in a democracy ? Give arguments.
Answer:
Elections, indeed’, are necessary conditions for any democracy. In fact, elections alone distinguish between a democracy and non-democracy. In a non-democracy, such as in military rule or in a nonparty, there are no elections. If there are elections they are not frequent, nor fair, and nor even freer. Salazar of Portugal did allow one month of compaign but there was little possibility of opposition leaders whining the elections. Elections are necessary, but if the power is not given to those who win elections, there can not be democracy in such countries.

Aung San Suu Kyi won elections in Burma (now Myanmar) in 1990, but she was not given power, instead she was put under house arrest.
Elections imply the existence of more than one political party so to enable them to contest elections. In China, only the ruling political party can put up candidates, two or more. How can we call such a system as a democratic one ?
Democracy requires elections free, fair and frequent; elections where people are able to remove those elected and install need leaders in power.

Question 39.
Prepare a check list of democracy.
Answer:
Democracy may be defined as a system where the citizens have a right to elect government through free and fair elections; elections held at regular intervals; now where people enjoy civil liberties, and have political freedom; where these liberties and rights are available, ensured and protected by the constitution. In the light of the above working defini tion of democracy, a check list of democracy can be prepared as under:
(i) Voting rights be given to all the adults without any distinction and fair universal adult franchise.
(ii) All the citizens; within the limits of prescribed age, be given right.to contest elections’and hold public office.
(in) Elections have to be fair, free and held at regular intervals.
(iv) People should be ensured rights such as freedom of speech, expressidn, oppose the government, elect its officials.
(v) Civil liberties be available to the citizens. These should include freedom of information, to form associations, freedom of culture and religion, individual and. personal freedoms.
(vi) Rule of law, and not of men, is an important requirement for any democracy.
(vii) Majoritariah principle should be followed, but the rights of minority be protected and ensured; tyranny of majority is worse than the tyranny of a dictator.

Question 40.
Make distinction between a democracy and a non-democracy.
Answer:
A non-democracy may be monarchy, a military .regime, a dictatorship, one party rule and the like. The distinction between a democracy and non-democracy cun be stated as under

Question 41.
Distinguish between direct democracy and representative democracy.
Answer:
The distinction between disert democracy’ and representative democracy can be made as under

Question 42.
How does democracy make government more responsible and responsive? Explain.
Answer:
Democracy makes government more responsible jnd responsive. Those who aspire to win elections have to secure support of the people. People have a right to pass a verdict on the conduct, and performance of the rulers. So the elected officials cannot afford to be insensitive to the aspirations of the people. If they do not conduct themselves properly or do not perform well, they are likely to be voted put in the next election. It is true that in democracies we find some political leaders who are arrogant.

They indulge in nasty means to stick on to power. Some leaders abuse power to fulfill their self-interest. It is a problem for all political systems democracies and non-democracies alike. But the scope for rulers to become more arrogant and corrupt, is more in monarchies and dictatorships than in a democracy. In a democracy, the rulers are usually responsive. They keep themselves accountable to the ruled. They keep a continuous contact with, the people.

Question 43.
Do you agree that democracy relies on open debate, persuasion and compromise?
Answer:
Democracy is not a confrontation; it is a conversation. In democracy, people work through ballots and not through bullets. Intact, democracy relates on open debate and persuasion and compromise and discussion. In any society, there will always be differences of opinion on most questions of public policy. In any society people belong to different classes and communities. They entertain different views. Democracy providesan opportunity for the expression of these differences.

Sometimes the open expression of the differences may cause divisions among people. The social cleavages may get worse. But it is better if these differences are fought out than forcibly suppressed. If we suppress differences they do not die out. They only get. aggravated and burst but leading to disorder and distinegration of a society. This we Saw happening in Soviet Union, and Yugoslavia, Monarchies and dictatorships may appear more stable in the short term. But in the long run, they tend to be more divided, chaotic and unstable. Democracy provides avenues to negotiate differences and arrive at consensus through, compromise.

Objective Type Questions

Question 1.
Fill in the blanks with appropriate words given in the brackets:
(i) Democracy is government ………….. the people people and the people, (by, for, of, on, at)
(ii) In democracy, elections have to be ……………. and fair, (controlled, free, unfree)
(iii) Abacha got power is Nigeria in ………….. (1992,1993)
(iv) Ravsome was a political philosopher ……………. of the century France. (18th, 19th, 17th)
(v) Amartya Sen got Nobel prize in (peace/literature, economics)
Ans.
(i) of, by, for
(ii) free
(iii) 1993
(iv) 18th
(v) economics.

Question 2.
Indicate right sign (✓) or the wrong sign (✗) in the following:
(i) Sun Kyi belongs to Myanmar.
(ii) Salazar was a dictator in mid 1950s in Sweden,
(iii) Elections are necessary conditions for a democracy.
(iv) Raghuvir Sahay wrote a poem entitled ‘Motorwila’. ,
(v) Abacha belonged to Niger.
Answer:
(i) ✓
(ii) ✗
(iii) ✓
(iv) ✗
(v) ✗

Question 3.
Choose the correct alternative from tiie four alternatives given below.
(i) Democracy is the rule of the:
(a) people
(b) political parties.
(c) rich
(d) poor
Answer:
(a) people

(ii) Democracy is a word taken from the following language;
(a) Greek
(b) Roman
(c) English
(d) Sanskrit
Answer:
(a) Greek

(iii) Salazar belonged to:
(a) Chile
(b) Poland
(c) Portual
(d) USA.
Answer:
(c) Portual

(iv) Under whose regime, the Jews were persecuted?
(a) Mussolini
(b) Italian
(c) Marcos
(d) Hitler.
Answer:
(d) Hitler.

(v) Sani Abacha was a miltiary ruler of:
(a) Niger
(b) Nigeria
(c) Chad
(d) Chile
Answer:
(b) Nigeria

Haryana State Board HBSE 9th Class Social Science Solutions Geography Chapter 6 Population Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Haryana Board 9th Class Social Science Solutions Geography Chapter 6 Population

HBSE 9th Class Social Science Geography PopulationTextBook Questions and Answers

Textbook Questions

Population Of Haryana 9th Class Question 1.
Choose the correct answer:
(i) Migrations change the number, distribution and composition of the population in:
(a) the area of departure
(b) the area of arrival
(c) both the area of deparature and arrival
(d) none of the above.
Answer:
(c) both the area of deparature and arrival

(ii) A large proportion of children in a population is result of:
(a) high birth rates
(b) high life expectancies
(c) high death rates
(d) more married couples.
Answer:
(d) more married couples.

(iii) The magnitude of population growth refers to:
(a) the total population of an area.
(b) the number of persons added each year
(c) the rate at which the population increases.
(d) the number of females per thousand males.
Answer:
(b) the number of persons added each year

(iv) According to the Census 2001, a “literate” person is one who:
(a) can read and write his/her name
(b) can read and write any language
(c) is 7 years old and can read and write any language with understanding.
(d) knows 3 Rs. (reading, writing, arithmatics)
Answer:
(c) is 7 years old and can read and write any language with understanding.

Class 9 Geography Chapter 6 Population Notes HBSE Question 2.
Write brief answers:
(i) Why is therate of population growth in India declining since 1981 ?
Answer:
Since 1981, the rate of growth started declining gradually. The declining trend of the growth rate is mainly due to the efforts done with regard to birth control:

(ii) Discuss the major components of population growth.
Answer:
The major components of population growth are as under:
1. Birth rate is the number of live births per thousand persons in a year. It is a major component of growth because in India, birth , rates have always been higher than death rates.

2. Death Rate is the number of deaths per thousand persons in a year. The main cause of the rate of growth of the Indian population has been the fast decline in death rates. Till 1980, high birth rates and declining death rates led to a large difference between birth rates and death rates resulting in higher rates of population growth. Since 1981, birth rates have also started declining gradually, resulting in a gradual decline ini the rate of population growth. What are the reasons for this trend ?

3. Migration : The third component of population growth is migration. Migration is the movement of people across regions i and territories. Migration can.be internal (within the country) or international (between countries). Internal migration does not change the size of the population, bujt influences the distribution of population within the nation. Migration plays a very significant role in

changing the composition and distribution of population.
In India, most migrations have been from rural to urban areas because of the “push” of the adverse conditions of poverty and unemployment in the rural areas and the “pull” of the city in terms of increased employment opportunities and better living conditions. ‘

(iii) Define age structure, death rate and birth rate.
Answer:
Age structure refers to the classification of population into:
(a) children
(b) adult
(c) aged.
Death rate is the number of deaths per thousand persons in a year. Birth rate is the number of live births per thousand persons in a. year.

(iv) How is migration a determinant of population change?
Answer:
Migrations are an important determinant of population change. They change not only the population size but also the population composition in terms of urban and rural populations and in terms of age and sex composition. In India, the rural-urban migration has resulted in a stayed increase in the percentage of the population in cities and towns. The urban population has increased from 17.29 per cent of the total population in 1951 to 27.78 per cent in 2001. There has been a significant increase in the number of ‘million plus cities’ from 23 to 35 in just one decade 1991-2001.

Population Class 9 Questions Answers HBSE Question 3.
Distinguish between population growth, and population change.
Answer:
Population growth is the increase in population. It is what is added to the population. In population change, the number of people changes their place, from one to the other. It neither adds tip nor subtracts from the number of population that the country or a city has.

Chapter 6 Population HBSE  Question 4.
What is the relationship between occupational structure and development?
Answer:
There is a relationship between occupational structure and development. More is the number of adult percentage more is the level of development. Children and the aged are economically unproductive. More is their number, less is the level of development.

Class 9 Geography Chapter 6 HBSE Question 5.
What are the advantages of having a healthy population?
Answer:
The advantages of a healthy population are numerous. A healthy population adds to the health of the nation. It adds to a number of the working population. In a state of a healthy population, there are lesser diseases, lesser deaths lesser health problems and conversely a healthy population to face any problem facing the nation.

9th Class Geography Chapter 6 Question Answer HBSE Question 6.
What are the significant features of the National Population Policy 2000?
Answer:
The National Population Policy (NPP) 2000 is the culmination of years of planned efforts, beginning from the Family Planning Programme. Its significant features are:
(i) Stabilising population growth by 2045.
(ii) Reducing infant mortality rate to below 30 per 1000 live birth.
(iii) Achieving universal immunisation of children against all vaccine-preventable diseases.
(iv) Promoting delayed marriage for girls.
(v) Making family welfare a people-centred programme.
(vi) Helping adolescents attain all health care services.

HBSE 9th Class Social Science Geography Population Important Questions and Answers

Class 9 Population Question Answer HBSE Question 1.
Name the states with a positive sex ratio.
Answer:
1. Kerala
2. Pondicherry

Chapter 6 Geography Class 9 Question Answer HBSE Question 2.
How can the population be divided?
Answer:
The population can be divided according to the categories of people of various age groups.

Class 9th Chapter 6 Geography HBSE Question 3.
Which age group is mainly responsible for the high dependency ratio of India?
Answer:
0-14.

Chapter 6 Geography Class 9 HBSE Question 4.
Who can be taken as a literate person?
Answer:
A person who can read and Write with a certain understanding and is more than seven years old is known as a literate person.

Population Class 9 Solutions HBSE Question 5.
In which year the population policy in India has been implemented?
Answer:
In 1952.

Question 6.
What is the average per capita calory consumption is urban areas?
Answer:
2100 approximately.

Question 7.
What is the per capita calorie consumption in rural areas?
Answer:
2400.

Question 8.
Which, part of the population suffers from anaemia?
Answer:
Adolescent girls.

Question 9.
What is the current birth rate of our country?
Answer:
42.2 per thousand.

Question 10.
What is the current death rate of our country?
Answer:
87 per thousand.

Question 11.
How many million? plus cities are there in our country?
Answer:
23.

Question 12.
What was the percentage of the urban population of our country in 1951?
Answer:
17.29%.

Question 13.
What was the percentage of the urban population of our country in 1991?
Answer:
25.72%:

Question 14.
Has the urban sector of pur country grown uniformly?
Answer:
No.

Question 15.
Name the cities which have shown a large share of migration.
Answer:
Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata.

Question 16.
Which cities in India are known as the mega cities?
Answer:
Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata.

Question 17.
What was the population of the world in 1830?
Answer:
1000 million.

Question 18.
How much part of the total geographical area of the world is shared by India?
Answer:
About 2.4%.

Question 19.
What is the share of India in the total world population?
Answer:
16.7%,

Question 20.
What is the sex ratio in Uttar Pradesh?
Answer:
898.

Question 21.
What do you understand by the productive population? occupational
Or
Differentiate between productive population and dependent population.
Or
What is understood by the dependent population?
Answer:
Productive Population:
It is the part of the population engaged in productive activities. The people of this group generally fall in the age group of 15-59 years.

Dependent Population:
This is the part of the population which is not engaged in productive work. In other words, this part of the population does not contribute in increasing income. Generally, this is the part of the population which falls below 15 years of age and above 59 years. India has a high dependency ratio with regard to the age group of 0-14 years.

Question 22.
Why is India’s consumption is higher than production?
Answer:
India has a high dependency ratio. Because of this fact, a large proportion of a country’s resources are diverted toward satisfying the consumption need of the dependent population. Therefore, consumption is higher than production. This situation is adversely affecting the development of the country.

Question 23.
Why the sex ratio in India is unfavourable?
Or
Point out the main reasons responsible for the unfavourable sex ratio in India.
Answer:
The sex ratio is meant by the number of females on per 1000 males. In India, except Kerala and Pondicherry, sex ratio is unfavourable, meaning less number of females in comparison to males. The main responsible reason behind the unfavourable sex ratio are the following:
1. A large portion of the Indian population provides less care to female children as compared to male children.
2. Women face greater risks to their lives, especially at the time of childbirth.
3. Dowry system and female infanticide take many women’s lives.
4. Illiteracy and poverty lead them to die earlier.

Question 24.
What is meant by child labour? Why is it banned?
Answer:
Child labour is the term which indicates the children who are below 14 years old and employed in factories or business establishments. Article 390 (f) of the Indian constitution lays down that the State should ensure that the children are given opportunities and facilities to develop in a healthy manner and in the conditions of freedom and dignity hence the children must be protected against exploitation. Acting on these guidelines of the Directive Principles of our Constitution, the government of India has banned child labour so that children may be protected against exploitation and moral and material abandonment. Again child labour has been banned to enable children to receive proper education so that they may develop into healthy citizens of future.

Question 25.
What do you understand by the dependency ratio? Why dependency ratio in our country is much higher than the countries like Japan?
Or
Point out the reasons behind the high dependency ratio of India.
Answer: Dependency ratio is the number of dependent persons per hundred on working persons. The dependency ratio is calculated by dividing the dependent population by the active population and multiplying it by 100. In 1991, the dependency ratio in India was 78% which was much high as compared to the countries like Japan where it was only about 48.8%.

The Reasons Behind High Dependency Ratio of India:
1. The population below 14 years is quite high in India.
2. The persons above 59 years old form a large part of the population of India.
3. Due to a lack of work opportunities a large number of people are unemployed or under employed. They also increase the dependency ratio.

Question 26.
Why rural migration could hot be controlled even after adopting modem technique in agriculture?
Answer:
It is a fact that in spite of adopting modern agricultural techniques, rural migration could not be stopped. The main reasons behind this fact are the following:
1. Due to small land holdings and the non-availability of finance and marketing facilities, agriculture is unable to hold any charm among the rural people.
2. Agriculture is unable to provide regular good jobs to the overgrowing rural population.
Hence the migration towards the cities from the rural areas cannot be stopped.

Question 27.
Why has there been such a sudden abrupt rise in the population of India after 1921?
Or
Point out the responsible reasons behind the steep rise in India’s population since 1921.
Answer:
1.921 A.D. is an important landmark in the population history of India. Before 1921, the population of India was almost stable. One the other hand, after the year 1921, the rise in population was constant and very high. It is the reason that the year 1921 is called as great divide between two trends of halting population and constantly increasing population.

The main responsible factors behind this situation are the following:
1. Steady fall in the death rate.
2. New discoveries in the field of medicine.
3. Public health services have been extended to more and more people.
4. After independence stress was laid on better lying conditions.
5. Measures have been successfully taken to check epidemics like plague, small pox, malaria etc.

Question 28.
What is Census?
Answer:
Census is meant by the count of the population of a country. In our India, census takes place every ten years. The last census was held in 2001. The census is in fact an enquiry based on a questionnaire. In this questionnaire, the questions relate the various kinds of information about the members of the household. These questions are not only related to age and occupations of people, but also to the type of facilities available in the households. On the basis of these studies, the government provides details about births, deaths, migration, literacy, sex-ratio etc. The first census, in India, was held in 1872, the first complete census in 1887.

Question 29.
Define sex-ratio.
Answer:
Sex ratio is meant by the number of females per thousand males in the population. Sex ratio in our country has remained favourable to males. At the beginning of the twentieth century, the sex ratio in India was 972. But is deteriorated over the decades. During the last decade, there has been light improvement in this ratio, as it increased from 929 in 1991 to 933 in 2001. In this regard, the encouraging factor is Kerala and Pondicherry as these are the only states with sex ratio in favour of males.

Question 30.
Explain birth rate and death rate.
Answer:
Birth rate: It is the rtumber of live births per thousand persons in a year. It is different from actual number of births during that particular year. Death rate: It is the number of deaths pert thousand persons in a year.

Question 31.
Discuss one factor that causes the growth of the population in India.
Answer:
there are many factors that cause the over-growth of the population in India: However, among all of them illiteracy is major factor because of the following reasons:
1. Because of illiteracy a large part of the population remains unaware of the harms of overpopulation.
2. Illiteracy keep the person with lack of knowledge about the family planning measures.
3. Women are not aware of their rights and health factors due to illiteracy.
4. It keeps the people bound with the customs of years ago which tells them that the children are the gifts from God.
5. Because as illiterates, they give undue importance to have a male child. This illiteracy is a big factor causing overpopulation. Hence, making the people aware and literate the population can be controlled.

Question 32.
How does occupational structure reflect the levels of growth of a country?
Answer:
There are three types of occupational structure in society:
1. Primary
2. Secondary
3. Tertiary.

1. The Primary Activities:
These are the activities in which natural products are produced. Or these activities are pure nature-based. Agriculture, fisheries, and mining are this kind of activities.

2. The Secondary Activities:
These are the activities which are dependent on the primary activities. Cotton mills, textile industries, jute mills, are examples of this kind of activity.

3. The Tertiary Activities:
These are the occupations which are service based. For example, banking, the railways, transport the teaching, medical, engineering etc, are the tertiary activities. As a country makes progress it moves toward the secondary and tertiary activities. . The more developed economy it is, the more is engaged with tertiary activities.

Question 33.
Explain female literacy and population growth.
Answer:
A person who can read and write with certain understanding and is more than seven years old is taken as a literate person. The present literacy level of India is 65.35%. 54% of the Indian females are literate. It means about half of the female population of our country is literate. It is a good signal for checking the overgrowth of the population.

Question 34.
Point out the reasons behind the rapid overgrowth of the population in the metropolitan cities in India:
Answer:
It is a fact that the population of India is growing very rapidly. In the same time, the population of the metropolitan cities is giving a cause for concern. Reasons behind this overgrowth:
1. Metropolitan cities of India are developing themselves as the world-class cities. Hence, they attract people from all over the country.
2. These cities provide more work opportunities. Hence, the victims of unemployment come here to find work.
3. Most of the Indian parts are poorly undeveloped. Hence people come over these cities to find out more developed life opportunities.
4. Many of people migrate to these cities to lead a luxurious lifestyle.
5. For many people living in a metropolitan city is a symbol of high status.
All of the above factors and many more are responsible for the rapid growth of population in these cities.

Question 35.
What is meant by the birth rate and the growth rate ? How would you differentiate between them ?

Answer:
Birth rate is meant by the number of live born children on per thousand persons in a given period. The Growth rate indicates the difference between the birth rate and death, rate at a given period. Growth rate also indicates the rate at which the population in a region grows at a given time. The growth rate is algo related with the difference between the number of the ‘immigrants’ and emigrants. Though this factor is not very prominent in normal times yet is becomes very prominent due to special circumstances. For example; in 1947 and again in 1971, the growth rate in India jumped due to the refugees.

Question 36.
Give an account of the areas which are known as the sparsely populated areas in India.
Answer:
The areas with sparse populations are the following:
1. The Hilly States of North-East India: The northeast of India is not conducted by die overgrowth of population. Meghalaya, Manipur, Mizoram, Nagaland, Arunachal Pradesh, Tripura etc. are the states with very low number of persons. The difficult climatic set-up and dense forest areas make these areas remain sparsely populated areas.

2. The Himalayan Region: This region is sparsely populated because of the following facts:
(a) The whole of the area of this region is mountainous.
(b) It is’ very difficult to develop the transportation facilities over here.
(c) Cultivating is also equally difficult in these areas.
(d) These areas are also covered with thick forests.
(c) Rivers flowing in these areas are very swift and not suitable for navigation.

3. The Tarai Areas: These are the area lying at the foot of the Himalayas. These are sparsely populated because of the uneven land, dense forests, heavy rainfall and also lack of transport means

4. Desert Areas: The Thar and the Rann of Kachcha are sparsely populated because of their unhealthy climatic positions.

Objective Type Questions

Question 1.
Put ✓ before the correct sentence and✗ before the incorrect ones.
(i) Migration means the movement of people across regions and territories.
(ii) The average density of population is India is about 400.
(iii) The bulk of the peninsular blocks have a moderate density of population.
(iv) The year 1921 is called the year of the great divide.
(v) Madhya Pradesh has a low population density.
(vi) The world population at present in near about 10 billion.
(vii) It is projected that India will overtake China in population in 2045.
(viii) India’s population almost doubled between 1951-1981.
Answer:
(i) ✓
(ii)✗
(iii) ✓
(vi) ✗
(v) ✓
(vii) ✓
(viii) ✓

Question 2.
Fill in the following blanks with the most suitable words:
(i) Birth rate is different from actual number of …………..
(iii) The present birth rate of our country is …………..
(iii) Internal migration does not change the size of …………..
(iv) Sex-ratio is meant by the number of females per ………….. males.
(v) There are ………….. cities in our country with a population of one million.
Answer:
(i) Births
(ii) 26%
(iii) Population
(iv) Thousand

Question 5.
Match the following Lists:

Answer:

Question 4.
Match the following two lists:

Answer:

Question 5.
Choose the correct answer from the four alternatives given below:
(i) The following year is known as the year of the great divide:
(a) 1921
(b) 1981
(c) 1941
(d) 1951
Answer:
(a) 1921

(ii) The following state, izi India, is (the biggest state of India:
(a) Madhya Pradesh
(b) Rajasthan
(c) Uttar Pradesh
(d) Bihar
Answer:
(b) Rajasthan

(iii) When is India likely to overtake China in population?
(a) 2025
(b) 2035
(c) 2045
(d) 2055
Answer:
(c) 2045

(iv) The following state in India, has the highest literacy rate:
(a) Bihar
(b) Rajathan
(c) West Bengal
(d) Kerala.
Answer:
(d) Kerala.

(v) The following is not among India’s five states constituting India’s half population:
(a) Sikkim
(b) Uttar Pradesh
(c) Bihar
(d) Maharashtra.
Answer:
(a) Sikkim

Haryana State Board HBSE 9th Class Social Science Solutions Geography Chapter 4 Climate Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Haryana Board 9th Class Social Science Solutions Geography Chapter 4 Climate

HBSE 9th Class Social Science Geography Climate TextBook Questions and Answers

Climate 9th Class HBSE Geography Question 1.
Choose the right answer from the four alternatives given below:

(i) Which one of the following places receives the highest rainfall in the world
(a) Silchar
(b) Mawsyi train
(c) Chefrapunji
(d) (Guahati)
Answer:
(c) Chefrapunji

(ii) The wind blowing in the northern plains in summers is known as:
(a) Kalbaisakhi
(b) Loo
(c) Mountain
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) Loo

(iii) Which one of the following causes rainfall during the winters in north-western part of India.
(a) Cyclonic depression
(b) Rdtrating Monsoon
(c) Western disturbances
(d) S.W. Monsoon
Answer:
(d) S.W. Monsoon

(iv) Monsoon arrives in India approximately in:
(a) early May
(b) early July
(c) early June
(d) early August
Answer:
(c) early June

(v) Which one of the following tihcrac- terises the cold weather season in India ?
(a) Warm days and warm nights
(b) Warm days and cold nights
(c) Cool days and cold nights
(d) Cold days and warm nights
Answer:
(c) Cool days and cold nights

HBSE 9th Class Geography Chapter 4 Climate Question 2.
Answer the following questions:
(i) What are the factors affecting the climate of India ?
Ans.
The factors affecting the climate of India are as under:
1. Latitude:
The Tropic ot Cancer passes through the middle of the country from the Rann of Kuchchh in the west to Mizoram in the east. Almost half of the country-lying south of the Tropic of Cancer, belongs to the tropical area. All the remaining area, north of the Tropic, is in the ‘sub-tropics. Therefore, India’s climate lias traits of tropical as well as subtropical climates.

2. Altitude:
India has mountains to the north, which have an average height of about 6,000 metres, with the highest peaks (some of them amongst the highest in the world) rising above 8,000 metres above sea level. India also has a vast coastal area where the maximum elevation is about 30 metres. The Himalayas prevent the cold winds from Central Asia from entering the subcontinent. It is because of these mountains- that the subcontinent experiences comparatively milder winters. Also temperature differences are minimised between die tropical and subtropical India.

3. Pressure and Winds:
The climate and associated weather conditions, in India, are governed by (a) pressure and surface winds, upper air circulation, western disturbances and tropical cyclones. The pressure and wind conditions over India are unique. During, winter, there is a high-pressure area north of the Himalayas, Cold dry winds blow from this region to the low-pressure areas over the oceans to the south: In summer, a low-pressure area develops over interior Asia as well as over the region surrounding the Arabian Sea, including northwestern India. This causes a complete reversal of winds during summer.

Air moves from the high-pressure area over the southern Indian Ocean, in a south-easterly direction, crosses the equator, and turns right towards the low-pressure areas over the Indian subcontinent. These are known as the South-west Monsoon winds. These winds blow over the warm oceans, gather moisture and bring widespread rainfall over India. The upper air circulation ia this region is dominated by a westerly flow. An important component of this flow is the jet stream. Jet streams, are high velocity winds blowing, through a narrow zone in the upper troposhere.

These jet streams are located approximately over 27°- 30° north latitude, therefore, they are known as subtropical westerly jet streams. Over India, the subtropical westerly jet stream blows south of the Himalayas, all through the year except in summer, The western disturbances experienced in the north and north-western parts of the country are brought in by this westerly flow. In summer, the subtropical westerly jet moves north of the Himalayas with the apparent movement of the sun. An easterly jet stream, called the tropical easterly jet blows over peninsular India, approximately at 14°. N during the summer months.

4. Relief:
The Himalayas act as a great barrier and save India from cold winds of Central Asia. On the other hand, the Western Ghats and the Khasi Hills in Meghalaya lie right across the path of the monsoon winds and cause heavy rainfall.

5. Location:
Being surrounded by the Arabian Sea, the Indian Ocean and the Bay of Bengal, India gets lots of monsoon winds. On the other hand, the desert area causes much heat. The climate of India in fact is also influenced by the climatic conditions over the rest of Asia.

(ii) Why does India have a monsoon type of climate ?
Answer:
India has a monssoon type of climate because it is strongly governed by the monsoon winds.

(iii) Which part of India does experience the highest divemal range of temperature and why?
Answer:
The Thar Desert experiences the highest diverual range of temperature due to its location.

(iv) Which winds do not account for rainfall along the Malabar coast and the Coronomdal coast?
Answer:
The south-west monsoon winds do not account for rainfall along the Malabar coast and the Coromondal coast.

(v) What are Jet streams And how do they affect the climate of India?
Answer:
The Jet streams are a narrow belt of high attitude (above 12000 m) westerly winds in the troposphere. Their speed varies from summer to winter. As it helps decrease temperature, it affects climate.

(vi) Define monsoons. What do you understand by ‘break’ monsoon?
Answer:
‘Monsoon’ word has been derived from the Arabic word ‘Mausam’ meaning season. ‘Monsoon’ is generally used to refer to indicate the rain-bearing winds which reverse their direction with the change of the season and blow” throughout the Indian sub-continent, specially‘during the summer season. By ‘breade’ of the monsoon means the sudden approach of the moisture laden winds associated with violent thunder and lighting.

(vii) Why is the monsoon considered a unifying bard ?
Answer:
The unifying influence of the monsoon on the Indian subcontinent is quite perceptible. The seasonal alteration of the wind systems and the associated weather conditions provide a rhythmic cycle of seasons. Even the uncertainties of rain arid uneven distribution are very much typical of the monsoons. The Indian landscape, its animal and plant life, its entire agricultural calendar and the life of the people, including their festivities, revolve around this phenomenon. Year after year, people of India from north to south and from east to west, eagerly await the arrival of the monsoon. It is another matter as to how much rain it brings.

Chapter 4 Climate HBSE 9th Class Geography Question 3.
Valley of Kulu is more popular with the tourists ? Why?
Answer:
The valley of Kulu is more popular with the tourists due to its favourable weather conditions.

Question 4.
Why does the rainfull decrease from east to west in the northern India ?
Answer:
The rainfall .decreases from east, to the west in the northern India because of the seasonal contrasts in the interior of the country.

Question 5.
Give reasons as to why:
(i) Seasonal reversal of wind direction takes place over the Indian subcontient.
Answer:
Seasonal reversal of wind direction takes place over,the Indian sub-continent, because in summer land gets more heated than water, it forms a low pressure over the interior landmass of Asia. Air gets to start moving from the high pressure area located over Indian ocean in the South to the low pressure areas of the North; Hence a complete reversal occurs in the wind direction.

(ii) The bulk of rainfall in. India is concentrated over a few months.
Answer:
The climate of India is known as ‘ monsoon climate. The monsoon winds arrive the June. These monsoon winds are divided into two parts and remain, upto the month of September. It is the reason that the bulk of rainfall in our country is concentrated over a few month.

(iii) The Tamil Nadu coast receives’ winter rainfall.
Answer:
Tamil Nadu coast receives rainfall in winter because of the following reasons:
In the winter season, the northern monsoon pickup moisture while crossing the Bay of Bengal. While returning in November, they cause rainfall in Tamil Nadu.

(iv) The deltas of the Godavari, the Krishna and the Kaveri are frequently struck by cyclones. .
Answer:
The Godavari, the Krishna and the Kaveri are frequently struck by cyclones because the low pressure conditions are transferred to the Bay of Bengal by early November. This shift is associated with occurrence of cyclonic depressions originating over the Andaman sea. These are very destructive cyclones which cause great damage in these areas,

(v) Parts of Rajasthan, Gujarat and the leeward side of the Western Ghats are drought prone.
Answer:
Part of Rajasthan, Gujrat and the leeward side of the Western Ghats are drought prone because these areas get very little rainfall.

Question 6.
Describe the regional variations in the climatic condition of India with the help of suitable examples.
Ans.
The climate, of India is mainly described as monsoon climate. However, it has lots of regional variations. These are the following:
1. Parts of Western Ghats and the Northern- Eastern parts of India receive more than 400 cm. of annual rainfall. On the other hand, Rajasthan, Gujarat, leeward area of Western Ghats and parts of Tamil Nadu receive only less them 40 cm. of rainfall. There are areas even getting less than 20 cm. of precipitation. While there are parts with moderate rainfall.

2. Temperature also differs from part to part. For example, in the summer season temperature in day time at Jaislmer may cross 50°C. While in a winter night temperature may fall at-45°C in Drass.

3. The parts of India like the penirtsular region does not have a well defined cold weather season. In fact in these areas there is hardly any seasonal change in the distribution pattern of temperature because of the influence of the sea. Hence it is absolutely clear that there are lots of regional variations in the climatic condition of India.

Question 7.
Discuss the mechanism of monsoons.
Ans.
The monsoons are meant by the rain¬bearing seasonal winds blowing throughout the Indian sub-continent especially during the summer season. Though the phenomenon of the monsoon is very old, yet its true nature could have been derived recently. The meteorologists have found out a seesaw in relationship between the meteorological changes going on over the Pacific and the Indian Ocean. Whenever high pressure is created in the sub-tropical region of the Pacific Ocean, it tends to be low.

This Well known fact causes the shifting of winds across the Equator in different directions. The shifting of winds across the Equator has the great bearing on. the monsoons. The monsoon winds are confined to tropical lands living between 20° N to 20°S latitudes. The Indian sub-continent, however having the Himalayan ranges, bring the whole sub-continent under the sway of the moist-bearing winds for two to five months roughly between May to October. India, infact is dependent on the monsoons of its 75%-90% rains. It is the reason of the saying, “India would have been an and land if there had been no phenomena of monsoons.”

Question 8.
Give an account of weather conditions and characteristics of cold reason.
Answer:
The cold weather season begins from mid-November in northern India and stays till February. December and January are the coldest, months. The temperature decreases from south to the north. The average temperature of Chennai, on the eastern coast, is between 24°-25° Celsius, while m the northern plains, it ranges between 10°-15° Celsius. Days are warm and nights are cold. Frost is common in the north and the higher slopes of the Himalayas experience snowfall.

During this season, the northeast trade winds prevail over the country. They blow from land to sea and hence, for most part of the country, it is a dry season. Some amount of rainfall occurs on the Tamil Nadu coast from these winds as here, they blow from sea to land. In the northern part of the country, a feeble high- pressure region develops, with light winds moving outwards from this area. Influenced by.the relief, these winds blow through the Ganga valley from the west and the northwest The weather is normally fine, marked by clear sky, low temperatures and low humidity and feeble variable winds.

A characteristic feature of the cold weather season over the northern plains is the inflow of depressions from the west and the northwest. These low-pressure systems, called the ‘Western Disturbances’, originate over the Mediterranean Sea and western Asia and move into India, along with the westerly flow. They cause the much-needed winter rains over the plains and snowfall in the mountains. Although the total amount of winter rainfall ‘mahawat’ is small, they are of immense importance for the cultivation of ‘rabi’ crops.
The peninsular region does not have a well-defined cold season. There is hardly any noticeable seasonal change in temperature pattern due to the influence of the sea.

Question 9.
Give the characteristics and effects of the monsoon rainfall in India.
Answer:
Monsoon is very,important phenomena for the climate of India. In fact, India would have been an arid land if there had been no phenomena of the monsoon. Monsoons can be divided in the following types.

Except the east coast, of Tamil Nadu, the rest of India receives much of its rainf all in the summer by the Summer Monsoons.

The Summer Monsoons:
These are also known as the South-West Monsoons. During the summer months-March-May, the temperature rises steadily. Because of it low pressure is developed in early June, this low pressure trough is intense enough to attract even the south-east Trade winds from south of the Equator. These winds are laden; with, moistures and are defected in’lands as south-westerly winds. These winds are very strong and in about a month this time overrun almost the entire country. Nearly 90% of the rain in India comes from the monsoons which are called summer Monsoons.

The Deccan peninsula divides these monsoons into two breaches:
1. The Arabean Sea Branch,
2. The Bay of Bengal Branch.

The Arabian Sea Branch:
These monsoons strike the Western ghats and cause heavy rains in Konkar and Malabar. These monsoons become comparatively dry when they reaches the Deccan plateau and Madhya Pradesh. The other branch of the Arabian Sea Monsoons passes over west Rajasthan and the Aravalli Hills. The monsoons are quite weak here. The Aravallis lie parallel to the direction of these monsoons. Hence, Rajasthan as a whole and especially the Thar desert receives little rain.” Being very far away from the Bay of Bengal; the Thar desert does not get rain from the monsoons coming from that side. On the other hand, in the Western. Himalayas in the Himachal Pradesh hills, these winds are joined by the Bay of Bengal Winds and cause heavy rains in these areas.

The Bay of Bengal Mqnsoons:
One of the branches of the Bay of Bengal Monsoons strikes the Assam Hills, and move-towards Meghalaya and Assam. It brings very heavy rainfall over these areas. Mawsynram in Meghalaya receives the highest rainfall in the world. The other branch of these Monsoons goes Westward along the Fiimalayas, iipto the Ganga Valley. By this time it reaches the plains of Punjab. This part is comparatively dry.
The rainfall decreases as it moves westward side of the Ganga valley.

This is the reason that Kolkata receives 120 cm of rainfall while Delhi gets only 56 cms. The Winter Monsoons: These monsoons are also known as the NorthrEast Monsoons. These winds blow from the land towards the sea, so they generally bring no rain. Yet they pick up some moisture while passing over the Bay of Bengal. Hence these winds bring heavy rains along the coromondal coast. This is the reason that Tamil Nadu receives most of its annual rain in winter. That is mainly from November to March.

HBSE 9th Class Social Science Geography Climate Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Point out the two main characteristics of the tropical climate.
Answer:
1. Relatively high temperature almost through the year.
2. Relatively dry winters.

Question 2.
Name the monsoon winds causing heavy rains along the Tamil Nadu Cost.
Ans.
The Retreating South-West Monsoon.

Question 3.
Give two examples of equal climate.
Answer:
1. Mumbai
2. Bangalore.

Question 4.
Name two places in India with an extreme climate.
Answer:
1. Jaisalmer
2. Drass.

Question 5.
From which month the retreating south-west monsoon season in India begin ?
Answer:
October.

Question 6.
Which are the rainy months in the Tamil Nadu Coast ?
Answer:
1. October
2. November.

Question 7.
What are ‘Jet streams’?
Answer:
Jet streams’ are the fast blowing winds of a steady velocity. These winds move in a narrow zone of the upper atmosphere.

Question 8.
How many seasons can be recognised in India ? Give their names.
Answer:
In India mainly four seasons can be recognised. These are:
1. Cold weather season
2. Hot weather season
3. Monsoon season
4. Retreating monsoon season.

Question 9.
What is meant b.y the term ‘loo’?
Answer:
‘Lop’ is a type of local wind which blow in the north-western part of India. This is a very hot and dry wind.

Question 10.
Which place in . India record the highest rainfall in the world?
Ans.
Mawsyngram, located on tire crest of the southern range of khasi hills receives die highest average annual rainfall in the world.

Question 11.
Name the four months in which India receives the bulk of rainfall.
Answer:
1. June
2. July
3. August
4. September.

Question 12.
What are the ‘retreating monsoons’?
Answer:
The term ‘retreating monsoons’ indicates the reversal of the southwest monsoons which begin to withdraw from the. Northern plains by the beginning of October.

Question 13.
Which part of India experiences the highest range of temperature in a day?
Answer:
The north-western part of India particularly the desert area of Rajas than experiences the highest range of temperature in a day.

Question 14.
What are the major factors influencing the climate of India?
Ans.
The major factors influencing the climate of India are the following:

Question 15.
Name the states of the eastern coast. frequently having tropical cyclone.
Answer:
1. Andhra Pradesh
2. Tamil Nadu.

Question 16.
Name the states which are affected by ‘Kal Baisakhi’.
Answer:
1. Assam
2. West Bengal.

Question 17.
What is associated in the ‘break’ or ‘burst’ of the monsoon?
Answer:
Lightening and violent thunder.

Question 18.
What is the main ‘reason of heavy rainfall in the northeastern states ?
Answer:
The main reason of the heavy rainfall in the northeastern states are the south¬western monsoons arising from the Bay of Bengal. These directly strike the north-eastern hills of north-eastern states.

Question 19.
Why do the western slopes of the Western Ghats receive more rainfall?
Answer:
The branch of the south-western monsoon which arise from the Arabian Sea strike the western slopes of the Western Ghats and cause rainfall more than 2500 millimetres.

Question 20.
Point out the variation of the precipitation in India.
Ans.
The precipitation in India varies from over 400 cm in Meghalaya to less than 10 cm in Ladakh.

Question 21.
What is meant by the rain shadow?
Answer:
The rain shadow is meant by the axea which is the side, of the mountain not. getting enough rain. The winds after crossing the summits of the mountains descend along the slopes on the other side of the mountains. While descending they get warmed up and become dry. There is one more reason that the moist winds do not cross over the other side of die mountains which are too high as in the case of the Himalayas which also render Tibet a dry region. This dry side of the mountain is called the leeward side and the rainless area on the leeward side is known as the rain shadow.

Question 22.
Discuss the reason why do the south-west monsoons give less rain in Tamil Nadu
Or
Why Chennai is dry even when it is raining heavily on the Malabar Coast in the month of July ?
Or
Give the reasons why south-west. monsoons are less rainy in Tamil Nadu?
Answer:
Following are the reasons which ciause Chennai keeping dry even when its raining heavily on the Malabar Coast in the month of July. .
1. The Malabar Coast lies on the Western Ghats while Tamil Nadu or Chennai lies on the Eastern Ghats. In, the month of July when the monsoons arise from the Arabian sea and ‘first of all strike against the Western Ghats it rains heavily on the Malabar Codst. Hence while leaving the Western Ghats these monsoons get almost deprived of their moisture. By the time they reach the Eastern ghats after covering a long distance, they cannot provide much needed rain.

Question 23.
What is meant by the annual range of temperature ?
Answer:
The annual range of temperature is meant by the difference between the maximum and the minimum temperature of a particular place within a particular period of time.’

Question 24.
What kina ui climate is in Thiruananthpuram?
Answer:
Thiruananthpuram has an equal kind of climate; not, very cold or hot. the main reason for its equal climate is that it is situated on the sea shore. Sea always keeps this place with a moderate climate. Again this place is situated on a hill. Heiice it remains free from the hot climate of the temperate zone:

Question 25.
Why do the southwesterly winds cause rain in India?
Answer:
During the months of June-September, the South-West monsoon blow northward from the Arabian SeS and Bay of Bengal. These south-west winds cause rainfall almost in the whole of the northern India. These south-west monsoons blow from the oceanic high pressure areas towards the low pressure areas of land so they make heavy rainfall.

Question 26.
Discuss the distribution of precipitation in the country and the consequences of its uneven distribution.
Answer:
The distribution of precipitation in India is quite uneven:
1. Annual rainfall over 300, cm is received by the parts of western coast and north-eastern India. While western Rajsathan and. the adjoining parts of Gujrat, Haryana and Punjab receive rainfall even less than 50 cm.
2. The interior of the Deccan Plateau or the east of the Sahyadris, also receive low rainfall.
3. The third area of low precipitation is around Leh in Kashmir.
4. Rest of the country, receives moderate rainfall.
5. Himalayas region receives snowfall too.

Question 27.
What are the main characteristics of Arabian Sea branch of the monsoon?
Answer:
The Arabian Sea branch of Monsoon’ strikes the Western Ghats and causes heavy- rains in Konkan and Malabar. It becomes comparatively dry when it reaches the Deccan Plateau and Madhya Pradesh. The branch of the Arabian Sea Monsoon passes over West Rajasthan and the Aravalli Hills.

Question 28.
What is the reason that the rainfall decreases while going upward in the Ganga Valley but increases while going up the Indus. Valley ?
Or
How would you prove that the rainfall decreases while going eastward from West Bengal to Punjab ?
Answer:
The monsoons rise both from the Bay of Bengal as well as from the Arabian Sea. The monsoons arriving from the Bay of Bengal cause heavy rainfall in the Brahmaputra Valley. Then because of the Himalayas they take a Western turn and move up the Ganga Valley. Here as they proceed westwards, become drier and drier and cause less and less rairi moving forward. It is the reason that Kolkata receives rainfall about 120cm, Patna 100, Allahabad 15 cm and Delhi about 56′ cm. Thus, moving upward the rainfall definitely decreases. It is the reason why Punjab gets less rain than West Bengal.

Question 29.
Discuss the factors controlling die Indian weather conditions.
Answer:
The main factors controlling the Indian weather conditions are the following:
1. Atmospheric Pressure: A big part of India lies in the area of north-east trade winds which are devoid of mositure and do not give fain. This is the reason that India has a quite long arid land. But the whole country is not arid. During summer, the land of India gets heated more than its water parts. Because of this the low pressure areas, develop over the interior vast landmass of Asia and high pressure areas develop over

1. the Indian ocean in the south:
As the air moves from the high pressure area to low pressure areas, the moisture laden winds of the sea blow towards the landmass of Asia including India. These moisture laden winds cause widespread rains in India in the summer season.

2. Upper Air Circulation:
When the jet streams move eastwards, the Tibetan Highlands bifurcate them into two branches. The southern branch blow south of the Himalayas. This branch exercises an important effect on the winter weather in India.

3. Tropical Cyclones:
The jet streams are attracted towards the. tropical depression in summer weather. These depressions attract the rain bearing monsoons towards them and help in distribution of the monsoon rainfall over a large part of India.

4. The Western Disturbances:
These are brought by the jet currents. When these disturbances enter India from west and north-west during winter they cause some rain in north-western parts of India. In the summer season, these jet currents move northwards and give place to an easterly jet stream which flow Over north India along 25°N.

Question 30.
Give an account of the hot weather season in India.
Answer:
It is a well known fact that due to. apparent northward movement of the sun, the global heat belt shifts northward. Because of this fact from March to May it is hot weather season in India. In March the highest day temperatures come around 38°C. This temperature is found in the Deccan Plateau. The temperature reaches around 42°C in Gujrat and Madhya Pradesh by April. In fact temperatures around 48°C are commonly found in the north-western part of the country in May. In peninsular India, these temperatures reveal the moderating influence of the Ocean.

The summer months experience rising temperature and falling air pressure in the northern part of the country. A striking feature of the hot weather, season is the loo. The loo is meant by the strong, hot dry winds blowing during day over northern and north western India. Sometimes they even continue until late in the evening. Direct exposure to these winds may even prove to be fatal. Dust storms are very common during the month of May in northen India. These storms bring temporary relief as they lower the temperature and may bring light rain and cool breeze. This is also the season for localised thunderstorms, associated with vioent winds, terrential donwpours, often accompanied by hail. In West Bengal, these storms are known as the ‘Kaal Baisakhi:’ Towards the dose of the summer seasons, pre-monsoon showers are common especially, in Kerala and Karnataka. They help in the, early ripening of mangoes, and are often referred to as ‘mango showers’.

Objective Type Questions

Question 1.
Put (✓) before the correct sentences and (✗) before the incorrect sentences.
(i) There are variations in the form and type of predpitation.
(ii) An easterly jet stream takes its place and flows over northern India along 25°N.
(iii) The annual precipitation varies from over 400 cm in Meghalaya to less than 10 cm in Ladakh and Western Rajasthan.
(iv) Coastal areas experience more contrast in temperature condition.
(v) The climate of a place is determined by the interplay of various factors.
(vi) The pattern of air circulation is very different at the higher level of the atmosphere.
(vii) Trade winds originate from the subtropical high pressure belts of the Northern Hemisphere.
Answer:
(i) (✓)
(ii) (✓)
(iii) (✓)
(iv) (✗)
(v) (✓)
(vi) (✓)
(vii) (✓)

Question 2.
Fill up the blanks in the following sentences with suitable words :
(i) The phenomenon of the monsoon is very……………
(ii) During ………….. there is a high-pressure area in north of the Himalayas.
(iii) The Tibetan …………. act as a barrier for the westerly jet stream and it gets bifurcated.
(iv) The ………….. areas do not experience much variation in temperature.
(v) Due to apparent northward movement of the sun, the …………… heat belt shifts northward.
(vi) By early Tune, the …………. pressure conditions over the north-western plains get further intensified.
Answer:
(i) old
(ii) winter
(iii) Highland
(iv) coastal
(v) global
(vi) low.

Question 3.
Find out the correct sentences among the given ones
(i) Winds.blow from high pressure areas to the low pressure areas.
(ii) Monsoon is confined only to the tropical lands lying between 20°N and 20°S.
(iii) During winter, there is a high pressure area south of the Himalayas.
(iv) Port Darwir is in the Northern Territory of Australia.
(v) The meteorological department of India makes a long term prediction of the monsoons linkely behaviour on the absis of 16 parameters.
Answer:
Correct Sentences – (ii)(iv),(v).

Question 4.
Match the List I with the List II: List II

Answer:

Question 5.
Choose the right answer from the four alternatives given below:

(i) The following is an example of extreme climate:
(a) Mumbai
(b) Chehnai
(c) Kolkata
(d) Jaisalmer.
Answer:
(b) Chehnai

(ii) The following is an example of the equable climate:
(a) Delhi
(b) Banglore
(c) Jaipur
(d) Lucknow
Answer:
(d) Lucknow

(iii) Where do the cyclones depression originate?
(a) In Rajasthan
(b) In Arabian Sea.
(c) In Andaman Sea
(d) In Madhya Pradesh
Answer:
(c) In Andaman Sea

(iv) Where do the Arabian Sea and the Bay of Bengal branch of the monsoon merge in the Ganga plains?
(a) north western part
(b) north eastern part
(c) south-western part
(d) south-eastern part
Answer:
(a) north western part

(v) “El Nind” is a word from the following language:
(a) English
(b) French
(c) Spanish
(d) German
Answer:
(c) Spanish